Full text of "General review of the 1986 Census."

See other formats

General Review of
the 1986 Census

Reference

Census
Recensement

Canada 1986 1

Canada'

1^1

Statistics Statistique
Canada Canada

Census
Recensement

Canada 1986

Reference

General Review of the 1986 Census

Published under the authority of the Minister of Regional

Industrial Expansion

® Minister of Supply and Services Canada 1 989

Extracts from this publication may be reproduced for
individual use without permission provided the source is fully
acknowledged. However, reproduction of this publication in
whole or in part for purposes of resale or redistribution
requires written permission from the Programs and
Publishing Products Group, Acting Permissions Officer,
Crown Copyright Administration, Canadian Government
Publishing Centre, Ottawa, Canada KIA 089.

March 1990

Price: Canada, $45.00
Other Countries, $55.00

Catalogue 99-137E

ISBN-0-660-13331-8

Ottawa

La version frangaise est disponible sur demande
(no 99-1 37F au catalogue).

Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

Main entry under title:

General Review of the 1986 Census

(Census Canada, 1986 - Recensement Canada, 1986)

(Reference)

ISBN 0-660-13331-8

CS99-137E

1. Canada - Census, 1986 - Evaluation 2. Government
questionnaires — Canada I. Statistics Canada.

HA741.5.1986G461989 354.710081*9 C90-098000-1

PREFACE

The first census on what was to become Canadian soil was conducted by Jean Talon in 1666. That census was
limited to an enumeration of the colony's inhabitants and their age, sex, marital status and occupation. Some
320 years later, the Census of Canada has become the major source of information about Canadians and how
they live.

The General Review of the 1986 Census of Canada outlines the wide range of activities, spread over many
years, involved in taking this statistical snapshot of the nation. The Review focuses on the planning,
procedures and systems required to undertake and complete the census. In addition, particular attention is
given to changes in the 1986 Census relative to the 1981 Census.

I would like to express my appreciation to all Canadians whose co-operation was essential to the successful
completion of the 1986 Census of Canada.

Ivan P. Fellegi

Chief Statistician of Canada

FOREWORD

This publication was developed under the general direction of Doug Norris, Project Manager, Census Output.
Marie Patry, Task Manager of Census Reference Products, was responsible for managing the actual
production of the General Review of the 1986 Census.

The principal author and editor, Nancy Turner, also coordinated the day-to-day production activities. Others
involved in research and writing parts of the text included Rick Burroughs, Shoakat Khaja, Joseph Norland,
Christina Pleizier, Henry Pressel and Mark Wright. The production and editing team included Maureen
Boisvenu, Nicole Charbonneau, Josee Dufresne, Line Fortin, Allan Forward and Louise Gagnon from Census
Operations Division, as well as staiTfrom the Communications Division.

Numerous subject-matter specialists at Statistics Canada, as well as Ed Hanis, an outside consultant,
reviewed the document. Their comments were invaluable in developing the final text.

-3-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. INTRODUCTION AND HIGHLIGHTS

1.1 Objectives of this Review

1.2 Scope and Uses of tKe 1986 Census

1.3 First Full-scale, Mid-decade Census of Canada

1.4 Fiscal Restraint, Cancellation and Reinstatement of the 1986 Census

1.5 $ 100 Million Reduction in Costs

1.6 Revised and Improved Questionnaire

1.7 Improved Communications With Respondents

1 . 8 Continuation of Co-operation With Revenue Canada Taxation Centres

1.9 Confidentiality

9
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
11

2. PLANNING

2. 1 Background

2.2 Planning Organization

2.3 Planning Assumptions

2.4 Developing the Program

2.5 Documentation

2.6 Cancellation and Reinstatement of the 1986 Census

17
17
17
18
20
20

3. CONTENT DETERMINATION AND QUESTIONNAIRE
DEVELOPMENT

3.1 User Input to Content Determination

3.2 "Internal" Input to Content Determination . . .

3.3 Gazetting and Re-gazetting of the 1986 Census

3.4 The 1986 Census Questions

3.5 Changes since the 1981 Census Questionnaire

3.6 Questionnaire Development and Production ..

3.7 Critique and Evaluation

23
25
26
33
34
37
42

4. COLLECTION

4.1 Census Mapping for Collection

4.2 1986 Census Collection Specifications .

4.3 Staffing and Duties of Field Staff

4.4 TrainingofField Collection Staff

4.5 Field Material Management (Logistics)

4.6 Self-enumeration and Canvassing ....

4.7 Services during Collection

4.8 Field Edit and Follow-up

4.9 Refusals

4.10 Field Quality Control

4.11 Management Information System (MIS)

4.12 Public Communications

4.13 Critique and Evaluation

45
46
46
49
49
51
52
53
54
54
55
56
56

-4-
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page

5. DATA ASSIMILATION

5.1 Co-ordination and Administration 59

5.2 Regional Office Processing 60

5.3 Direct Data Entry 65

5.4 Head Office Processing 69

5.5 Critique and Evaluation 74

6. EDIT AND IMPUTATION AND DATA BASE CREATION

6.1 Scope and Objective 75

6.2 Planning 75

6.3 Development 75

6.4 Production 77

6.5 Critique and Evaluation 79

7. DATA QUALITY

7.1 Types and Sources of Error in Census Data 81

7.2 Certification 81

7.3 Measurement Studies 82

7.4 Publication of Data Quality Information 85

7.5 Critique and Evaluation 85

8. OUTPUT

8.1 Objectives 87

8.2 General Planning Assumptions 87

8.3 Product Determination 87

8.4 Creating the 1986 Retrieval Data Base 92

8.5 Systems Development 93

8.6 Specifications 94

8.7 Overview of the Data Base Management System 94

8.8 Production 95

8.9 Data Dissemination 96

8.10 Critique and Evaluation 97

-5-
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Concluded

Page
9. 1986 CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE

9.1 Introduction 99

9.2 Content and Questionnaire Development 99

9.3 Collection of Data 101

9.4 Head Office Processing System 105

9.5 Referrals 107

9.6 Edit System 107

9.7 Donor Imputations 108

9.8 Data Validation 108

9.9 Derived Variables and Farm Product Typing 109

9.10 Agriculture-population Linkage and Farm Population 110

9.11 Outputs Ill

9.12 Critique and Evaluation 114

10. PUBLICITY AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

10.1 Public Communications Program 115

10.2 Census Marketing Project 120

11. SELECTED ISSUES

11.1 Legal and Statutory Aspects 125

11.2 Census Geography 126

11.3 The Census Budget 138

11.4 Aboriginal Enumeration 141

APPENDICES

A - Revisions to the 1981 Census Questionnaire for the 1986 Census 147

B - 1986 Census Questionnaire and Guide 155

C - 1981 Census Questionnaire and Guide 183

D - 1986 Census of Agriculture - Questionnaire 199

E - Products and Services from the 1986 Census 211

F - Access through Regional Reference Centres 219

G - Depository Libraries Addresses 221

H - Confidentiality and Random Rounding 225

I - List of Abbreviations 227

INDEX 229

-7-
LIST OF FIGURES

Page

1. 1986 Census of Canada 12

2. Census Questions Since Confederation 13

3. 1986 Census - Responsibility Chart 19

4. Major Milestones ofthe 1986 Content Project 24

5. Example of "Internal" Input: Options for the 1986 Census Question on

Heating Fuel/Energy 27

6. Selected List of Census Data Users Who Commented on Specific 1986 Census

Modules 28

7. 1986 Content Modules as Recommended in "Discussion Paper - Plans

for the 1986 Census" ' 30

8. Major Milestones ofthe 1986 Questionnaire Development and Production Task .... 38

9. List of Products Included in the 1986 Census Questionnaire Package 39

10. Translations for Selected 1986 Census Materials 42

11. Chronology of Selected Major Head Office Activities 50

12. Chronology of Selected Major Regional Office Activities 50

13. Quality Control Technician (QCT) Operation 57

14. 1986 Regional Office Processing Process Flow 61

15. 1986 Direct Data Entry Process Flowr Diagram 66

16. 1986 Head Office Processing Process Flow 70

17. Edit and Imputation Work Chart 76

18. Census Geostatistical Areas by Province and Territory,

1986 Census . . . : 128

19. The 1986 Census Geographic Hierarchy 129

20. 1986 Census - Errors in Population and Occupied Private

Dwelling Counts 130

21. 1986 Census - Errors in CSD Components, CCS
Population and Occupied Private Dwelling Counts in

Publications 92-113 and 99-118 134

22. Cost of the 1986 Census 140

-9-

INTRODUCTION AND
HIGHLIGHTS

1.1 Objectives of this Review

This General Review of the 1986 Census
of Canada outlines the wide range of
activities involved in taking a statistical
snapshot of the nation.

Conducting a national census is a very
complex undertaking. Statistics Canada
must be in touch with every household
and resident in the nation on Census
Day (which was June 3, for the 1986
Census). The raw data collected on or
shortly after Census Day must then be
checked and processed into usable
publications and information services
within a reasonable period of time. User
consultations and planning for the 1986
Census started in April 1982. The
resultant products began to be released
by Statistics Canada (STC) in July 1987.
Publication of all planned products is
expected to be completed in 1990.

This Review focuses on the planning,
procedures and systems required to
undertake and complete this multi-year
information process from start to finish.
In addition, particular attention is given
to changes and improvements in the
1986 Census (relative to the 1981
Census) and to special issues that were
addressed.

This Review complements two other
general reference documents published
by Statistics Canada on the 1986
Census: the Census Dictionary
(Catalogue 99-lOlE) and the 1986
Census Handbook (Catalogue 99-
104E). The Dictionary provides
definitions of the socio-economic
variables measured and the geographic
dimensions of the 1986 Census. The
Handbook provides a history of the
census, a detailed discussion of the 1986
Census questions, and information on
other selected topics.

It is hoped that all three reference
documents will help users understand
and correctly interpret the 1986 Census
data.

1.2 Scope and Uses of the 1986 Census

The 1986 Census is the sixteenth
national Census of Canada since
Confederation. The Census of Canada is
the most extensive statistical collection
undertaken by Statistics Canada (STC).
The 1986 Census consisted of the Census
of Population as well as the Census of
Agriculture. The former collected social,
demographic and economic information
on every man, woman and child living in
Canada. The latter collected information
on Canada's farms, ranches and other
agricultural holdings.

Chapters 2 through 8 of this Review
discuss census-taking activities for the
Census of Population. The 1986 Census
of Agriculture is reviewed separately in
Chapter 9. This organization allows for a
simpler discussion of systems and
procedures, which in many respects
were shared by both information
processes. The procedural linkages
between the Census of Agriculture and
the Census of Population are depicted in
Figure 1 .

The census plays a central role in the
Canadian statistical system. It is the
most important source of data for small
areas (e.g., municipalities) and
subgroups of the population (e.g.,
aboriginal peoples, immigrants, single-
parent families). Census data are
essential for planning the location and
size of schools, health care facilities and
fire halls, for developing educational
programs, and for doing market
research as well as for planning many
other activities.

Census data are also essential for
designing and maintaining the accuracy
of other Statistics Canada programs and
surveys, for example, monthly employ-
ment and unemployment statistics,
annual population estimates (used in
allocating billions of dollars between
federal, provincial and municipal
governments), family income and
expenditure estimates and agriculture
production estimates.

-10-

The scope of the censuses conducted
since Confederation is presented in
Figure 2, which summarizes the census
questions asked since 1871.

sources of the same data exist. This
observation was emphasized repeatedly
by the many private sector and other
data users who strongly urged the
reinstatement of the 1986 Census.

1,3 First Full-scale, Mid-decade Census

of Canada

The 1986 Census was the first
comprehensive mid-decade census ever
conducted in Canada. Statistics Canada
is required by law to conduct censuses of
population at five-year intervals in the
years ending in 1 or 6. Prior to the 1986
Census, Canada's quinquennial
censuses (i.e. for years ending with a 6)
have covered fewer subjects than the
decennial censuses (i.e. for years ending
in 1).

Because of significant socio-economic
changes brought about by a recession
since the decennial 1981 Census, users
judged that the limited scope of a
quinquennial census would not be
adequate for the 1986 Census. Under
these circumstances, only a full-scale
census could provide sufficient detail for
planning and analysis until 1993 (when
1991 Census data would be available).

To reduce costs, the scope and
procedures of a full-scale 1986 Census
were to be a repetition of the 1981
Census. Only changes that would result
in cost savings would be considered.
Thus, at the outset, STC was faced with
the challenge of expanding the content
of a quinquennial census while reducing
costs.

1.4 Fiscal Restraint, Cancellation and

Reinstatement of the 1986 Census

Census activities were well under way
when everything came to a halt on
November 8, 1984. In keeping with the
federal government's commitment to
reduce expenditures, the census was
cancelled. However, concerns were
raised by a variety of data users, and the
decision to cancel the census was
rescinded a month later.

One of the principal reasons for
reinstating the 1986 Census was
that no cost-effective alternative

Planning and procedural activities were
resumed and the census was conducted
on June 3, 1986, as originally scheduled.

1.5 $100 Million Reduction in Costs

As a condition of reinstatement,
Statistics Canada was asked to develop
and implement a plan to carry out a
comprehensive 1986 Census and still
achieve $100 million in cost savings over
a five-year period.

To achieve these savings, while
expanding to a full-scale mid-decade
census, plans were revised and a number
of specific measures undertaken.

Twenty-five thousand temporary census
jobs were financed and provided to
students and youth under the Federal
Student/Youth Employment Program.

STC increased its efficiency by relying
upon and extending the systems and
methods developed for the 1981 Census.
Though some questions were added,
some deleted, and some revised, the
questionnaire design developed for 1981
was used for 1986. Publicity was
curtailed, paid advertising eliminated,
and voluntary communication channels
developed to promote public support and
response. Data collection methods were
modified to improve efficiency.

One of the most far-reaching fiscal
measures was to increase revenue from
the sale of statistical outputs. A
substantial portion of information
products and services was placed on a
full cost recovery footing. More
emphasis has been placed on marketing
by promoting awareness of census
information products and services and
by reducing products and services with
limited demand.

-11

1.6 Revised and Improved Ques-

tionnaire

Though under exceptional fiscal
constraint, STC nonetheless further
developed and refined the content of the
census questionnaire for 1986, largely in
consultation with major users.

Three new questions were added to
address high priority information
requirements. These questions related
to aboriginal status (addressed to all
respondents), disabilities (addressed to a
sample of one in five), and the
respondent's major field of study in
school (addressed to a sample of one in
five). Seven questions asked in 1981
were omitted because they were judged
by;users to be of lower priority.
Eliminating them also reduced costs and
response burden.

1.7.3 Appeal to Aboriginal Respondents

Special measures, including publicity,
improved collection methods and data
quality control, as well as a, new
question on aboriginal status, were
undertaken to reach Canada's
aboriginal peoples.

1.8 Continuation of Co-operation With

Revenue Canada Taxation Centres

The successful arrangement with
Revenue Canada Taxation for using its
Regional Centres (facilities, personnel,
and computer equipment) for data entry
of census returns for the 1981 Census
was repeated for 1986. All parties found
that the co-operative arrangement
worked well for the 1986 Census, and
should be repeated in the future.

1.7 Improved Communications With

Respondents

1.7.1 Bilingual Services

The 1986 Census broke new ground in
enabling Canadians to complete the
questionnaires in the official language
of their choice. For the first time, the
short form questionnaire (2A), which
went to 80% of all households, was
bilingual. In addition, modified
procedures ensured that, in all areas of
Canada, the long form (2B) was
delivered in the respondent's preferred
official language. Where the language
preference could not be determined, both
English and French versions were left.
The expanded bilingual service
increased costs by about $1 mil-
lion, considerably less than 1% of total
census costs.

1.7.2 Multilingual Explanation of the

Census

The census package was revised to
include reasons why each question was
asked. These reasons along with other
selected materials were translated into
33 languages to assist with the
enumeration of persons who did not
speak either of the official languages.

1.9 _^ Confidentiality

Completion of a census questionnaire is
obligatory under the Statistics Act. Ever
since the first Statistics Act in 1918,
Parliament has recognized the
importance of census information by
imposing an obligation to complete the
questionnaire.

The same act, however, imposes an
obligation on STC to maintain the
confidentiality of the information
provided by the respondents, and calls
for severe penalties for employees who
break the law. Not since the agency was
founded in 1918, however, has an
employee ever been charged with, let
alone convicted of, a breach of
confidentiality under the act. The
importance of maintaining
confidentiality is so well recognized that
even the courts and the new Canadian
Security Intelligence Service cannot
obtain access to census or other data
collected under the Statistics Act. Given
the recognized importance of census
data, and the protection of its
confidentiality, very few people fail to
comply with the legal requirement to
complete the questionnaire.

-12-

Figure 1. 1986 CENSUS OF CANADA

Census of Agriculture

Census of Population

Content and Questionnaire
Development

Content and Questionnaire
l^eveiopment

Collection

Head Office
Processing

Edit and Imputation

Data Validation and
Derived Variables

Agriculture-population Linkage
and Farm Population

Regional Office
Processing

Direct Data
Entry

Head Office
Processing

Edit and
Imputation

Data Quality Studies

Output

-13-

Figure 2. CENSUS QUESTIONS SINCE CONFEDERATION

First time

in census

(before 1961)

1961

1966

1971

1976

1981

1986

Demographic Characteristics

- Name

1871

- Relationship to reference person

1891

- Sex

1871

- Marital status

1871

- Date of birth

1871

- Place ofresidence five years ago

1941

- Numbier of mo ves since previous

census

- Date of first marriage

1941

- Fertility

1941

Ethno-cultural and Language

- Mother tongue

1901

- Home language

- Knowledge of ofTicial languages

1901

- Place of birth

1871

- Place of birth of parents

1891

- Period/year of immigration

1901

—

- Citizenship

1901

- Ethnic origin

1871

- Aboriginal status

- Religion

1871

Schooling

- School attendance

1871

- Highest grade of elementary or

secondary

1941

- Years of postsecondary

- University degree or diploma

- Completion of full-time vocational

course (3 months or more)

- Province of elementary or

secondary (or outside Canada)

- Major field of study

Labour Force Characteristics

- Hours worked last week

1951

- Hours usually worked each week

1911

- When last worked

- Industry

1901

- Occupation

1871

- Class of worker

1891

- Place of work

-14-

Figure2. CENSUS QUESTIONS SINCE CONFEDERATION

Continued

First time
in census
(before 1961) 1961

1966 1971 1976 1981 1986

Labour Force Characteristics - Concluded

- Weeks worked in previous year

- Full-time/part-time work

Income

- Total income

- Wages and salaries

- Self-employment income^

- Income from government transfer
payments

- Investment income

- Retirement pensions and other
money income

Family and Household

- Presence of mortgage

- Who holds first mortgage

- Gross rent

- Total cash rent

- Payment of reduced rent
(e.g., gov't, subsidized housing)

- Automobiles available for
personal use

- Vacation home ownership

- Major home appliances ^

- Average payment for

• water

• electricity

• gas

• oil, coal, wood, etc.

• mortgage

• property taxes
Condominiums

1901

1941
1931

X
X

1941

X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

1 Questions on net farm and non-farm self-employment income were asked in each of the indicated
years except 1961, when only the latter was asked.

2 The appliances listed varied from one census to another. In 1931, respondents were asked if they
owned a radio; the 1971 list included refrigerator, freezer, dishwasher, clothes dryer, and colour
or black and white television.

-15-

Figure2. CENSUS QUESTIONS SINCE CONFEDERATION -

Concluded

First time

in census

(before 1961)

1961

1966

1971

1976

1981

1986

Housing

- Dwelling owned/rented

1941

- Value of dwelling

1941

- Structural type

1941

- Number of dwellings in the

building

1941

- Number of rooms in the dwelling

1941

- Garage

- Piped running water in dwelling

1941

- Bath or shower

1941

- Use of flush toilet in building

1941

- Unoccupied dwelling, reason for

- Period of construction

1941

- Length of occupancy

1941

- ■

- Number of bedrooms

- Source of water supply

- Method of sewage disposal

- Principal type of heating equipment 1941

- Principal fuel used for

• cooking

• heating

1941

• water heating

- Number of bathrooms

- Condition of dwelling

Other

- Disability

- Wartime service

1951

■

-17-

2.1

2.2

PLANNING

Planning and conducting a national
census is a complex task. Preparations
begin years before the actual date of the
census.

Background

The 1981 Census was an unprecedented
success. The data were collected and
processed within budget, released a year
ahead of schedule, and immediately
served a variety of users and uses. As
part of the approval process for the 1981
Census, Statistics Canada was required
to investigate the possibility of using
administrative and survey sources to
replace census data by 1986. However, it
was concluded that no feasable
alternative existed.

The 1980s were, however, a period of
public sector fiscal restraint. This fiscal
restraint resulted in the decision to
repeat the successful 1981 Census in
1986, virtually unchanged. In the
decision, the "least-disturbance
principle" for both content and
methodology was the guiding force.

Planning Orgianization

Two major planning elements were
essential in the developmental process.
The first was a deliberate and orderly
investigation of users' needs for census
data; the second was to co-ordinate a
program to fulfil STC's mandate within
budget constraints. A small group of
individuals, known as the Census
Management Team, conducted the
planning.

Since Cabinet must approve census
questions (see Section 3.3), Statistics
Canada submitted to Cabinet a variety
of options for the 1986 Census which

2.3

reflected the priority needs of federal
departments, agencies and other users.
These options were presented in the
form of modules, or sets of questions,
which could be grouped together in
various combinations to form census
options.

To determine the content, the Census
Management Team reviewed and
assessed the needs and requirements of
over 200 users (full details of the
consultation program are presented in
Chapter 3). The program was concerned
mainly with content issues, such as
what information should be collected in
the 1986 Census and what kind of
tabulations should be prepared.

The results of the consultation process
were then used to help determine a
range of alternative census options in
terms of cost (see Section 11.3 for further
details), content and response burden. It
is important to note that an
overwhelming majority of data users
emphasized the great importance of the
kind of data available only through a
census. This strongly reaffirmed the
initial decision that a full census in 1986
was required.

Planning Assumptions

As stated previously, planning for the
1986 Census was based on the working
assumption that the 1981 Census would
be repeated virtually unchanged.

The 1981 Census procedures and
decisions thus became the guiding
assumptions; cost estimates were based
on the "known" 1981 cost elements,
adjusted for inflation and for increases
or decreases in population and
households by geographic area. Only
those items expected to fall short of 1986
objectives were modified in terms of
coverage," quality, timeliness and costs.
Changes were allowed only where the
costs of research, testing and
redevelopment would be more than
offset by savings (costs would include all
core salaries, overhead and other
incremental costs). To aid in developing
plans for 1986, it was important that
1981 be evaluated to measure success in
achieving its objectives.

-18-

It was assumed that the overall
environment would be the same as in
1981, namely: an abundant labour
supply and the availability of Revenue
Canada Taxation (RCT) staff; temporary
staff hired at the same levels as for 1981
for a period of less than six months; the
availability of RCT facilities and
computers for processing a greater work-
load based on population growth; fully
documented 1981 systems and
procedures to minimize 1986 develop-
ment; comparable demand by users for
data products and services; and free
publicity through both private and
public channels.

2.4 Developing the Program

In August 1983, a discussion paper
containing plans for the 1986 Census
■ was prepared. In the fall of the same
year, a planning framework for the 1986
Census project structure was prepared.
The planning process was divided into
stages: strategic, tactical, and
operational planning, implementation
(development, testing, production);
monitoring of the process and evaluation
of results. The latter stages dealt
directly with the results achieved by the
planning process (described in Chapters
4 to 11).

Strategic Planning was completed by
senior census management. This stage
involved the identification of content,
the establishment of major milestones
(e.g., Census Day, release dates), and the
identification of quality levels.

Tactical Planning was completed by
the Census Manager and Project
Managers. Their objective was to
establish the best way to achieve the
goals identified in the strategy, prepare
a process flow diagram, expand major
milestones, identify project structure
and define projects, tasks and
corresponding budgets.

Operational Planning: The 1986
operating procedures were to be the
same as in 1981. As a result, the
management system once again
comprised two structures, one being the
Financial Organization Structure (FOS)
which allocated and controlled resources
(see Section 11.3), while the 'Project
Management Structure' (PMS)
organized and managed the resources to
attain the program objectives. The
previous two censuses were managed
this way as will be the 1991 Census.

Various project teams were established
within the census organization. These
teams were usually composed of a small
group of people with different
backgrounds, skills and knowledge.
They were drawn from various areas of
the organization and worked together on
a specific and definite task. This
structure ensured the most timely and
efficient use of available human and
budgetary resources in both planning
and completing the 1986 Census.

A project manager was identified for
each component (project) of the census
(e.g., collection, processing, output,
geography). The projects are presented
in Figure 3. Each project was usually
divided into tasks, headed by Task
Managers (TM). Large tasks were
subdivided into sub-tasks headed by
Sub-task Managers (STM). Project
Managers met monthly and prepared
status reports for the Census Manager
who co-ordinated not only the planning
process, but also the implementation of
the census.

Operational planning was completed by
the designated project, task and sub-
task managers. Project and task
frameworks were defined in terms of
objectives and scope, structure, phases,
operational milestones and
administration. The teams were then
integrated and initial planning
schedules, performance standards and
costs plans determined (see Section 11.3
for details).

Figure 3.

-19-
1986 CENSUS - RESPONSIBILITY CHART

1986 Census

Project
(A. Martini

^\^^ Project

^^~\_^ (Manager)

Division ^\.,^
(Director) ^\^^

Content
Determination
(E.T. Pryor).

13 o

Public

Communication
(D. Newson)

m
.2 —

Oper. Planning
& Integration
(J. Kennedy)

Aboriginal
Program
(A. Martin)

1 . Census & Demog. Statistics
Branch Office
(E.T. Pryor, DG)

2. 1986 Census Manager's

Office (A. Martin, CM)

3. Census Operations Division
(B. Laroche)

P-

4. Survey Operations Division
(M. Coutts)

P ■

5. Geography Division
(D.R. Bradley)

6. Demography Division
(A. Romaniuc)

7. Housing, Family & Social
Statistics (G. Priest)

8. Labour & Household

Surveys (I. Macredie)

■

9. Regional OfTices (8)

(7 Regional Directors)

10. Communications Division
(D. Newson, Assist. Dir.)

1 1 . Personnel Operations
(M.Cuerrier)

12. Publications Division
(J. Gagnon)

13. Social Survey Methods
(A. Winkworth)

14. Informatics Services &

Development (M. Podehl)

15. Main Computer Centre
(J. Moore)

16. Departmental Secretariat
(J. Morin)

17. International and

Professional Relations
IB. Prigly)

18. Operational Planning &

Programming ( R. Gross)

1 9. User Advisory Services

( W. Smith, Coordinator)

Responsible Division - Responsibility for budgeting, planning and managing the process as well as providing expertise.
Participating Division -Provides know-how and work force for specific activities and contributes to the general conductof the operation.
Service Division - Provides services on a contractual basis to the project.
Liaison Role - Liaise with either Central Agencies and/or foreign organizations.

-20-

2.5

2.6

Documentation

Documentation for the 1986 Census was
kept in the 1986 Census Management
Book. This book contained such
essentials as a census overview;
planning assumptions in general and by
project and task; a financial section; a
description of the organizational activity
structures (description of projects, tasks
and sub-tasks); and a description of the
responsibilities of the Census Manager's
steiff which includes the integrated plans
and milestones.

Cancellation and Reinstatement of
the 1986 Census

The national 1986 Census, approved by
the government in June 1984, was
subsequently cancelled in November
1984 as one of the measures announced
by the Minister of Finance in his
November economic statement.
Cancellation was expected to realize
savings of $100 million. It was intended
to limit the 1986 Census to minimal
constitutional requirements, i.e. a
census of Manitoba and Saskatchewan.
Planning of the comprehensive census
ceased and was directed towards
preparing for a "mini-census".

The cancellation of the 1986 Census
caused 'much public concern expressed
through the media and through letters
to the Prime Minister, the Minister
responsible for STC, and the Chief
Statistician. In general, the range of
media reaction ranged from disapproval
to outright condemnation.

In addition to media reaction, there were
letters from the academic community,
from business associations, from
municipal governments and from other
interested groups asking that the census
be reinstated. In all cases, the argument
for reinstatement was based on the
pressing need for current socio-economic
data to meet Canada's needs in the next
five years.

In late December 1984, the government
announced the reinstatement of the
1986 Census. However, in keeping with
the government's commitment to reduce
expenditures, STC developed a number
of cost-saving alternatives that would
allow the agency to carry out the census
and at the same time realize the
required $100 million savings.

In announcing reinstatement of the
census, the Minister stressed that the
1986 Census of Population (and Census
of Agriculture) were to be carried out by
Statistics Canada within existing
budgetary allocations over the next five
years. Statistics Canada planned to
achieve these savings by the following
methods:

1. Close to one third of the savings
would result from the
government's decision to use $30
million from the Federal
Government Student/Youth
Employment Program to hire
students and youths for
approximately 25,000 of the
45,000 jobs created by the census.

2. Another third of the savings would
be obtained through increased
efficiency within STC.

3. The remainder of the savings
would be realized by an increased
emphasis on cost recovery for the
agency's outputs. Users would now
have to assume a fairer share of the
costs of publications and services.
The agency would increase prices
of the majority of its products to
reflect this approach.

However, STC was to continue to ensure
that information was readily available
to the general public at no charge,
through Canada's public library
network and through the agency's own
library and regional reference centres.
These centres would also continue to
provide information by phone to
Canadians through User Advisory
Services.

-21-

The Minister also directed that
measures be taken, for the first time, to
ensure that respondents would receive
an explanation of why the census
information was needed. As stated by
the Minister, "Canadians have a right to
know why these questions are

asked. ... when they are aware of the
many uses of the information, they will
recognize the value and importance of
the census." The Minister applauded
the initiative of STC in developing a
five-year program that continued to
meet Canadians' needs for statistical
information, but at the same time,
provided the necessary savings from the
1986 Census budget.

It was within this new environment that
plans for the census proceeded. Project
Managers revised their original plans as
required. Any repercussions that the
cancellation and reinstatement had on
the various projects are presented in
their respective chapters of this
document.

-23-

CONTENT DETERMINATION
AND QUESTIONNAIRE
DEVELOPMENT

In this chapter, two activities are
covered: (a) content determination, i.e.
the process to determine the topics to be .
covered in the 1986 Census and to
formulate the required questions
(including response categories and
instructions to respondents); and (b)
questionnaire development, i.e. the
processes that culminated in the
printing of the 1986 Census
questionnaires and associated
documents. The two activities were
carried out under the direction of the
1986 Census Content Project and the
1986 Census Questionnaire
Development and Production Task
respectively.

Generally, the options available to
Statistics Canada for a mid-decade
census range from a minimal census,
which merely complies with the
statutory requirements, to a
comprehensive census, such as the one
taken in 1981. From the outset,
however, time and resource constraints
precluded any significant innovations to
the 1986 Census content. Planning the
content proceeded on the assumption
that the 1981 Census would be "repeated
virtually unchanged". It was
acknowledged, however, that three
types of changes would be necessary.
First, additional questions (for example,
a question on disabled persons) would be
required to respond to current concerns
in Canadian society. Second, certain
questions (for example, the question on
religion) should be considered for
deletion, to keep response burden and
total expenditure below the level of the
1981 Census. Third, revisions to existing
questions (for example, the rewording of
the question on marital status) should
be given consideration, to improve the
quality and usefulness of the data.

To determine the specific changes to be
made, Statistics Canada launched a
program in the spring of 1982, to
compile input both from data users such
as federal departments, academia and
the business sector and from the

subject-matter experts within Statistics
Canada. The two processes occurred
simultaneously and interacted with
each other. (The initial steps taken
along these two routes are outlined
separately in Sections 3.1 and 3.2,
respectively.) In the fall of 1983, the two
consultation processes culminated in the
formulation of a questionnaire which
was the basis for the census
questionnaire subsequently approved by
the Government of Canada. (See Section
3.3 for a look at the major events
associated with this process and
Figure 4 for a list of major milestones.)

The 1986 questionnaire content is
discussed in detail in Sections 3.4 and
3.5. Questionnaire development and
production, that is, the processes which
transformed the content into the
physical questionnaires and associated
documents, are discussed in Section 3.6.
The closing section of this chapter,
Section 3.7, evaluates the processes
discussed in the preceding sections.

3.1 User Input to Content Determination

More than four years before the 1986
Census Day, Statistics Canada began
consultations with key data users about
their most important information needs.
As a first step, in the spring of 1982,
Statistics Canada contracted a private
consultant to develop "options for
submission to Cabinet on the content of
the 1986 Census". The consultant met
with representatives of 15 federal
government departments and agencies.
As a result of these discussions, a paper
entitled "Overview of Federal Needs
for 1986 Census Data" was prepared in
the fall of 1982.

The "Overview" was distributed to
more than 200 users from federal
agencies, provincial and municipal
governments, selected businesses,
academic researchers and marketing
associations. These users were requested
to provide their reactions to the paper

-24-

Figure 4. MAJOR MILESTONES OF THE 1986 CONTENT PROJECT

The Assistant Chief Statistician issued a memorandum outlining
"1986 Census Working Assumptions"

March 1980

The Parliamentary Special Committee on the Disabled and Handicapped
released a report entitled "OBSTACLES"

February 1981

Staff members began an "internal" evaluation of the 1981 Census;
their reports were used for planning 1986 Census content

March 1982

Consultant contracted to canvass user's input regarding 1986
Census content

April 1982

Meetings began between Statistics Canada representatives and
aboriginal groups

May 1982

Consultant prepared "OVERVIEW OF FEDERAL NEEDS FOR 1986 CENSUS
DATA"; paper sent to over 200 key users as well as to senior
managers in Statistics Canada. Feedback obtained by Spring 1983

November 1982

Parliamentary Special Cominittee on Visible Minorities in
Canadian Society appointed

June 1983

Consultant prepared "PROPOSED 1986 CENSUS OPTIONS" as a result of
feedback from users to "OVERVIEW" paper."OPTIONS" distributed
to relevant "external" users and "internal" subject-matter experts

June 1983

Federal-provincial Consultative Council on Statistical Policy

met and discussed 1986 Census content on the basis of "OPTIONS"

July 1983

Subject-matter experts forwarded final recommendations on the
wording of proposed 1986 Census questions

August 1983

Statistics Canada conducted the first part of the Canadian Health
& Disability Survey (CHDS); second part conducted June 1984

October 1983

Consultant prepared "DISCUSSION PAPER - PLANS FOR 1986 CENSUS"

November 1983

Minister of Supply and Services presented "Memorandum to Cabinet"
(including proposed 1 986 questions) to the Government of Canada

March 1984

The Special Committee on Visible Minorities in Canadian Society
issues "EQUALITY NOW!"

March 1984

Cabinet approved the census content and questions, requiring,
however, that the ethnic question be altered to identify visible
minorities

April 1984

Representatives from the pertinent Federal Departments met to
discuss the census questions on visible minorities and aboriginal
peoples

April 1984

Cabinet approved final wording of the 1986 questionnaire

May 1984

First gazetting of the 1986 Census

July 1984

1986 Census cancelled

November 8, 1984

1986 Census reinstated

December 21, 1984

Re-gazetting of revised 1986 Census

July 1985

-25-

and to express their views on data needs
from the 1986 Census. Users were also
asked to identify specifically those 1981
Census questions that represented their
highest priority, as well as those that
were most expendable. By the spring of
1983, some 125 users had responded.

While these consultations with outside
users were ongoing. Statistics Canada
also began an internal evaluation of the
content and wording of the 1981 Census
questionnaire. Subject-matter experts
within STC provided recommendations
for the inclusion or exclusion of certain
questions, along with proposals for
alternative forms of question wording, to
improve data quality (see Section 3.2).

Generally, the user consultation process
showed that the variables receiving the
most substantial support from non-
federal users were also those with
widespread support from federal agency
users. As might be expected, however,
there were exceptions. Data on some
variables (for example, migration and
place of work), identified as being
important to selected non-federal users,
were of a low priority to federal
agencies. Conversely, data on other
variables (for example, housing) that
were of limited interest to provincial and
private sector users, were of much
greater interest to federal users. The
consultations also revealed user demand
for data over and above those collected
in the 1981 Census was modest. Rather,
the requirements were for a census
similar to that of 1981, with
improvements in some areas, such as the
rewording of certain questions to
increase data reliability.

On the basis of both the external user
input and the internal evaluation, two
content options for the 1986 Census
were developed. The first proposed an
abridged 1981 Census, with minimal
changes in selected questions: of the 46
1981 questions, 12 would be deleted and
seven others modified. The second option
recommended a somewhat more
comprehensive census, and incorporated
several proposals for the collection of
new data that had widespread user
support. It also recommended a series of
improvements to the 1981
questionnaire. In June 1983, the two
options were summarized in the paper
"Proposed 1986 Census Options",
which was distributed to selected users.
Recipients of the paper were requested
to submit comments. The paper was also
discussed in a meeting of the Federal-
provincial Consultative Council on
Statistical Policy, held in July 1983.
During the summer of 1983, the 1986
Census Content team reviewed the
comments received from the recipients
of the paper and the issues raised during
the federal-provincial meeting. This
review, together with results from the
internal evaluation, served as the basis
for a third paper "Discussion Paper -
Plans for the 1986 Census" (see
Section 3.3).

3.2 "Internal" Input to Content

Determination

Prior to the release of the 1981 Census
data, which took place between the
spring of 1982 and the spring of 1983,
subject-matter specialists within
Statistics Canada conducted an
evaluation of the 1981 Census, to
identify anomalies and problems in the
data. This evaluation resulted in a series
of reports on the various components of
the 1981 Census. In preparation for the
1986 Census, these reports were
reviewed to identify what changes to the
1981 questionnaires would be required if
the 1986 Census attempted to repeat the
1981 content. This review suggested
that only a few minor changes would be
necessary.

The "Overview" paper (see Section 3.1)
was distributed to all Assistant Chief
Statisticians, Directors General and
Directors within Statistics Canada.
These senior managers were asked to
use the paper as a bench-mark for
expressing their views on the content of
the 1986 Census. Their input was
forwarded by the spring of 1983,
coincidental with the input received
from the outside users.

-26-

3.3

At this point, a number of options were
being developed by Statistics Canada as
to census content.. The options were
discussed with the Chief Statistician
and with the senior management of the
Social Statistics Field. On the basis of
these discussions and feedback from
outside users, the consultant prepared a
paper entitled "Proposed 1986 Census
Options" in June 1983 (see Section 3.1).
This paper was tabled at a meeting at
which the 1986 Census Manager and the
Directors of the subject-matter areas
(and/or their representatives) met to
discuss the 1986 Census content. At this
meeting, the subject-matter divisions
were instructed to prepare position
papers on alternatives to the wording of
the proposed 1986 questions, the
response categories, and the instructions
. to respondents. In addition, the subject-
matter experts were asked to state the
advantages and disadvantages of each
alternative, along with their preferred
alternative and the rationale for the
preference. An example of the
alternatives prepared for the
heating/fuel energy question is shown in
Figure 5.

By August 1983, the recommendations,
along with input from outside users,
served as the basis for a third paper,
"Discussion Paper - Plans for the
1986 Census" (Section 3.3).

Gazetting and Re-gazetting of the
1986 Census

The "Discussion Paper - Plans for the
1986 Census" presented 19 optional
modules: 16 content modules dealing
with census questions and three
operational modules providing
alternatives for bilingual services. The
paper described the modules, assessed
their usefulness in terms of the
requirements of users and

respondents, and specified the estimated
cost of including a particular module in
the 1986 Census. The paper was
distributed for commentary to key data
users and to senior management and
subject-matter areas within Statistics
Canada. (For a selected list of users who
commented on the paper, see Figure 6.)
On the basis of the reactions received, 13
of the 16 content modules and one of the
three operational modules were
recommended for Cabinet approval.
These modules may be summarized as
follows (see also Figure 7):

Module 1 - Basic Census Data - 100%
enumeration basis

Module 1 consisted of questions on basic
demographic and household
characteristics (e.g., age, sex and mother
tongue) and the "coverage question"
designed to ensure complete
enumeration within each household.
Among other things, the basic census
data module permits the determination
of population estimates for federal-
provincial budgetary transfers.

Module 2 - Labour Market - 20% sample
basis

This module referred to the economic
characteristics of the population (e.g.,
participation in the labour force, place of
work, occupation, industry and income).
The census provides the only
comprehensive source of data on the
detailed industrial and occupational
characteristics of the labour force. In
addition, data on income, combined with
basic demographic data, provide
information needed to identify target
markets, low income groups, and
measure changing consumer demand
and income which serves as the basis for
developing new products and services.

-27-

EXAMPLE OF "INTERNAL" INPUT: OPTIONS FOR THE 1986 CENSUS
QUESTION ON HEATING FUEL/ENERGY

Figure 5.

Option 1 - 1981 Census Question

Which fuel is used most for heating this dwelling?

□ Oil or kerosene

n Piped gas, e.g.,
natural gas

□ Bottled gas, e.g.,
propane

□ Electricity

□ Wood

□ Coal or coke

□ Other fuel

Option 3 - Proposed 1986 Alternative II

Which fuel or sources of energy are used by the
main heating systems marked in Question 17?
Mark as many boxes as apply

Fossil Fuels

□ Oil or kerosene

□ Piped gas, e.g.,
natural gas

□ Bottled gas, e.g.,
propane

□ Coal or coke
Renewable Fuels

□ Electricity (do not mark this box if electricity

is used only to operate controls or
equipment)

□ Heat transfer from heat pump
Heat transfer from solar panels

Other Fuel or Energy

□ Other

Option 2 - Proposed 1986 Alternative I

Which fuel(s)/energy is used by this main heating
system?

Mark as many boxes as apply

□ Oil or kerosene

□ Piped gas, e.g., natural gas

□ Bottled gas, e.g., propane

□ Electricity (do not mark this box if electricity

used only to operate equipment
and controls

□ Wood

□ Coal or Coke

Environmental energy, captured by:

□ Heat pump

□ Solar panels

□ Other fuel/energy

Option 4 - Approved 1986 Census Question

Which fuel or energy is used most for heating this
dwelling?

Mark one box only

□ Piped gas, e.g., natural gas

□ Bottled gas, e.g., propane

□ Electricity only

□ Electricity as the main source where more than

one fuel/energy is used, e.g.,
electricity and oil

□ Oil or kerosene

□ Wood

□ Coal or coke

□ Other fuel or energy

-28-

Figure 6. SELECTED LIST OF CENSUS DATA USERS WHO COMMENTED ON SPECIFIC

1986 CENSUS MODULES

FEDERAL DEPARTMENTS AND AGENCIES

Agriculture Canada

Bank of Canada

Canada Council

Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation

Canadian International Development Agency

Chief Electoral Officer, Office of the

Commissioner of Official Languages

Communications, Department of

Consumer and Corporate Affairs Canada

Correctional Service Canada

Economic Council of Canada

Employment and Immigration Canada

Energy, Mines and Resources Canada

Federal-provincial Relations Office

Fisheries and Oceans

Health and Welfare Canada

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada

Industry Trade and Commerce

Justice Canada, Department of

Labour Canada

Social Development, Ministry of State for

Economic and Regional Development,

Ministry of State

National Defence, Department of

Canada Post

Privy Council Office

Public Service Commission of Canada

Public Works Canada

Regional Economic Expansion, Department

Revenue Canada - Customs

of Revenue Canada - Taxation

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Science and Technology Canada, Ministry

of State

Secretary of State of Canada, The

Solicitor General Canada

Status of Women Canada

Supply and Services Canada

Transport Canada

Treasury Board of Canada

Veterans Affairs Canada

PROVINCIAL AND TERRITORIAL

GOVERNMENTS

All 12 governments consulted

MUNICIPALITIES AND REGIONAL

GOVERNMENTS

Durham, Ontario

Edmonton, Alberta

Halton, Ontario

Ottawa-Carleton, Ontario

Oxford, Ontario

Peel, Ontario

Toronto, Ontario

Waterloo, Ontario

York, Ontario

UNIVERSITY RESEARCHERS

University of Montreal

Dalhousie University

University of New Brunswick

University of Regina

University of Toronto

TRADE AND OTHER ASSOCIATIONS

Canadian Manufacturers Association

Canadian Construction Association

Canadian Real Estate Association

Electrical and Electronic

HUDAC

Manufacturers Association

Multi-Industry Committee on Statistics

Insurance Bureau of Canada

Ontario Association of Planners

National Farmers' Union

Roads and Transportation Association

Regional Information Systems Committee

HEALTH-RELATED ASSOCIATIONS

Canadian Co-ordinating Council on

Canada Life and Health Insurance

Association

Deafness

Canadian Mental Health Association

Canadian National Institute for Blind

-29-

Figure 6. SELECTED LIST OF CENSUS DATA USERS WHO COMMENTED ON SPECIFIC

1986 CENSUS MODULES Concluded

Council for Disabled
Council on Deafness

BUSINESSES

Air Canada

Allstate Insurance

Banque Nationale du Canada

Caisses Populaires Desjardins

CP Air

Gallup

Imperial Tobacco

Print Measurement Bureau

Royal Trust

Towers

Canadian Rehabilitation
Coalition of Provincial Organizations
of the Handicapped

Alcan

Audit Bureau of Circulation

BC Telephone

Canada Trust

Clayton Research

Gardner Pinfold

ISL International Surveys

Royal Bank

Scotiabank

-30-

Figure 7. 1986 CONTENT MODULES AS RECOMMENDED IN "DISCUSSION PAPER

PLANS FOR THE 1986 CENSUS"

MODULE 2

LABOUR MARKET (20%)

25.

Participation

26.

When last worked

27.

Industry

28.

Place of Work

29.

Occupation

30.

Class of Worker

31.

Weeks Worked

32.

Income

MODULE 5

ABORIGINAL PEOPLES (100%)

7. Aboriginal peoples

MODULE 8

HOUSING I

9. Tenure (100%)

12. Heating equipment and
energy source (20%)

13. Utilities and shelter costs
(20%)

MODULE 11

CITIZENSHIP/IMMIGRATION
(20%)

14. Place of birth

15. Citizenship

16. Year of immigration

MODULE 1

BASIC (100%)

1. Name

2. Relationship

3. Date of birth

4. Sex

5. Marital status

6. Mother tongue
8. Coverage

MODULES

EDUCATION I (20%)

21. Years of schooling

22. Degrees

MODULE 6

LANGUAGE (20%)

18. Home language

19. Official language

MODULE 9

HOUSING II (20%)

10. Age of dwelling

11. Number of rooms

MODULE 12

ETHNICITY

(20%)

17. Ethnicity

MODULE 4

EDUCATION II (20%)

23. Field of specialization

MODULE 7

DISABILITY (20%)

20.

Disability

MODULE 10

HOUSING III (100%)

Structural type
(Enumerator coded)

MODULE 13

MOBILITY

(20%)

24. Mobility status

NOTES: (1) Question numbers correspond to those on the final 1986 questionnaire.
(2) The modules are shown in the sequence presented in "Census Facts".

Legend: 100% -items proposed for the 100% enumeration questionnaire
20% - items proposed for the 20% sample questionnaire

-31-

Module 3 - Education I - 20% sample
basis

Module 6 - Language - 20% sample basis

The first education module consisted of
questions concerning the number of
years of schooling that respondents
completed in various types of
institutions and the degrees, certificates
or diplomas received from these
institutions. Questions on the
educational levels of the population
received widespread support from data
users. These data are used for analysing
issues such as the transition from school
to the labour market and the
effectiveness of job-related training
programs. Expenditures on education
are of great concern to all levels of
government.

Module 4 - Education II - 20% sample

Module 6 consisted of two questions
dealing with language (i.e. language
most often spoken at home and usage of
Canada's official languages). These
questions provide vital information for
bilingualism programs. Combined with
data on mother tongue (see Module 1),
these questions may also be used to
study language transfers among various
groups. The data are of increasing use to
market researchers, cultural groups,
and the communications industry.

basis

Module 7 - Disability - 20% sample basis
("screening question")

The second education module concerned
respondents' major field of study in
postsecondary education. This new
question responded to the need for more
detailed educational data required for
labour market forecasting and job
training/retraining programs. (See also
Section 3.5.2.)

Module 5 - Aboriginal Peoples - 100%
enumeration basis

The disability module dealt with a new
question designed to identify disabled
persons. In view of the increasing
demand for data on the disabled, this
"screening question" was to be followed
by a comprehensive postcensal survey.
(See also Section 3.5.)

The aboriginal peoples module consisted
of a new question designed to determine
the number of aboriginal peoples in
Canada. To meet the demand for
detailed cross-classifications,
particularly for small areas, this
question was recommended for inclusion
on a 100% basis. The "aboriginal
question" was designed to provide
information to governments planning
programs directed at improving the
social and academic status of the
aboriginal peoples and to Native groups
seeking such objectives as self-
government. (See also Section 3.5.)

Module 8 - Housing I

100%

enumeration and 20% sample basis

Module 8 included a group of questions
dealing with housing issues. The
question on tenure was proposed for the
100% enumeration, whereas the
questions on heating equipment and
energy source, as well as on utilities and
shelter costs were recommended for the
20% sample. These questions provide
information on home ownership, energy
utilization and housing costs (e.g., rent
and mortgage payments).

-32-

Module 9 - Housing II
basis

20% sample

The second housing module contained
additional housing questions, related to
age of dwelling, number of rooms in the
dwelling and the need for repairs. The
questions provide basic information on
housing stock in Canada. In particular,
the question on age of dwelling provides
an indicator useful in programs aimed at
home renovation and energy
conservation.

Module 10 - Housing III - 100%
enumeration basis

The items in this module, dealing with
structural type of dwelling, provide
bench-mark data on Canada's housing
stock by type (e.g., single-detached,
apartment in a structure over five
storeys). In 1986, this question was to be
coded by the Census Representative
because evidence from past censuses
suggested that respondents had
difficulty in correctly categorizing the
wide variety of structural types in
existence.

Module 11 - Citizenship/Immigration -
20% sample basis

Module 11 referred to questions dealing
with immigration issues (e.g.,
citizenship and place of birth). These
questions are required for the
development of immigration policies and
for analyzing the assimilation of
immigrants into Canadian society. The
data are useful in such areas as election
planning and programs for potential
new citizens.

Module 12 - Ethnicity - 20% sample
basis

The question on ethnicity provides
much-needed information on Canada's
multicultural society and on the origins
of Canada's population. The data are
used extensively by various ethnic
organizations. (See also Section 3.5.)

Module 13 - Mobility - 20% sample basis

Module 13 consisted of a question
designed to measure the mobility of the
population over the five-year period
between the 1981 and 1986 Censuses. It
provided input for the preparation of
intercensal population estimates and
projections, data on the availability and
movement of skilled labour, and an
understanding of population
redistribution.

(See Appendix B for the 1986
questionnaire and guide, where the
rationale for the questions is explained
further.)

The three content modules not
recommended for inclusion in the
submission to Cabinet were:

(i) a module of the 1981 questions that
did not receive sufficient support
from users (e.g., questions on
length of dwelling occupancy, on
nuptiality and on religion);

(ii) a module dealing exclusively with
place of work; and

(iii) an alternative module to Module 5
concerning aboriginal peoples.

In all, the recommendations proposed
nine questions for the 100%
enumeration questionnaire and 42
questions for the 20% sample
questionnaire. Additionally, the
recommendations selected one of the
three operational modules that dealt
with bilingual services (see Section 3.6).

Using the discussion paper as a source, a
Memorandum to Cabinet was prepared.
The Memorandum, along with the
recommended wordings of the 1986
Census questions, were presented to
Cabinet by the Minister of Supply and

-33-

Services in March 1984. In April 1984,
Cabinet approved both the
Memorandum and the attached
questions, with the provision that the
ethnicity question be worded in such a
way as to address the issue of identifying
visible minorities (see Section 3.5).

The wording of the proposed 1986
Census questionnaire was finalized in
May 1984 and sent to the Privy Council
Office where the Order in Council for the
1986 Census of Population was
prepared. The Order in Council was
approved by the Governor General in
Council in June 1984 and published in
the Canada Gazette in July 1984.

Then as already stated, in early
November of 1984, the federal
government, in an effort to reduce
expenditures, cancelled the 1986
Census. Attention was then focussed on
the statutory requirement to hold a mid-
decade census in Manitoba and
Saskatchewan. However, as a result of
the support voiced by users of census
data in both the private and the public
sectors, the 1986 Census was reinstated
on December 21, 1984.

The cancellation and reinstatement of
the census necessitated a revision of the
questionnaire initially gazetted in July
1984. Accordingly, a revised ques-
tionnaire was drafted and gazetted in
July 1985. The questionnaire designed
for 100% enumeration remained
essentially unaltered. In the sample
questionnaire, two items (on home
repairs and fuel for heating water) were
deleted. The remaining items were
reorganized into 32 questions.

Form 2A - Short Questionnaire

The short questionnaire was used to
enumerate four fifths of all private
households in Canada, and contained
the following nine questions:

Question No.

Content

Name

Relationship to Person 1

Date of birth

Sex

Marital status

Mother tongue

Aboriginal status

Person responsible for

household payments and

"coverage"

Tenure (dwelling owned

or rented)

Form 2A provided enough space for up to
six household members; additional
questionnaires were used for larger
households.

Form 2B - Long Questionnaire

The long questionnaire used the nine
questions on Form 2A and added 23
others. One of every five private
households received Form 2B, except in
northern and remote areas where it was
distributed to all households to improve
the reliability of data for populations too
small to support sampling. (See
Appendix B for a Form 2B.)

The additional 23 questions on Form 2B
were:

3.4 The 1986 Census Questions

Upon final approval of the 1986 Census
content, four questionnaires were
prepared for use by respondents. The
short questionnaire (Form 2A) was
bilingual. The long questionnaire (Form
2B) was given to households in the
official language of their choice when
the Census Representative was able to
make contact, and in both official
languages when contact did not occur.

Question No.

Content

Period of construction of

dwelling

Number of rooms in

dwelling

Main type of heating

equipment and principal

heating fuel

Payments for shelter.

value of dwelling,

condominiums

Place of birth

Citizenship

Year of immigration

Ethnic origin

-34-

Question No.

Content

Home language

Ability to speak

Canada's official

languages

Disability

Years of schooling

Degrees, certificates and

diplomas

Major field of study

-" 24

Mobility (place of

residence in 1981)

Work in past week

(hours, lay-off, job

search, etc.)

When last worked

Industry (employer.

name of firm, kind of

business)

Place of work

Occupation (type of

work, most important

duties)

Class of worker

(employee, self-

employed, etc.)

Weeks worked in 1985,

full time/part time

Income

Form2C

- Overseas Questionnaire

Form 2C enumerated Canadians posted
abroad in the Armed Forces or in
government services. It contained all of
the Form 2B questions pertaining to
individuals, with the exception of place
of residence in 1981. Housing questions
were not included; however, questions
about the person's usual place of
residence in Canada were used. Unlike
Form 2A and Form 2B, this
questionnaire was designed to record
information for one person only.

Form 3

Individual Census

Questionnaire

Persons in collective dwellings such as
hotels, motels and rooming-houses or
persons staying with friends, etc., were
enumerated using Form 3, which
contained no housing questions but
otherwise was the same as Form 2B.
Form 3 also recorded information on one
individual only. Hence it was used to
enumerate persons in private
households who, for reasons of privacy,
did not want to have their information
on a household form.

3.5

3.5.1

Other

Another form was used to enumerate
hospitals and jails (Form lA). These
institutions tend to have large
temporary populations and for practical
reasons enumeration was done from the
institution's administrative records.
Form lA streamlined enumeration by
collecting only one line of basic
information for each temporary
resident.

Changes since the 1981 Census
Questionnaire

For reasons already stated, the basic
framework of the 1986 Census called for
a repetition of the 1981 Census with
only minimal modifications. Both the
internal review of the 1981 Census and
the consultations with external users
concerning the content of the 1986
Census identified problems that could be
overcome by modifying the 1981
questionnaire and its accompanying
guide. The resultant changes
collectively illustrate the efforts of
Statistics Canada to improve the quality
of the 1986 data. Those questions that
were deleted or added in 1986 are
presented in this section. Other changes
made to question wordings and response
categories are noted in detail in
Appendix A. The 1986 and 1981 Census
questionnaires and respective guides are
also contained in Appendices B and C of
this publication.

Deletion of Items Inciudedin 1981

The following questions were not asked
in 1986 (question numbers refer to the
1981 questionnaire):

Q. 12, dwelling type (in 1986
relegated to the Census
Representative)

-35-

Q. 14, tenure at dwelling

Q. 16, number of bathrooms

Q. 18(b), fuel used for water heating

Q. 19, need for repairs to dwelling

Q. 27, religion

Q. 35, school attendance since

previous September
Q. 37, fertility
Q. 38, nuptiality (date of first

marriage)

The 1981 Census included a self-
enumeration question (Question 12) on
structural type, but serious response
problems were encountered: respondents
seemed to have, difficulty categorizing
dwellings other than single-detached
house, apartment in a building that has
five or more storeys, and movable
dwelling. For the 1986 Census, Census
Representatives (CR) coded structural
type. The front cover of the 1986 Census
questionnaire had a small box labelled
TD. The TD box was used by the Census
Representative to record structural type
(type of dwelling), using one of the
following codes:

- Single-detached house

- Semi-detached house

- Row house

- Other single attached house

- Apartment or flat in a

detached duplex

- Apartment in a building that

has five or more storeys

- Apartment in a building that

has less than five storeys

- Mobile home

- Other movable dwelling

Originally, the CRs were to identify only
four categories because the training
required for more detailed coding was
considered too expensive. These
categories were: single-detached house,
apartment of five or more storeys,
movable dwelling (other than a mobile
home) and all other types. In the end, a
number of data users were willing to
fund training and processing for the
nine-category list. The more detailed
breakdown is therefore available, but
only as a custom request.

3.5.2 Questions Added to the 1986 Census

The consultations concerning the 1986
Census content resulted in the addition
of three new questions to obtain
information on major field of study,
persons with disabilities, aboriginal
peoples.

(a) Major Field of Study

In the consultation process on 1986
content, federal government data
users especially emphasized the
need for information on field of
training and specialization of
persons with postsecondary
degrees, certificates or diplomas.
Employment and Immigration
Canada, for example, considered
this information essential to such
programs as the Canadian Jobs
Strategy and the Canadian
Occupational Projection System.
Responding to this need. Statistics
Canada recommended that the 20%
sample questionnaire include a
question on major field of study in
lieu of the 1981 question on school
attendance.

Some data on major field of study
had been compiled by Statistics
Canada previously, through:

(i) the 1971 Census question on
vocational training and
apprenticeship;

(ii) the 1973 post-censal survey
on Highly Qualified
Manpower;
(iii) the 1978 and 1984 National

Graduates Survey;
(iv) the 1982 Current Population
Profile supplement to the
regular Labour Force Survey;
and

(v) the annual surveys providing
input to the University
Student Information System
(USIS) and the Community
College Student Information
System (CCSIS).

The result of this input was Question 23.
The 1986 Census Guide added
explanatory notes. Answers were coded
using a classification with more than
430 categories.

-36-

(b) Persons With Disabilities

In February 1981, the Par-
liamentary Special Committee on
the Disabled and Handicapped
published a report entitled
"Obstacles". The purpose of the
report was to identify the key
obstacles that disabled persons in
Canada face, and to outline a
practical course of action for
helping disabled persons overcome
these obstacles.

Recommendation 113 of
"Obstacles" stated that "the
Federal Government direct
Statistics Canada to give a high
priority to the development and
implementation of a long-term
strategy which would generate
comprehensive data on disabled
persons in Canada, using
population-based surveys and
program data." Among the steps
suggested by the committee to
implement this recommendation
was "a commitment to include in
the 1986 Census questions on
disability, and a suitable follow-up
questionnaire to generate data on
disabled persons in Canada."

The consultations with census data
users in the spring of 1982
indicated that organizations in
both the public and private sectors
strongly advocated a question
dealing with disability for the 1986
Census. Furthermore, such
departments as the Canada
Employment and Immigration
Commission, Health and Welfare
Canada, Fitness and Amateur
Sports, and Secretary of State
(Status of the Disabled Persons
Secretariat) offered financial
support.

In October 1983, and in June 1984,
the Canadian Health and
Disability Survey (CHDS) was
conducted by Statistics Canada as
a supplement to the monthly
Labour Force Survey. Results of
the CHDS assisted in the design
and development of the question on
disability for the 1986 Census.

The result of these consultations
was Question 20, and explanatory
notes, which were included in the
guide. Question 20 was a screening
question, i.e. the results were used
to select a sample for the post-
censal Health and Activity
Limitation Survey (HALS),
conducted after the 1986 Census.
Although data on persons with
disabilities are available from the
census, it is recommended that
users consult HALS first.

The 1981 Census identified
aboriginal persons through the
ethnic origin question. This led to
several criticisms, ranging from
the inadequacy of the question
itself to its inclusion among the
sample questions. Statistics
Canada was receptive to these
criticisms and acted to improve
both the question wording and the
collection methodology in 1986.

As a first step, extensive
consultations were undertaken to
determine the needs of the
different groups representing
aboriginal peoples and the best
way the 1986 Census data on
aboriginal peoples could answer
these needs. Thus, in May 1982,
senior officials of Statistics Canada
began meeting with repre-
sentatives of all provincial and
federal departments concerned
with aboriginal peoples. Meetings
were also held with the majority of
the national associations of the
native peoples as well as with some
of the provincial associations.
Suggestions and recommendations
made in the course of these
consultations were analysed, and
options to carry them out were
submitted to the various groups.
After several meetings and a
number of counter proposals, a
compromise was reached in the
form of Question 7, a question
designed to identify and locate the
aboriginal population of Canada.
This question was separated from
the ethnic origin question and
asked of 100% of the population.

-37-

Wording of the question
encouraged "self-perception";
hence, multiple responses were
accepted',, excluding of course a
"No" response in combination with
any other response.

The field edit procedures included
this question among those slated
for mandatory follow-up. This
meant that households were
contacted where the question was
not answered for any member of
the household.

Significant data quality problems
have been identified with this
question. Therefore, the decision
was made not to officially release
data from this question. Published
counts of the aboriginal population
are based on Question 17, the
ethnic origin question. (For more
information, see Section 11.4.)

collection process (see Figure 9). The
task had to produce this package within
pre-established guidelines concerning
time, cost and quality. The following
sections deal with the four major phases
of this task, i.e. Planning, Development,
Production and Evaluation.

Planning

The main objective of the planning
phase was to prepare a detailed set of
operational plans for controlling the
task's work. These plans included a
work breakdown structure, network
diagrams (critical path charts), Gantt
charts, resource requirements and
target dates. A number of studies,
undertaken to investigate alternatives
to certain key components of the task,
also fell into this phase. Noteworthy
among these studies are the three that
dealt with bilingual methodology,
automated form development and
Braille forms.

3.6 Questionnaire Development and

Production

The census questionnaire package had
to be designed within the constraints of
the collection methodology, the
processing techniques and the
requirements of the Post Office. As these
elements, as well as the questionnaire
content, change from one census to the
next, thie development and production of
census questionnaires must be re-
examined with each census.

Following the 1981 experience, the 1986
Census organization established the
Questionnaire Development and
Production Task with its Task Manager
reporting to the Project Manager, Data
Capture (see Figure 8). The task's
primary objective was to produce an
effective 1986 Census Questionnaire
Package, including the questionnaires
and support materials, such as guides
and envelopes to be used in the

Planning for questionnaire development
and production began in the summer of
1981 with the team outlining
preliminary goals. In September of 1982,
this was followed by a study on
alternatives for providing bilingual
services. In July of 1983, the Task
Manager issued a report entitled "1986
Census of Canada - Options to Optimize
Offering of a Questionnaire in the
Respondent's Preferred Official
Language". On the basis of this report, a
decision was made to produce a bilingual
short questionnaire for the 100%
enumeration (Form 2A) and a
unilingual long questionnaire for the
20% sample (Form 2B). In households
designated to receive a long form, the
enumerator was to drop off a
questionnaire in the language of the
householder's choice and if no
householder were home at drop-off time,
questionnaires in both official languages
were to be left. This departed from the
1981 procedure where forms in both
official languages were dropped off only
in those districts designated bilingual
under the Official Languages Act.

-38-

Figure 8. MAJOR MILESTONES OF THE 1986 QUESTIONNAIRE DEVELOPMENT AND
PRODUCTION TASK

Start

Finish

QUESTIONNAIRE DEVELOPMENT & PRODUCTION TASK

July 81

Sept. 86

PLANNING PHASE

July 81

May 84

Study on bilingual methodology (Options
concerning questionnaires in
respondents' preferred official language)

Sept. 82

July 83

Report on automated form development

Oct. 83

Formalizing of task framework and
operational plan

Nov. 83

Feb. 84

Study on producing a Braille questionnaire

May 84

DEVELOPMENT PHASE

Feb. 84

Oct. 85

Acquisition of the Compugraphic Modular
Composition System

Feb. 84

Development of questionnaire

May 84

July 85

Small-scale test of 2A bilingual questionnaire

Sept. 84

Development of envelopes

Jan. 85

June 85

Development of guide

May 85

Oct. 85

PRODUCTION PHASE

May 85

April 86

Production of photographic negatives

May 85

July 85

Printing of questionnaires

Aug. 85

April 86

Printing of envelopes

Aug. 85

Feb. 86

Printing of guide

Nov. 85

April 86

Translations into non-official languages
& Braille

Aug. 85

April 86

EVALUATION PHASE

Feb. 86

Sept. 86

-39-

Figure9. LIST OF PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THE 1986 CENSUS QUESTIONNAIRE

PACKAGE

(a) Questionnaires

Form 2A: Short Form Questionnaire (Bilingual)

Form 2B: Long Form Questionnaire (English and French)

Form 2C: Overseas Questionnaire (English and French)

Form 3: Individual Census Questionnaire (Bilingual)

(b) Envelopes

Form2E: Drop-off Envelope (Bilingual)

Form 2E 1: Mail-back Envelope for 2Ay2B (Bilingual)

Form 2E2: Overseas Envelope for 2C (Bilingual)

Form 3E: Individual Questionnaire Envelope (Bilingual)

Form 5E: Double Drop-off Envelope (Bilingual)

Form 9B: Guide (English and French)
Foreign Language Translations and Braille
Refusal Labels

-40-

A second study, concerned with
automated systems of form
development for the 1986 Census
Questionnaire Package, was
conducted in the spring and
summer of 1983. This investigation
resulted in a decision to acquire a
Compugraphics Modular Compo-
sition System to replace the cut-
and-paste method.

A third study, to examine the
possibility of producing census
questions in Braille, was conducted
in May 1984. Following the
recommendation made in the
study's report, the 1986 Census
produced a limited Braille edition
of the census questions as well as
of the "Message to All Canadians"
and "Reasons why Questions Are
Asked" portions of the ques-
tionnaires and guide.

In November 1983, the team of the
Questionnaire Development and
Production Task was expanded to
include representatives from staffs
responsible for the census content,
questionnaire design, processing,
methodology, collection and public
communications. These represen-
tatives co-ordinated the
preparation of input in their
respective areas and the
submission of this input to the
task.

From November 1983 to February
1984, the team prepared the overall
Task Framework and Operational
Plan for the 1986 Questionnaire
Development and Production Task.
The result was a compre-
hensive planning package that
permitted the monitoring and
control of the subsequent phases of
the task. The key planning
assumptions of the task, as
established in the Planning Phase,
were as follows:

1. There would be no change to
the 1981 specifications except
for adjustments resulting from
the "Discussion Paper - Plans
for the 1986 Census" (see
Section 3.3).

2. Both the long and the short
questionnaires (Forms 2A and
2B) would include an
aboriginal peoples question
(see Section 3.5).

3. Type of dwelling would be
completed by the Census
Representative (CR) rather
than by respondents.

4. The short form (2A) would be
bilingual.

5. The long form (2B) would be
unilingual and would contain a
statement offering a ques-
tionnaire in the respondent's
preferred official language.
(This was later rescinded: the
decision to leave an English
and a French questionnaire at
all households when no one was
at home during drop-off
obviated the need for this
statement.)

6. The paper quality for the short
form (2A) would be of lighter
weight than that used in 1981
in order to ensure low postage
rates for the bilingual form.

7. The official Canada wordmark
would appear on all the
materials in the questionnaire
package.

8. The questionnaire layout
would be compatible with the
key-entry method of data
capture and with principles of
reducing response burden.

-41-

9. The Compugraphics Modular
Composition System would be
used to design and lay out the
questionnaire package
products. This equipment
would also be used to produce
other materials, e.g., selected
manuals and forms, public
communications bulletins.

Development

This phase involved preparing
specifications for the questionnaires
based on the approved 1986 Census
content; laying out and designing each
component in the questionnaire
package; reviewing the artwork; and
finalizing and approving all items to be
produced.

Work on the Development Phase began
in February 1984. Among the first steps
were the assignment to the task of a
forms designer from Creative Services,
Publications Division, the acquisition of
the Compugraphics Modular Compo-
sition System, the initial receipt from
subject-matter areas of content
specifications (which included the
wording of questions, the instructions
for answering them and the order in
which they were to appear on the
questionnaire), and the receipt of
specifications from areas responsible for
such activities as processing, field
collection and public communications.

As already noted, the content of the 1986
Census was originally approved by
Cabinet in April 1984, and gazetted in
July of that year. From this point until
October 1984, work continued on the
development of the products to ensure
the format of the questionnaires and
support materials met the standards and
requirements of the staffs concerned
with subject-matter, processing and
collection. In addition, a separate 2A
bilingual questionnaire was produced to
conduct a small-scale test in September
1984. The objective of the planned test
was to measure the rate of non-response
to the new question dealing with
aboriginal status.

In November 1984, with the cancellation
of the 1986 National Census, the
Development Phase concentrated on
preparing questionnaires and associated
materials for a possible census of
Manitoba and Saskatchewan (Section
3.3). In late December 1984, the
national census was reinstated, subject
to several constraints, among them (a)
omitting two questions (type of fuel used
for heating water and need for repairs to
dwelling); (b) rewording and
renumbering the other questions; and (c)
explaining in the questionnaire package
why each question was asked. The
revisions to' questionnaire content
necessitated further development of the
various components of the questionnaire
package. In particular, a passage
explaining the "Reasons why Questions
Are Asked" was added at the end of the
guide instructions to each question. The
questionnaires and envelopes were
finally approved in the summer of 1985,
and the guide, in the autumn of 1985.

Production and Evaluation

The Production Phase of the task
included producing negatives from the
artwork for the census questionnaires
designed during the Development
Phase; liaising with Supply and Services
Canada and the printing companies
regarding printing contracts;
monitoring and controlling delivery of
all forms to the inserters-companies
responsible for putting questionnaires
and guides into envelopes (the
Collection Task was responsible for
insertion operations); translating the
questions and other selected text items
into non-official languages as well as.
into Braille; and quality checking of all
products prior to delivery to the Field
Collection staff.

The preparation of the negatives of the
questionnaires commenced at the end of
May 1985, and was completed in mid-
July 1985. This work was contracted out
to a private firm.

-42-

Tenders for printing were called by
Supply and Services Canada in early
June 1985. In all cases, contracts were
awarded to the lowest bidder, resulting
in contracts with seven private firms. In
August 1985, printing of the
questionnaires and envelopes began and
printing of the guide began three
months later. The envelopes were ready
February 1986, with the

questionnaires and guides following in
April 1986.

copies each of English and French in
Braille were produced by a private firm.
These were distributed to the Regional
Census Offices.

During the entire Production Phase,
strict quality control of all activities was
maintained by team members of the
task. For example, samples of printed
sheets were checked at the printing
plants to ensure proper registration,
paper stock, colour and shading.

All census materials were made
a;vailable in both official languages. In
addition, the 1986 Census questions,
together with the instructions for
temporary residents, foreign residents,
and Question 1, the address, the
"Message to all Canadians" and the
"Reasons why Questions Are Asked"
were translated into 33 languages
(Figure 10), in addition to Braille. Each
of the languages chosen corresponded to
a linguistic group that, according to the
1981 data, included at least 1,000
persons who did not speak either of the
official languages. The translation was
co-ordinated by the Secretary of State.
Two thousand copies of the translations
into each language were printed in-
house at Statistics Canada, while 200

3.7 Critique and Evaluation

The final content of the census was a set
of 32 statistical questions. This was felt
to be a compromise, balancing a realistic
assessment of capability, resources, user
needs and response burden.

The success of the questionnaire content
can be partially established through
studies which evaluate the quality of
data for each question. A check of
response errors, for example, revealed
that some respondents had problems
with the new question on aboriginal
status (see Section 11.4). Other data
quality results are addressed in
Chapter 7.

Figure 10. TRANSLATIONS FOR SELECTED 1986 CENSUS MATERIALS

Algonquian (Ojibway)

German

Polish

Arabic

Greek

Portuguese

Armenian

Hindi

Punjabi

Cambodian

Magyar (Hungarian)

Russian

Cree (Plains)

Inuktitut (symbolic)

Serbian

Cree (Quebec)

Inuktitut (Inuvialuktun)

Spanish

Cree (Swampy)

Inuktitut (alphabetic)

Tagalog (Philippines)

Chinese

Italian

Thai

Croatian

Japanese

Ukrainian

Dutch

Korean

Urdu

Finnish

Macedonian

Vietnamese

-43-

With a view towards the 1991 Census
questionnaire content, testing of
question wording, instructions, concepts
or definitions, response choice and
visual problems is being conducted to
identify and rectify similar content
problems. The Evaluation Report - 1986
Census Questionnaire Development and
Production, completed in September
1986, addresses the three phases of
producing the questionnaires. This
report contains, among other things, a
number of recommendations for 1991.

The responsibilities of the task were
executed successfully. With the
exception of meeting scheduled delivery

dates for printed forms to the inserter,
all objectives were met on time and
within budget. A number of external
influences, however, caused several
deviations from the original plan. It was
impossible to predict the effects the
political climate of the time would have
on development and production plans for
the 1986 Census questionnaire package.
A precedent has been set and planners of
future census programs should be aware
that social and economic conditions can
influence data requirements right up to
print deadlines. Flexibility will be a
primary requirement for producers of
future census questionnaires.

■ 45-

COLLECTION

4.1

Census Mapping for Collection

Collecting data from every Canadian
household was no small feat in logistics.
It required a staff of over 40,000. The
data collection process continued over
more than two years and included a
variety of tasks, from mapping to
conducting postcensal activities.

Enumeration procedures in the 1986
Census were basically the same as those
used in the 1981 Census. Two collection
methods were used: self-enumeration
and canvassing. Self-enumeration, the
main procedure used in the 1986 Census
of Canada, covered approximately 98.4%
of the Canadian population. The
remainder of the population was covered
by canvassing. In remote areas, all
enumeration was carried out by
canvassing. Unlike 1981, when Indian
reserves were enumerated according to
the method used in the surrounding
area, a special program was developed
(see Section 11.4).

The census reference date was June 3,
1986. Every person alive at midnight
between June 2 and 3 was to be
enumerated. Babies delivered and
immigrants arriving after that time
were to be excluded. Those away from
their usual place of residence on Census
Day were to be enumerated as residents
of their home localities, rather than as
residents of the places where they were
staying temporarily. Foreign residents
(e.g., students from another country
attending school in Canada, and their
families; government representatives of
another country attached to the
legation, embassy or other diplomatic
body of that country in Canada, and
their families) were not to complete the
questionnaire. They were to simply
mark a designated check box and return
the questionnaire as instructed. Special
care was taken to enumerate collective
dwellings and their residents as
accurately as possible. Collective
dwellings were enumerated on the night
of June 2/3, whenever possible.

Maps produced especially for the 1986
Census played an essential role in
ensuring that every part of the country
was covered for the Census
enumeration, and that no area was
counted more than once.

Canada was divided into 282 federal
electoral districts (FEDs) which were
carved into 1,959 Census Commissioner
Districts (CCDs) staffed with 1,936
Commissioners. CCDs were divided into
43,220 enumeration areas (EAs) (with
the postcensal splits - 822 in all - 44,042
EAs). Generally, one Census Represen-
tative (CR) was assigned to an EA;
however, in certain circumstances, a
CR's assignment may have contained
more than one EA..

The number of households in an EA
generally varies between a maximum of
375 households in large urban areas to
fewer than 125 in more remote rural
areas. There are exceptions to the
number of households within an EA. For
example, large establishments
(hospitals, hotels, etc.) are referred to as
"collective" EAs.

A field check, program consisted of five
main stages:

1. Delineation of enumeration areas
and Census Commissioner
Districts, all respecting the
geostatistical areas for which
census data are made available.
This stage started in September
1983 and was performed by the
Geography Information Services
and Field Delineation Unit.

2. Production of preliminary maps,
conducted concurrently with the
first step.

3. Field check of enumeration areas.
This task was conducted at a local
level by the eight Regional Offices
of Statistics Canada and consisted,
among other things, of EA
familiarization, boundary checks
and confirmation of the type of EA.
The checks were to ensure that
EA boundaries were easily
identifiable, and that housing

-46-

growth, as well as changes in
streets or rural road patterns were
reflected on the maps. This step
was co-ordinated by the Survey
Operations Branch.

Evaluation of field check returns
and the finalization of enumeration
area maps.

Updating of base maps and the
production of field materials.

These five stages were completed by
December 1985 and over 43,000
individual EA maps were produced. The
necessary materials were packaged and
shipped to the Regional Offices in time
for the census.

Efforts are made to limit the number of
changes in EAs from one census to the
next. Nevertheless, many factors cause
changes. For example, the boundaries
and codes of enumeration areas change
from census to census reflecting
population shifts; changes to electoral,
municipal and statistical boundaries;
and changes to Census Representative
work-load criteria. At the national
level, only 55% of 1986 EAs have an
exact 1981 equivalent (41,000 EAs in
1981). Some 6,000 of the 1981 EAs were
cancelled and 9,000 new ones created.

More information on EAs can be found
in the Reference Paper 1986
Census Geography: A Historical Com-
parison (99-106E and F). Catalogue
No. 99-127, entitled Equivalent
Enumeration Areas. 1986 and 1981.
shows geographically equivalent EAs or
groups of EAs for 1981 and 1986 by
FED. Map series G86-18, entitled Maps
of Federal Electoral Districts/Enumera-
tion Areas, contains a series of maps
showing EA boundaries.

Several innovations in mapping
occurred. For example, automated
mapping of 1,200 census tracts;
covering eight to nine thousand EAs, led
to considerable savings.

4.2 1986 Census Collection Speci-

fications

The 1986 Census Collection
Specifications Book was developed to
provide a clear and comprehensive
statement of the subject-matter and
methodological requirements of the
collection process. The first step in
creating the 1986 edition was to review
its 1981 counterpart. Although there
were to be no changes except those
resulting from a change in ques-
tionnaire content or those resulting from
problems identified in 1981 Census
evaluation reports, some changes were
required. As a result, changes to the
collection specifications were required.
In addition, the format of the
specifications book was changed to make
it more useful.

Coverage instructions to be included on
the questionnaires were developed from
the specifications, and all field manuals
and training material were reviewed
against them.

4.3 Staffing and Duties of Field Staff

As with previous censuses, hiring was
carried out consistent with the
provisions of the Statistics Act and the
Public Service Employment Act.

Field collection staff were recruited by
secondment from Regional Offices, by
Public Service Commission com-
petitions, or by means of referrals
through the Minister responsible for
Statistics Canada, Employment and
Immigration Canada, ethnic centres,
etc. The following hiring procedures
were exercised:

Regional Field Operations Managers
Generally staffed through ROs

Census District Managers (CDM)
Staffed through competition

Census Area Managers (CAM)
Staffed through competition

Census District Managers Assistants
Staffed through competition

Census Commissioners

Appointed under the authority of the
Statistics Act

-47-

Census Representatives

Recruited by Census Commissioners
approved by Regional Directors
under the authority of the Statistics
Act. Emphasis was on hiring
students/youths. The referral source
was predominantly Canada
Employment Centres.

Applicants were selected using objective
tests and interviews.

Two significant staffing changes from
1981 occurred. At the time the census
was reinstated, a decision was made that
the 1986 Census would support
student/youth employment initiatives.
As a result, the 1986 Census
Student/Youth Recruitment Program, a
co-operative effort between STC and
Employment and Immigration Canada,
provided $30 million to hire 26,395
youths aged 18 to 24 and students to
work on the census. Approximately
44,000 in all were hired for field
collection activities.

The second change to hiring was that all
members of Parliament were invited to
nominate a contact person who would
identify candidates for Census
Commissioner positions in their
constituencies.

Regional Director (RD)

The Regional Directors were permanent
employees of Statistics Canada,
responsible for the entire census
program within their region. Each of
the eight Directors (one per region)
reported directly to the Associate
Director General of Regional Operations
Branch.

Regional Field Operations Manager
(RFOM)

The Regional Field Operations
Managers were first appointed, one per
Regional Office (Sturgeon Falls
excepted) mainly from the ongoing staff
of survey managers in each region.
They were responsible for all collection
activities in their regions. Their task
included setting up the field
organization, managing operations,
ensuring the confidentiality of all
completed questionnaires, and training
and supervising the Census District
Managers in their region. There were
seven RFOMs for the 1986 Census, all
full time by January 1, 1985.

Assistant Regional Field Operations
Manager (ARFOM)

The seven ARFOMs were responsible for
the many support operations for the
census such as the Management
Information System, the Telephone
Assistance Service, the Field Collection
Unit, and the Logistics Operations.

Census District Manager (COM)

ROs ran competitions to fill Census
District Manager positions (PM3).
Requirements focussed on managerial
capability and experience.

The Census District Manager was the
first level of supervision between the
Regional Field Operations Manager and
the field staff. CDMs were responsible
for planning and organizing for the
census, hiring and training Census Area
Managers (CAMs), directing and
monitoring operations and advising the
RFOM on developments in the field.

Each CDM hired an Administrative
Assistant to perform clerical and
administrative functions. The Census
District Manager's duties began
September 15, 1985 and continued for
approximately one year. ,

Census Area Manager (CAM)

Most of the 175 Census Area Managers
were recruited from the Public Service
Commission, Canada Employment
Centres and through newspaper
advertisements. Proven managerial
capability and experience were a pre-
requisite.

CAMs were responsible for planning and
organizing the operations in the 12 to 15
Census Commissioner Districts of their
area. This entailed familiarizing
themselves with CAM areas and
conducting the field mapping check,
hiring and training Census
Commissioners, Quality Control
Technicians, and CAM Administrative
Assistants, co-ordinating, supervising
and solving problems.

The CAM reported to the Census
District Manager. The Census Area
Manager's duties began January 2, 1986
and continued for approximately nine
months.

-48-

Census Commissioner (CC)

Census Commissioners were appointed
by the Minister responsible for Statistics
Canada. There was generally one CC for
each Census Commissioner District
(CCD) (a subdivision of a federal
electoral district). Final approval of
their appointment was given by March
14, 1986. A total of 1,936 commissioners
were responsible for the organization
and successful completion of the
enumeration in the assigned CCD. This
entailed hiring, training and
supervising the work of 12 to 20 Census
Representatives (CR). Each CC hired an
Administrative Assistant to perform
clerical and administrative tasks (85
hours total per position. May 26 to July
4). Commissioners were employed from
April 1 to July 18, 1986.

Census Representative (CR)

Census Representatives were,
responsible for visiting every dwelling
in their enumeration area and obtaining
a completed questionnaire. The nature
of their duties and the procedures they
employed varied according to the type of
enumeration area.

Census Representatives in self-
enumeration areas were paid on a piece-
rate basis that included listing, drop-off,
edit and telephone follow-up, and field
follow-up or pick-up; the piece rate
included a mileage reimbursement as
well as 4% in lieu of vacation leave. The
rate varied according to the household
density of the area. A completion
payment of $100 (per CR) was given to
those in self-enumeration areas who
completed the assignment to the
satisfaction of the Census Commissioner
(or as adjudicated by the Regional
Director or his designate). CRs in
canvasser areas were paid by the hour,
plus mileage/kilometrage for travel to
training, and travel for enumeration.

In both self-enumeration and canvasser
areas, CRs received an interim payment
($175) after the first phase. In canvasser
areas, the payment was issued after
sufficient hours were accumulated to
have earned $175; in self-enumeration
areas, it was payable after the home

study, the drop-off training class and the
completion of drop-off. The balance and ,
final payment was made when the
assignment passed Quality Control and
was completed to the satisfaction of the
Chief Statistician.

The 1986 Census program employed
approximately 38,000 Census
Representatives. Their term of
employment (part time. May 20 to
approximately June 27) varied in
accordance with the complexity of the
enumeration in their EAs.

Quality Control Technician (QCT)

The Quality Control Technicians were
hired and trained by each Census Area
Manager. They were required to ensure
there was a questionnaire for each
dwelling in the EA, ensure that the data
collected by the Census Representative
met required standards, validate the
Census Representative's Account form,
determine the percentage of Forms 4A
and 4B created for population
questionnaires, advise the Census
Commissioner in the case of a rejected
EA, and explain the reason(s) for
rejection and what steps must be
followed to upgrade the EA to pre-
established standards.

The 1,110 technicians were employed
from mid-June to mid- July 1986, for
approximately 100 hours each.

Telephone Assistance Service (TAS)
Personnel

Forty-eight supervisor and 420 operator
positions were staffed with Regional
Census Office personnel to provide the
Telephone Assistance Service (TAS).
TAS personnel assisted respondents who
had difficulty completing their census
questionnaire and respondents who
reported to field collection personnel
that they had received a defective
questionnaire, a questionnaire in the
wrong official language or no
questionnaire. The term of employment
was May 22 to June 11 excluding
Sunday.

-49-

4.4 Training of Field Collection Staff

An instruction program required to
train collection staff for the 1986 Census
and to be responsible for meeting the
training needs required by the two
collection methods, self-enumeration
and canvasser, was developed. In total,
training programs for five census staff
levels and four special programs were
produced.

Three basic approaches were adopted in
the training program. First, a "cascade"
approach was implemented. Staff
members were trained by their
supervisor before they, in turn, trained
their subordinates. Second, a "train-
and-do" philosophy was used, where
applicable. This approach called for
field personnel to be trained on only a
portion or phase of their duties and
completion of that training to perform
the task. They returned to be trained for
the next phase of the operation. The
third basic approach was "total
training". Where feasible, it required
personnel to be trained not only in their
own duties, but also on the detailed
duties of all staff levels under them and
for which they were responsible. This
approach was based on the assumption
that good managers and supervisors
need to be thorough and understand the
duties of those they must train and
supervise.

Training Methods

Training sessions ranged between 2 and
20 days, depending upon the position.
Two methods were employed. The
"home-study method" required trainees
to study documentation and to complete
exercises individually. The "class-room
method" involved lectures, discussions,
case studies, role plays and audio-visual
programs, and a trainer reading
verbatim to the class from a guide
supplied by Head Office. Verbatim
instruction not only assured a high level
of training uniformity across the
country, but also could be implemented
without difficulty by trainers
inexperienced in census methodology
and training procedures.

Language of Training

In Designated Bilingual Areas,
individuals were trained in the official
language of their choice. Where the
number to be trained in each official

language warranted it, one group was
trained in one language in the morning
and the other group in the other
language in the afternoon.

Where the number of trainees in one
language did not warrant a separate
training session, the trainer made
arrangements with his/her immediate
supervisor to have these individuals
trained by a trainer in a neighbouring
area.

In Designated Unilingual Areas,
trainees received their training in the
predominant language of the area.

4.5 Field Material Management

(Logistics)

The collection stage of the 1986 Census
was supported by a logistics program,
the objectives of which were:

(a) to provide efficient warehousing
operations, including the receipt,
storage, assembly and distribution
of material, according to specified
timetables, to all levels of the field
collection organization; and

(b) to arrange for, and monitor, the
return and disposal of material
upon the completion of the field
collection activities.

As in 1976 and 1981, logistics activities
decentralized from the Head Office to
the Regional Census Offices and to the
field level. Decentralization had the
advantage of using the knowledge and
expertise of personnel at each level, thus
providing for a more accurate
distribution of material.

At the Head Office level, the Census
Collection and Agricultural Surveys
Section of the Survey Operations
Division was responsible for the
functions of planning operations,
development of logistics procedures and
centralized procurement operations. A
chronology of selected major activities
performed by the Head Office is shown
in Figure 11.

On the whole, the 1986 logistics
program worked well. Consequently, a
similar program will be recommended
for the 1991 Census, with the possible
further use of decentralized
procurement for supplies.

■50-

Figure 11. CHRONOLOGY OF SELECTED MAJOR HEAD OFFICE ACTIVITIES

Date

Activity

August 1984 - March 1986

Procurement and delivery of supplies, furniture and
equipment to RCOs

March 1,1985 -May 30, 1986

Reception of printed material

June 29, 1985 - February 28, 1986

Assembly of drop-off packages

Assembly of individual census questionnaire packages

Distribution of questionnaires to RCOs

November 1985 - May 1986

Distribution of bulk enumeration forms and supplies to
RCOs

June 30, 1986 - December 30, 1986

Reception of material from RCOs

Figure 12. CHRONOLOGY OF SELECTED MAJOR REGIONAL OFFICE ACTIVITIES

Distribution and

Activity

Latest ShioDing Date

shipments to Census

Area Manager (CAM)

from RCO

Recruitment supplies

January 6, 1986

Administrative supplies

January 6, 1986

CC Stage I training supplies

March 10, 1986

Bulk enumeration forms and

April 7, 1986

supplies

CC Stages II and III

April 7, 1986

training supplies

Quality Control supplies

May 26, 1986

Distribution and

shipments to Census

Commissioner (CC)

from RCO

Recruitment supplies

March 25, 1986

Administration supplies

March 25, 1986

Census Representative (CR)

April 13, 1986

training guides

Bulk enumeration supplies

April 13, 1986

for CRs

-51-

4.6 Self-enumeration and Canvassing

In the 1986 Census experience, the
enumeration of the approximately nine
million households across Canada was
accomplished using self-enumeration
and canvassing.

(a) Self-enumeration

Self-enumeration was introduced
in the 1971 Census and has been
used in all subsequent censuses
because of several advantages:

(i) high quality data can be
obtained at a lower cost than
other collection methods;

(ii) respondents are given the
opportunity to consult records
such as income tax returns
and birth certificates so as to
provide accurate responses to
certain questions; and

(iii) errors that CRs might have
inadvertently caused through
misinterpretation of the
questions are eliminated.

There are two types of self-enumeration:
drop-onymail-back and drop-off/pick-up.
The drop-off/mail-back method was
generally used in urban areas with a
population of 10,000 or more. In 1986,
69% of households were enumerated
using this procedure. The drop-off/pick-
up procedure was used in rural areas
and centres with populations of less than
10,000 where mail services were often
less accessible and party-line telephones
could have compromised confidentiality
during follow-up. Approximately 30% of
Canadian households were enumerated
using the drop-off/pick-up method.

During the drop-off phase of self-
enumeration, the CR was to list each
dwelling in his/her EA in a Visitation
Record (VR), which was later used to
ensure complete enumeration and to
make certain each household returned a
questionnaire. During the last week of
May 1986, questionnaires were dropped
off at private households in

self-enumeration areas. Some 80% of the
households received a short form (2A);
20% received a long form (2B). Form 2B
questionnaires contained the eight basic
questions on Form 2A as well as 24
additional questions. Residents of
lodging-Zrooming-houses (collective
households) received Form 3. Other
collective households were enumerated
the evening of June 2/3.

The drop-off procedures began with the
CR planning his/her route according to
guidelines established in the CR's
Procedures Manual. Pre-planning the
enumeration route ensured that all
dwellings would be covered in the most
systematic and efficient manner.
Following this route, the CR found and
listed in the VR every dwelling within
the EA. The CR attempted to make
contact at every private occupied
dwelling.

If contact was made at the dwelling, the
CRs introduced themselves and showed
their identification card. The
appropriate questionnaire(s) (i.e.
Bilingual Form 2A, English Form 2B,
French Form 2B, and/or Form 3) along
with associated materials, such as the
guide and the mail-back envelope, were
left with the householder after the
household number and dwelling type
were entered by the CR on the
questionnaire(s). The CR asked the
householder to complete the
questionnaire(s) as of June 3, 1986. The
CR also informed the householder of the
guidelines in the Form 2A, the guide for
Form 2B and the Telephone Assistance
Service. In mail-back areas, the
householder was asked to mail the
completed questionnaire in the pre-
addressed mail-back envelope. By June
30, 1986, 86.4% (compared with 90.4%

-52-

for the same time frame in 1981) of the
mail-back questionnaires across Canada
had been received. In pick-up areas, the
householder was asked to retain the
completed questionnaire for pick-up
after Census Day.

If the householder was not at home
during enumeration, the CR dropped off
either a Form 2A or French and English
Forms 2B (double drop-off). The CR
entered the household number and
dwelling type in the designated boxes
and ticked the appropriate return
instructions box on the front of the drop-
off envelope informing the respondent to
either mail the questionnaire back or
retain it for pick-up. The CR left the
drop-off envelope (containing the
questionnaire(s) and guide) between the
doors, under the door or in the mailbox.

(b) Canvassing

In canvasser areas, enumeration
followed the traditional pattern of
the face-to-face interview with the
CR recording the answers. Less
than 1% of Canada's population
was enumerated by this method,
but the remoteness and vastness of
many canvasser EAs produced
problems not encountered in self-
enumeration areas. Approx-
imately 90% of Canada's land mass
was covered by canvassers.

Training at all levels had to be
carefully arranged to take into
account the amount of travel of the
trainees involved. Since trainees
in the more remote areas could not
travel back and forth from home
every day, they had to be lodged
near the training centre. This
arrangement led to full-day
training sessions.

Sampling was not used in
canvasser areas. Therefore, all
information on population and
housing had to be collected on the
Form 2B questionnaire. Collective
dwelling enumeration was

completed as in self-enumeration
areas on June 2/3.

Enumeration began on June 3 and
ended approximately June 18, with
Census Representatives travelling
from dwelling to dwelling,
interviewing householders. When
it was impossible either to contact
the householder or to collect the
required information from other
members of the household, the
Census Representative either left
an Individual Census

Questionnaire (Form 3) to be
completed by the householder, or
arranged to return at a suitable
time.

4.7 Services during Collection

(a) Telephone Assistance Service

(TAS)

The Telephone Assistance Service
was intended to help householders
who had problems understanding
and answering questionnaires as
well as to identify those who did
not receive a questionnaire or got a
defective or wrong language
questionnaire. The operation was
advertised to be available
throughout Canada at no charge
for eight days from May 29 to
June 6 (excluding Sunday),
9:00 a.m. - 9:00 p.m. The service
was extended beyond June 6.

Service was available in both
official languages; in all cities,
additional language facilities were
also available.

The following calls were received:

Total calls

252,498

English calls

196,218

French calls

52,011

Other calls

1,854

Additional calls -

2,415

(b)

Services to the Hearing

Impaired

Service was also made available to
users of TDD/TTY (telecom-
munication devices for the
deaf/teletype machines). Users
could dial a 1-800 number to obtain
information at no charge. This
service operated as part of the
Telephone Assistance Service,
located in Ottawa. Forty calls were
received.

-53-

4.8

The 1986 Census of Population
questions, as proposed in the
submission to Cabinet (February
1985), were translated into 33
languages other than English or
French. Each language represents
a population (in 1981) of 1,000 or
more who did not speak either of
the official languages (see
Chapter 3).

(d) Braille

Research had determined that
approximately 1,500 English- and
1,000 French-speaking persons in
Canada read Braille. For this
reason, the questions were also
made available in Braille.

It should be noted that "other
language" and Braille
questionnaires were not designed
to record responses. All data were
recorded or transcribed on an
English or French Form 2A or 2B.

Field Edit and Follow-up

Census Representatives (CRs) carried
out the Field Edit and Follow-up phase
to ensure all census questionnaires were
correctly filled in. Field Edits identified
errors, whereas the follow-up procedures
corrected them. CRs were not to look
for, nor attempt to correct,
inconsistencies in completed
questionnaires, other than those errors
falling within the provisions of the Field
Edit and Follow-up portions of the
Procedures Manuals.

Field Edit

The Field Edits consisted of General
Edit and Detailed Edit Procedures.
General Edit Procedures covered
document control information and
blanket edit rules (e.g., all items left
blank that should have been completed
were marked for follow-up) The
Detailed Edits related to specific
questionnaire items and generally
involved the application of a multi-step
decision process; the CR would examine
certain questions to ensure the

responses conformed to pre-determined
rules. For example, the following
decision process applied to Question 3
(Date of Birth):

CONDITION

(1) The month or
the year is
blank.

(2) The day is
blank and
the month is
June.

(3) An alpha-
betic response
is given for
month of birth
rather than a
numeric re-
sponse (e.g.,
Jan. instead
ofOl).

ACTION

Mark for follow-
up.

Accept.

During both the General and Detailed
Edit Procedures, the CR "marked for
follow-up" any question not meeting the
criteria for acceptance as established in
the Field Edit portion of the Procedures
Manual.

Follow-up

Households failing Field Edit or having
missing information were contacted
during the follow-up phase. Follow-up
procedures were designed with the self-
enumeration methodologies in mind, i.e.
if a questionnaire required follow-up in
a drop-off/mail-back EA, the CR was to
complete follow-up after Field Edit. In
drop-off7pick-up EAs, the field edit and
follow-up procedures were carried out at
the respondent's home. In canvasser
EAs both procedures were part of the
canvassing procedure.

In drop-off/mail-back EAs, initial follow-
up was by telephone, as this was the
most time- and cost- effective method. If
the necessary information could not be
obtained by telephone, the CR conducted
a field follow-up.

-54-

4.9 Refusals

A refusal is any face-to-face indication of
unwillingness on the part of the
householder to complete the
questionnaire (2A or 2B). A total refusal
is the situation in which the householder
will not supply the information required
to complete the questionnaire beyond
Question 1. A partial refusal is the
situation in which the householder
refuses to provide the information
required for the questionnaire (2A or
2B) to pass Edit.

Completion of the census questionnaire
is mandatory pursuant to the Statistics
Act. 1970-71-72, Chapter 15. A person is
liable to a fine of $500 or imprisonment
for three months, or both, for refusing to
answer the census questions, or for
wilfully giving false information on the
census questionnaire.

Successive attempts are made to contact
households refusing to participate in the
census. Experience has shown that each
successive contact converts a certain
proportion of refusals to respondents.

A household refusing to complete a
Form 2B was not offered a Form 2A. In
refusing households where there was
more than one responsible adult, all
names of adults who refused to complete
the questionnaire were referred to the
Department of Justice.

Procedures for dealing with refusals
were designed according to the advice of
legal council. Cases were reviewed by
both the Regional OfUce and Head Office
and, based on established criteria, a
total of 39 cases were forwarded to the
Department of Justice for prosecution.
As of June 27, 1989, of these cases:

11 were dropped;

10 were resolved before the court date;

10 non-respondents pleaded guilty;

3 non-respondents were found guilty;

4 non-respondents were found not
guilty or had their case dismissed;

1 case was outstanding (case to be
dropped).

4.10 Field Quality Control

Field Quality Control procedures were
carried out to ensure data from all
enumeration areas (EAs) in Canada met
specified quality standards; to correct
the data from EAs that did not meet
standards; and to motivate the Census
Representatives (CRs) to produce high
quality data.

Two independent quality checks were
performed in the field: one conducted by
the Census Commissioner (CC) and the
other by a Quality Control Technician
(QCT) (reporting directly to the Census
Area Manager (CAM)). Although the
quality checks were similar in nature,
the purpose was different. The
commissioner, being the direct
supervisor of the CRs, was ultimately
responsible for the quality of their work.
As such, the CC had to ensure that the
CRs had the required tools to perform
their duties (e.g., accurate maps) and
that the procedures were followed
correctly. The CC, therefore, performed
checks before, during and after
enumeration. The QC Technicians,
however, performed the final check,
when the CR's assignments and the CC's
quality checks had been completed. The
check identified EAs requiring further
clean-up by either the original CR, a
specially appointed clean-up CR or the
Census Commissioner.

The QC Technician performed up to
three reviews of the EA boxes previously
checked by the commissioner. Following
specified procedures, the Field Quality
Control operation conducted the
following checks:

(a) Coverage Checks:

(i) EA box checks ensured that
all occupied private
dwellings, unoccupied private
dwellings, temporary
residents in private dwellings
and collective dwellings, and
collective EAs listed in the
VR had corresponding forms
in the EA box.

-55-

(ii) Unincorporated Places (UP)
check ensured the correct
identification of UPs in the
VR, that boundaries were
indicated on appropriate
maps, and that all UPs listed
on the EA map were
accounted for.

(iii) Disability survey sample
selection check ensured that
those EAs identified to
participate in the postcensal
Health and Activity
Limitation Survey had a
completed Disability Survey
sample (DS) form.

(b) Edit Checks - an edit check of
population questionnaires, and
transcription and edit check for
collective dwellings and EAs,
verified that the CR had applied
editing procedures correctly.

(c) Validation of account forms
ensured the information provided
on the account forms by the CRs
was accurate and legible.

(d) The number of population
questionnaires was checked. If the
percentage of missing
questionnaires (Form 4A) and
incomplete questionnaires (Form
4B) was over 2% of the total
number of private households, the
EA box was rejected. Otherwise, it
was accepted.

(e) Check of Collection Commis-
sioner's Preliminary Report on
Population and Dwellings (Form
10) ensured that the totals recorded
in the EA summary portion of the
VR had been entered correctly on
Form 10.

(f) Check of zero-population EAs
verified that the CC had prepared a
VR for each zero-population EA
and had written 'No-population
EA' across the front cover of the
VR.

Figure 13 illustrates the procedures
followed by the technician during the
operation. The first review resulted in
35.5% of the total number of
questionnaires being rejected.

4.11 Management Information System

(MIS)

The collection stage of the census had to
be completed in a very short time, using
a large staff (mostly temporary and
inexperienced) and expending a
substantial budget. Such an operation
required a Management Information
System (MIS) that enabled each
management level to monitor
continually the levels below it, identify
problems and take remedial action as
required. As a result, the Field MIS or
Collection MIS was designed.

The 1986 Collection MIS consisted of
three components, or modules:
personnel, progress and cost.

The personnel component provided
information on the number and selected
characteristics of the employees hired
for the field collection organization, as
yi^ell as on the training and turnover of
this staff.

The progress component reported on
such aspects as the number of
households visited at the time of drop-off
(reported on June 9 only); mail returns
(daily reports between June 3 and June
13, 1986); Completion Status Reports
(weekly reports); and refusals and
results of quality control (weekly
reports).

-56-

The cost component provided up-to-date
information on the expenditures for such
items as travel expenses, postage,
shipping, training, enumeration and
quality control/clean-up. This cost
information, combined with estimates
based on the previously mentioned
personnel and Completion Status
Reports, was used to project the
collection expenditure on a regional and
national basis. In turn, funds were
monitored by, comparing these
projections to budget estimates.

As with any survey, collection was a
Regional Office responsibility.
Therefore, the field collection program,
once developed, was turned over to the
regional offices for implementation. The
activities falling under Regional Office
responsibility included staffing,
conducting the mapping program, and
conducting enumeration, as well as
controlling quality of enumeration
materials and conducting postcensal
activities. Throughout the process,
consultation, advice and guidance were
provided by Head Office.

4.12 Public Communications

The collection operation was supported
by the Public Communications Program
(PCP), the objective of which was to
create a national awareness of Census
Day, June 3, 1986. This awareness was
to motivate the public to complete the
questionnaires accurately and to return
them promptly. Details of the 1986 PCP
are presented in detail in Chapter 10.

4.13 Critique and Evaluation

The 1986 Census collection activities
were completed on schedule and within
budget despite the many operational
concerns. The most serious concern was
the increase in the undercoverage rate
from 1981. A portion of this
undercoverage was due to persons
missed from enumerated households.
Attempts are being made to rectify this
problem for the 1991 Census.

The 1986 collection activities differed
from previous census programs in a
number of ways. The 1986 Census
employed a Student/Youth Employment
Program designed and funded to hire
25,000. students and youths. For the
collection activities, over 26,000
students and youths, hired under the
Statistics Act, occupied short-term field
collection positions. Portions of the
training program used the "home-study
method" whereby the trainees were
required to study documentation and
complete exercises individually. This
approach was used at the Census
Representative level along with class-
room training.

-57-

Figure 13. QUALITY CONTROL TECHNICIAN (QCT) OPERATION

-►YES

First Review

Perform all QC checks except -
(i) Account Form Check
(ii) 4A/4B Check

Is the enumeration area (EA) accepted for
all the performed checks?

Clean-up by the original

Census Representative of rejected EA

Do Account
Form Check,
correct and
accept

Second Review

Repeat all QC checks failed
the First Review. Also

(i) Account Form Check,
correct and accept

(ii) 4A/4B check.
Is the EA accepted for all the
performed checks?

YES

Ship EA to

Regional Census Office

(RCO)

Perform 4A/4B
-♦check.
Is the EA
accepted for
the check?

Ship
-►YES — ►EA
to

Regional
Office

Clean-up by

Clean-up CR or Census Commissioner (CC)

or rejected EA

Clean-up QC Review
Do QC Coverage checks
plus QC checks on all
areas. The Clean-up CR
was assigned to correct.
Is the EA accepted for the
performed checks?

YES

i i

Ship EA
to RCO

Census Area
Manager (CAM)
decision to accept or
reject EA

-59-

5.1

DATA ASSIMILATION

The Data Assimilation (DA) Task was
set up to manually process the
respondent-completed questionnaires,
capture the information, perform data
analysis and maintain microfilm
records.

The enumeration area (EA) boxes and
their corresponding questionnaires were
received in six regional processing sites
located in Revenue Canada Taxation
Centres and in the Head Office
processing site at Statistics Canada in
Ottawa. The questionnaires were
edited, coded, groomed and batched. The
information on the 2A and 2B
questionnaires was then captured in
computer form at the six Regional
Taxation Centres and the Taxation
Centre in Ottawa through a system
developed and implemented by Revenue
Canada Taxation. The data were
transferred to magnetic tapes and
transported to Statistics Canada. Once
accepted by STC, data analysis
comprising the performance of
structural checks and reconciliation of
counts was performed. The data were
then reformatted for input to Edit and
Imputation Task: Finally, this task
created and maintained microfilm
records to satisfy archival requirements.

The DA Task was divided into the
following sub-tasks:

Co-ordination and Administration
Regional Office Processing
Direct Data Entry
Head Office Processing

Co-ordination and Administration

This sub-task co-ordinated all aspects of
Data Assimilation. It had the
responsibility of supervising the ongoing
activities of the other sub-tasks, and
integrating and co-ordinating
operational plans, budgets, milestones
and task meetings.

DA can be divided into three phases:
planning, development and production.
Planning activities, although performed

5.1.1

separately for each sub-task were
similar in nature. Development and
production phases will be described
separately for each sub-task.

The objective of the planning phase,
which started several years ahead of the
census, was to establish a formal plan
that could be used to monitor and control
all aspects of the project during the
development and production phases.
Documentation produced in the
planning phase included:

milestones for 1986 DA sub-tasks,
operational plans,
budget forecasts,

delineation of responsibilities for
project participants, which
established effective communi-
cation channels,

determination of personnel
requirements,

establishment of contact for co-
operation with Revenue Canada
Taxation.

During the planning phase, milestones
were set for the development and
production phases. The planned
completion dates for development were
revised somewhat to compensate for the
temporary cancellation of the census.
Most activities were shortened in
duration; however, the delays that
resulted did not have a major impact on
the planned production start dates.

Fiscal restraints initiated at the senior
levels of government caused the 1986
Census to be a repeat of the 1981 Census
and, consequently, the existing systems
had to be kept and improved upon.
However, modifications to the content of
the questionnaires produced inevitable
changes to the system.

Co-ordination and Association With
Revenue Canada Taxation

The 1986 Data Assimilation
organization worked closely with
Revenue Canada Taxation (RCT). The
success of the 1981 arrangement of
using RCT facilities and personnel,
especially for the data entry op-
eration, led to a repeat of the process

-60-

for 1986. The cost associated with 5.1.2

implementing this operation was offset
by the availability of RCT's large
temporary staff, office space and
computer equipment.

In the Regional Office Processing
activity, using RCT facilities and
equipment, the data on the census
questionnaires were coded and groomed
at six RCT centres (St. John's,
Newfoundland; Shawinigan, Quebec;
Jonquiere, Quebec; Sudbury, Ontario;
Winnipeg, Manitoba; and Surrey,
British Columbia) and at Statistics
Canada (STC), Ottawa, Ontario. The
Direct Data Entry (DDE) activity was
completed on behalf of STC entirely by
Revenue Canada Taxation at these same
sites as well as at the Taxation Centre in
Ottawa. Co-ordination was further
required between Head Office
Processing and RCT to ensure the data
tapes received from the DDE operation
were of good quality.

The specific responsibilities for both

STC and RCT were established initially

in a Memorandum of Understanding,

prior to beginning development for the 5.2

1986 Direct Data Entry System. The

memorandum was signed on July 19,

1985. This document summarized the 5.2.1

major responsibilities of the two

departments, identified the method of

payment for the services provided, and

stated the duration of the agreement. It

was agreed that STC would prepare the

documents for key entry and RCT would

be responsible for the development of the

data entry and control systems, the

recruitment and training of the data

entry staff, and the implementation and

management of the data entry/

verification operation.

An effective two-way communication
channel between STC and RCT was
essential. Although communication
between various members of both
departments occurred regularly, all
contact was controlled by the main
designates (the DDE sub-task manager
and the System and Administrative co-
ordinators from RCT). Clear concise
communications were accomplished by
telephone calls, memoranda, meeting
minutes and monthly RCT progress
reports.

Management Information System

(MIS)

The Management Information System
(MIS) was placed in operation for each
sub-task and reported person-day
consumption, productivity, movement of
work components through the system
and quality of work produced. The
system provided management with a
clear image of production throughput
quality notes and person-hours
consumed in each site. While the
information for Regional Office
Processing (ROP) was collected
manually on forms completed daily and
weekly as well as a series of graphs,
MIS data collection for DDE and Head
Office Processing (HOP) sub-tasks was
built into the data capture system, and
collected, computed and produced by
region and for Canada as a whole.
Overall, MIS provided essential
information to assess completion status
and expenditures against the plan.

Regional Office Processing

Scope and Objectives

The principal objective of 1986 Regional
Office Processing (ROP) was to prepare
and code the respondent-completed
census questionnaires for input to Direct
Data Entry. Within development and
production phases, ROP prepared
processing materials, trained staff and
implemented operational procedures for
editing, coding and controlling census
documents. These tasks were to be
completed within established similar
time, cost and quality constraints as in
1981. To that end, ROP planned,
developed and produced the required
data without implementing major
changes to the approach methods and
time frames. (A flow chart of the ROP
operation is presented in Figure 14.)

However, there were significant changes
during the development and production
phases, ranging from a reduction in
resources allocated during development
to new production process flows and site
distributions.

Figure 14, 1986 REGIONAL OFFICE PROCESSING PROCESS FLOW

Direct

Data '>

Entry

Census Mapping
Services Section

► TO HOP

TO HOP

► TOCSMS

TO
^ REGIONAL
OFFICES

-62-

The regional processing sites across
Canada received 9,851,811 Census of
Population questionnaires from field
collection operations. Nearly 2,000
employees were assigned to ROP during
the six-month production period.

5.2.2 Development

The objective of the development phase
was to prepare processing and reference
materials, forms, labels and training
packages according to specifications
provided. This phase also included
recruiting and organizing personnel and
making logistics arrangements. The
development phase lasted from January
1985 to June 1986.

Resources

Allocation of resources for the
development phase of ROP was based on
the assumption that processing would be
for the most part a repeat of 1981.
Planned resources for the subject-matter
and methodology areas were generally
the same as in the previous census. The
development staff consisted of a sub-task
manager, several development officers
and one support clerk.

Specifications

Specifications were submitted by
subject-matter and methodology areas
for coding and editing of items on the
questionnaire, and for quality control
requirements. The development of the
procedures was an interactive process
between various areas. Other
specifications for the production of
custom materials such as geographic
products, forms, labels, reference
documents and some supply items were
also prepared.

Processing and Training Materials

ROP developed a variety of materials for
use in the production phase. These
included procedures manuals, training
exercises and aids, administrative
manuals and reference materials: 40

manuals in all, as well as 17 forms and
18 labels. Based on the 1981
experience, a more standardized
approach and simplified format were
developed, including flow charts, which
clarified and summarized procedures.
Training materials included a package
of documents introducing the census and
its processes. Reference documents used
in coding were also restructured to
decrease the research time.

An automated scheduling process was
introduced for 1986 for the production of
these materials, which facilitated ef-
fective control and the quick and ef-
ficient updating of the schedules. These
schedules were prepared based on the
work-load of authors and the support
service areas, and the availability date
of final specifications and other inputs.
Schedules for the development of
logistics requirements such as the
acquisition of supplies and the shipping
of materials to the sites and specialized
services were also prepared.

Text production for all manuals and
related materials was co-ordinated
directly through the text production
task. This task was responsible for
typing, updating, proofreading and
certifying all census manuals, forms and
labels, and overseeing the translation
service.

Logistics

The planning and arrangements for
logistical requirements such as space,
furniture, supplies, security and
equipment required collaboration
between STC and RCT. In all the offices
except Ottawa, space for ROP was
arranged within the RCT centres. In
Ottawa, logistics were negotiated
through the normal STC channels with
Materiel Management and

Accommodation Services. Estimates of
requirements for storage, processing

-63-

and office space were based on work-
load, staff size and current government
standards. Furniture was available at
no charge in all sites. Most equipment
needed for production was rented or
borrowed from RCT. This included
communication equipment, duplicating
equipment, typewriters and calculators.
RCT also provided office supplies as
required.

Security

To meet the requirements for security as
required by the Statistics Act, all
reasonable precautions were taken to
minimize, if not eliminate, the
occurrence of violations of
confidentiality of census data.
Specifications were established which
covered security requirements.

Personnel recruitment

HOP hired its processing staff, nearly
2,000 in all, for limited terms only, on a
full-time basis. Staff were taken on in
waves to coincide with the level of
activities. Most processing staffs were
therefore at full strength for some period
between June and November 1986,
depending on the operation assigned.

Processing staff were hired by a number
of methods. The federal government
stipulated the implementation of a
program in which students and youth
were hired under an exclusion order. In
this way, salaries could be funded by the
Student/Youth Program. This method
was mostly used in Ottawa. In the
regional processing sites, RCT provided
lists of available experienced employees.
Normal recruiting channels were also
used in which the Public Service
Commission refers potentially qualified
candidates from their inventory lists for
interviews and selection.

Personnel from inside STC as well as
from RCT and Employment and
Immigration Canada were seconded for
more specialized positions, including
managerial positions, and some
administrative assistant and coding
consultant positions.

5.2.3 Production

The production phase started in late
June of 1986 with the arrival from the
field of the first enumeration area (EA)
boxes containing completed census
documents. These were then channelled
through five processing operations. The
production phase ended in mid-
November when documents from all
EAs had been forwarded to Direct Data
Entry (DDE).

This phase also included the training of
newly recruited staff. Throughout
processing, technical assistance was
available to resolve problems as they
occurred. Also essential was the
continuous control of quality,
productivity and work flow by means of
the Management and Quality Control
Information Systems.

Training

The cascade training method, whereby
managers trained supervisors who in
turn trained their clerks, was used in
1986. Each level received the same
training in terms of operations with
additional training for managerial and
supervisory levels. All training took
place during the first and second week
after the processing staff were hired, and
just prior to the start of the operation.

Class-room teaching was used to
familiarize trainees with the technical
requirements of their jobs. A structured
approach to on-the-job training was
introduced in 1986. Thus, after
completing the class-room portion of
their training, clerical staff applied the
procedures learned to actual documents.
During this time, production quotas
were not monitored.

Other techniques included the use of
transparencies, video and film
presentations and lecture sessions. The
newly introduced methods resulted in
a reduced learning curve in most

-64-

operations, increased throughput rates
and better quality in comparison with
the 1981 Census.

Before technical training, a one-week
information session for Regional
Processing Managers was held in
Ottawa. The objectives of this session
were to establish general guidelines for
negotiations with RCT, to discuss
working plans and approaches to
logistics and personnel requirements
and to prepare production forecasts.

Description of Operations

Completed questionnaires and
Visitation Records (VRs) from each EA
were forwarded from the Field
Collection Units to one of the regional
processing sites. A series of five manual
operations were carried out to prepare
information for entry into the computer:

Operation 1 - Receipt. Registration and
Shipment

Boxes of questionnaires were received,
registered and prepared for subsequent
flow through the other operations in
ROP. The questionnaires were counted
and the number of households verified.
Materials were then shipped to the next
operation.

Operation 2 - Document Preparation

Document preparation consisted of three
major steps:

converted into codes. A separate
referral coding operation was set
up to code written responses to the
question concerning relationship to
Person 1.

3. These pre-entry and socio-cultural
coding activities were quality
controlled using a method of
independent verification. During
the first phase, known as noting,
the noter groomed and coded a
sample of questionnaires from an
EA box. During the second phase,
known as adjudication, the adjudi-
cator compared the noting forms
and questionnaires completed by
the coder to ensure that the same
grooming and coding actions were
taken by both parties. Any
discrepancies were recorded and
the correct action determined. If,
at the end of adjudication, the
number of coder errors exceeded
predetermined levels, the EA was
rejected and returned for
correction.

Operation 3 - Reverse Record Check

The objective of the Reverse Record
Check was to estimate the number of
persons missed during the census
taking. This estimate provides data
users with one indication of the
reliability of the census results.

In this operation, selected persons from
1981 Census records were searched for
in the current questionnaires to
determine whether they had been
enumerated. If not, further tracing
operations were conducted at Head
Office.

Each questionnaire was compared
with its corresponding entry in the
VR to ensure the two items were
consistent.

Questionnaires were then groomed
in preparation for computer entry.
Grooming involved editing of
multiple responses, ensuring all
answers were legible, and marking
the questionnaires with special
indicators for the key-entry
operator. All written responses
to socio-cultural questions were

Operation 4 - Economic Coding

Stafi" were responsible for editing and
translating into numeric codes all
remaining written responses (Industry,
Occupation, Major Field of Study and
Class of Worker), for which elaborate
reference manuals were required. A
separate referral coding sub-operation
was set up to handle the most difficult
cases. This operation also had a
quality control function comprised of
noting and adjudication, similar to that
used in Operation 2.

-65-

5.3

Operation 5 - Key Entry Preparation

The basic population, total number of
households, and total number of forms in
each EA were calculated. The statistics
were recorded on a control form used in
subsequent processing. The question-
naires were also labelled, sequenced and
batched to facilitate the operations in
the Direct Data Entry process.

Technical Assistance

A central assistance desk acted as the
communication link between Regional
Office Processing sites and Head Office.
It received technical assistance requests
from the sites, directed them to the
appropriate subject-matter specialists
and returned them, once resolved, to the
sites. The desk was also responsible for
maintaining national management and
quality control information systems,
transmitting technical communiques,
reports and ad hoc processing
documentation to the sites, all by means
of facsimile transmission.

Coding consultants provided technical
assistance in the coding of economic
variables. Recruited from Employment
and Immigration Canada, they
possessed the technical coding
knowledge needed to provide this
consultative service, and were then
further trained in Ottawa by subject-
matter specialists.

Further information on 1986 Regional
Office Processing and its evaluation may
be obtained from the document 1986
Census of Canada, Regional Office
Processing Evaluation Report, Pre-
capture Systems Unit, P. Proulx and G.
Leclair, April 6, 1988.

Direct Data Entry

Direct Data Entry (DDE) is the
transformation of data from all census
questionnaires into a machine-readable
format. Specifications were developed to
implement the chosen data entry
method, the system was developed and
tested, and finally the data were
entered, verified and stored on tape.

Security procedures were enforced at all
times. A debriefing critique and
subsequent evaluation report concluded
the operation. (A processing flow chart
is presented in Figure 15.)

5.3.1 Determining

Methodology

Data Entry

Due to the success of the key-entry
system used in 1981, the 1986 system
was modelled after it. Direct data entry
involved the capture of numeric data
(respondent completed and clerical
coded) and alphabetics (for postal code)
directly onto disk from the source
terminals. Once loaded, the data were
then transmitted from the outlying sites
to RCT headquarters, Ottawa, using
privately leased lines. The captured
data were copied onto magnetic tape and
transported daily by bonded carrier to
STC, Ottawa.

5.3.2 Security Considerations

Specifications were established for RCT
covering general security and data
security requirements. During system
development, testing and production,
STC staff in conjunction with RCT staff
monitored each aspect to ensure the
operation remained secure.

5.3.3 Specifications

The 1986 Census Direct Data Entry
Specification Book, defining the
requirements of RCT and STC, was
developed over an eight-month period
and delivered to RCT on February 8,
1985. It contained detailed specifi-
cations covering the planning/
production framework and work-
ing assumptions; work-load and

Figure 15. 1986 DIRECT DATA ENTRY PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM

\'~lop 7 !
operation / ^

Activity 1

Activity 2

Receipt and
Registration

Original \ / ^ey

Entry {0£) V ^^/ verifical

2A P 1^1 2ASam

Documentsy | I I Voocume

K Original
Entry {0£)
2A
Documents

System

Edits

ification

pie

Documents

Activity 3

(Flagged ErroX
Correction ot\
Non-sample l^~

Verification I

of Non- r*"
sample 2As/

(

(-lagged ErroX
Correction of \
Non-sample I

2A
Documents

Disc
Storage

Activity 4

2B
Documents

EA
Boxes

Assembling &

Shipping of

Materials a Data

Data
Tapes

ROP
Operation

Oi
I

HOP
DA I

RCT CONTROL SYSTEM

-67-

distribution by centre; milestones and
input schedule; system specifications
and keying instructions; input and
output; Management Information
System (MIS); security; observation and
evaluation; system testing; and special
keyings (Edit Sample Study, Outgoing
Quality).

Changes and modifications to the
specifications were required as the
system was being developed. Since
these specifications were, in effect, the
detailed terms of reference for both
departments, it was essential that
they be kept current. As a result, the
following amending procedure was
established. Each specification update
contained a covering memorandum
referencing the amendment number, a
summary sheet of the amendments
(containing page numbers, item
numbers and descriptions of the
changes) and updated copies of the pages
from the specification book that were
affected by the change. In this manner,
the seven specification updates (over a
1 1/2 to 2-year period) were made.

5.3.4 System Development and Testing

The 1986 Direct Data Entry system was
modelled after that used in 1981. First,
the specifications as determined by the
1986 DDE Specification Book were
reviewed by RCT. The data entry and
verification system for the census, along
with the appropriate operational control
modules, were then developed by RCT.
After review and testing of the system, it
was refined to become the 1986 Census
Data Entry System.

The design for the DDE system was
divided into three main parts: the
system process, the record layout, and
the batch control cycle. For each of these
parts, RCT provided design documents
for review by STC.

Since the system was very detailed, it
was necessary to have a structured
testing program. Testing during the
development phase can be separated
into the following four main stages:

(a) Modular Test - Modular testing
was done in July 1985, to ensure
the system satisfied all
requirements of the specifications
and that the system was ready for
the 1985 integrated system test.
Follow-up testing of problem areas
was done as required.

(b) Integrated System Test (Oct.
1985) - The major purpose of this
test was to impliement the system
in all seven RCT centres. In
addition to ensuring that the
specifications had been
incorporated into the automated
systems (original entry, verifi-
cation, MIS), incoming and
outgoing error rates were
confirmed, production rates were
tabulated, document preparation
outputs were reviewed and admin-
istrative procedures were
monitored. Integration with the
post-capture systems was also
verified.

May testing reran the data from
earlier testing. It focussed on the
components identified in the 1985
test that required modification. Its
objective was to ensure that all
specifications and subsequent
amendments had been

incorporated and that the system
was ready for the pre-production
test to be implemented at the RCT
sites.

(d) Pre-production Acceptance
Testing (June 1986) - This test
ensured the system was
operational in all centres, verified
the results from the May 1986 test
and enabled STC to review the
overall system before accepting it
for production.

The testing program was considered to
be one of the major components in the
overall developmental process. The
thoroughness of the program resulted in
minimum intervention during the
production operation.

-68-

5.3.5 Staffing and Training

RCT completed the staffing and training
of the operators and supervisors during
the first two months of the operation
(August to October 1986). Not only did
initial throughput rates result in the
need to staff only 929 of the originally
planned 1,510 positions (located across
Canada), but also no restaffing of
operators who left before the end of their
term was required. With the exception
of special data entry operations
scheduled to be completed in Ottawa
after the main production operation (i.e.
data entry of Form 2C, and some Indian
reserve questionnaires and question-
naires required by the Edit Sample
Study), the work-load was completed as
planned by mid-November 1986.

5.3.6 Production

The production phase of DDE began in
August 1986. Questionnaires were
received and registered, and the data
key entered, verified and stored on tape.
By November 1986, all documents had
been assembled and shipped back to
their respective Regional Offices. The
tapes had been transferred to STC,
Ottawa.

Activity 1: Receipt and Registration

The implementation of DDE started
with the receipt of enumeration area
(EA) boxes containing coded, groomed,
labelled and batched questionnaires,
and appropriate control forms from HOP
in August 1986. The transmittal slip
received with each shipment/transfer of
EA boxes from ROP was manually
verified by the RCT Inventory Control
Supervisor (ICS) to ensure the correct
number of EA boxes and the correct
listing of EA numbers had been
received. All discrepancies were re-
solved by liaison with ROP. The EA was
then registered into the control system,
assigned to a keying unit (a group of 20
terminals and operators under the
control of a supervisor), and placed in
storage by the ICS to await original
entry. A total of 44,061 EAs were
received and registered in this manner.

Activity 2: Original Entry by
Operators

Original entry involved the initial
capture of the data into the system. For
the 1986 Census, it was entered off the
document in two formats: fixed keying
format and string keying format. The
former involved entering the
questionnaire cover data and block
identifications into a fixed positional
record. The latter entered the person
and housing data in variable sized
records using control characters to
separate the individual data. To
facilitate the entry, both formats were
structured and presented on a terminal
screen.

To begin data entry, the DDE operator
gained system acceptance and security
clearance. Once the nine-digit EA
identifier and sequence number of the
first document in the batch were entered
and accepted, an original entry screen,
corresponding to the document Form
2A/2B or 2C, was displayed. The
operator then entered the sequence
number of the document being worked
on, followed by the remaining cover
data, and the balance of the document.
A new screen displayed instructions to
key the next document. This continued
until all documents in the batch were
keyed. The original entry operation
resulted in the capture of data from
9,800,000 documents.

Activity 3: Key Verification (KV)

Key verification was required to ensure
an acceptable level of outgoing quality
at the question level. The verification
was divided into two segments: system
edits (which were performed in parallel
with original entry) and sample
verification.

System Edits - As the information was
keyed in, the system automatically
checked for valid household numbers,
correct document type and validity of
the data (for example, correct length and
range of codes, all numeric data except
in postal codes where letters were
allowed). Any suspected errors were
flagged by the system to be reviewed as
part of the sample verification process.

-69-

Sample Verification - Sample
verification or key verification was a
control on the quality of the information
keyed in the original entry phase. The
system identified a number of
documents from a particular batch of
questionnaires for the operator to
rekey. The system compared this second
entry with the original keying. This
sample document had to be accepted by
the computer before the operator could
proceed. If the sample documents were
accepted, then the operator passed
through the entire batch checking the
suspected keying errors flagged in the
first stage. If the sample was rejected,
then the operator had to rekey all of the
documents in the batch. After
verification, data were transmitted to
RCT, Ottawa.

Activity 4: Assembly and Shipping
of Materials and Data

Assembly and shipping of materials
occurred for two items, the data tapes
(Ottawa only), and the EA boxes (in all
centres).

Data Tapes - The EA data captured
during the data entry operation were
transferred daily onto magnetic tapes
(maximum 100 EAs per tape) at Ottawa,
RCT. Prior to making the tape available
to STC, RCT prepared a back-up copy to
be retained for 14 days. The tapes were
placed in a carrying case, secured with a
lock and held for pick-up by STC Head
Office staff. STC had one week upon
receipt of the tape to approve its
readability. A total of 660 tapes
containing respondent data were
transferredinthis way toSTC. '

EA Boxes - Preparation of the EA boxes
started with the return of the batches
and their control forms to the correct EA
box. Once system clearance for the
release of an EA was gained, and the
appropriate control forms, labels and
transmittal slips were actioned, the EA
boxes were returned to their respective
Regional Offices.

5.4

A more detailed presentation of the
Direct Data Entry operation and its
evaluation can be obtained from the
document entitled "1986 Census of
Canada, Data Assimilation Task, Direct
Data Entry, Evaluation Report"
(St. John/FyfTe/van Baaren/Janok, June
1987).

Head Office Processing

5.4.1 Scope and Objectives

Head Office Processing (HOP) combines
automated and manual processes to
carry out two basic functions: (a) to
perform automated analysis on all
questionnaires at the EA, household and
person levels, and (b) to process special
enumeration returns, i.e. census
questionnaires received from persons
living outside Canada, temporary
residents, and persons on merchant,
naval and coast-guard vessels.
Production processing began with the
receipt of EA boxes containing
respondent-completed questionnaires
and Visitation Records from Regional
Office Processing. Magnetic tapes
containing data from the questionnaires
were received from the Direct Data
Entry operation. The magnetic tapes
were loaded into the computer for
further processing. Data analysis, the
next step in the production process,
included the performance of structural
checks at the EA, household and
document levels for the reconciliation of
counts. Special processing of
questionnaires for Canadians outside
(ilanada and on ships, as well as for
persons away from their usual place of
residence on Census Day, also took
place. Finally, data tapes were
delivered to the Edit and Imputation
Task for further editing. (See Figure 16,
a flow chart of the operation.)

5.4.2 Development

The developmental phase for HOP
included preparing specifications,
developing the automated system based
on these specifications, and testing to
ensure that the system would function

-70-

Figure 16. 1986 HEAD OFFICE PROCESSING PROCESS FLOW

Direct Data

Entry

I Tapes I

DAI

DA II
Data Analysis

I Tapes I

Regional Office Processing

Survey Ops.

VRs

Forms 2A, 2B

Forms 3, lA,
7A

Receipt, Registration and Control

Edit and
Imputation

Forms 2C

DA III

Special

Processing

Document
Storage

I Tapes j

-71-

according to specifications. As well, this
phase included the preparation of
processing materials and arrangements
for logistics, security and staffing. The
development phase took place from
April 1984 to June 1985.

Specifications

For 1981 and previous censuses, subject-
matter and methodology areas supplied
the developer, HOP, with the
specifications regarding data analysis
and errors resolution. HOP then
developed a system to perform these
functions. Because the 1986 Census was
a repetition of the 1981 Census, , instead
of having subject-matter or methodology
areas write them, HOP supplied the
specifications.. The new specifications
thus reflected the existing systems, as
well as limited changes and
modifications, which were clearly
documented.

System Architecture

After the acceptance of the various
system specifications, the system design,
or architecture, was developed, together
with a user's guide which served as a
reference on how the HOP system
operated. A major development change
was the redesign of the system using
four sequential networks, one for each
geographic region. This change allowed
for an uninterrupted flow , of work
through the system, as hold-ups for one
region did not affect processing in
others. Clerical staff were therefore also
supplied with a continuous stream of
print-outs for review, and the end result
was a more efficient and effective use of
computer and human resources.

At a later date, a detailed account of the
operating system was given in the
system architecture manual. Both the
user's guide and the system architecture
manual will serve as bench-marks for
creating the 1991 HOP system.

Testing

(a) Modular Testing

The objective of modular testing
was to test a specific system
module against its corresponding
specification to identify and resolve
problems. (A module can be
defined as a stand-alone activity, or
one which has absolute
input/output activities.) During
the design stage, 15 modules were
selected and tested individually.

(b) Integrated Testing

Integrated testing determined
whether the individual modules of
the overall system could be
integrated with the production
process flow and operate as a unit.

The test data contained pre-
identified errors and reflected
specific conditions to be expected in
regular processing. The data were
submitted through the data
analysis program and the
inconsistencies then resolved.

The main objective of pre-
production testing was to run all
modules in a simulated full
production environment. Thus, it
was essentially a volume test,
using the actual hardware which
had been installed for use during
the production phase of Head Office
Processing.

As a result of this test, a priority
processing strategy was estab-
lished to achieve the required 1986
throughput target.

Processing Materials

All processing manuals, training guides
and supplementary administrative and
reference manuals, 16 in total, as well as
seven related forms, were written or
designed by the development officers in
HOP. They were then submitted to text
production and proof-reading units
located in close proximity, allowing for
efficient communication. In addition.

-72-

an automated reporting system was
developed to track manuals and forms
through all development steps.

Logistics

Development of logistical requirements
for the production phase of HOP
consisted of the identification and
requisition of

HOP also participated in the
Student/Youth Employment Program.
Efforts were made to obtain an exclusion
order from the Public Service
Employment Act. The bulk of the staff
were hired in this manner; however, if
additional staff were required, non-
student youths were hired through the
Public Service Commission.

space to accommodate office staff as
well as shelving for Visitation
Records and EA boxes;

operational supplies consisting
largely of standard office supplies;

EDP requirements comprising
hardware, such as controllers,
screens and terminals, data storage
space on disk and tape, and CPU
processing units.

5.4.3 Production

The production phase began with the
training of processing staff, followed
immediately by the three operations
that make up Head Office Processing.
Also included was the implementation of
the Management Information System,
which monitored and controlled quality
and work flow. The production phase
started in July 1986 and was completed
in January 1987.

Security

Security arrangements were established
on two basic fronts: physical security,
i.e. access to and from the restricted
area, including movement of personnel
and materials, and security relating to
the automated system.

Arrangements were made to have a
security clearance for those employees
whose duties included direct access to
the automated system's hardware.

Staffing

Approximately 100 persons were
recruited as temporary processing staff.
To coincide with the staggered start-up
of the processing operations, they were
hired in several waves, for some period
between July 1986 and January 1987,
depending on the duration of the
operation to which they were assigned.

Training

The cascade approach to training was
used for data analysis, DA I and DA III
staff. Managers trained their
supervisors who, in turn, trained their
clerical staff. Due to the complex
technical nature of DA II, managers
performed the first phase of the training
to ensure that the basic concepts were
understood by trainees.

Class-room instruction, which included
technical aspects of the operation and
administrative matters, accounted for
one week of training of supervisors.
Additional time was used for on-the-job
training and practical experience, prior
to the arrival of the clerical staff.

The basic format for the clerical training
was the self-instruction approach using
training guides. An instructor was
available for guidance and exercise
correction. Various other training
methodologies were used to introduce
variety in the training program and to
stimulate trainee interest and
participation. These included:

-73-

audio-visual presentations to
familiarize new employees with the
census process,

on-the-job training, for experienced
terminal operators who required
practical training rather than a
theoretical approach,

a fictitious or "mock" EA that
consisted of questionnaires and
VRs with inconsistencies built in
for practice processing. This
methodology was most effective: it
not only provided an opportunity
for practical application of newly
learned procedures, but it also
provided trainees with relevant
feedback on their comprehension of
procedures.

Description of Operations

The HOP process flow can be divided
into three main sequential phases: DA I,
DA II and DA III.

DA I - Receipt, Registration,
Microfilming and Storage

DA I encompassed a number of
activities. Primarily, it was the focal
point for monitoring and controlling the
automated processing system. The three
components of an enumeration area
(EA) - RCT data tapes. Visitation
Records (VRs) and questionnaires - were
received in DA I and registered through
an on-line system. From that point on,
the movement of each component was
closely monitored by way of registering
each component in the automated
system as it passed from one physical
location to another or from one
automated processing step to another.

DA I was also responsible for the
temporary and permanent storage of all
VRs, EA boxes and EA review print-
outs.

Terminal operators in DA I, in addition
to keying in the movement of EA
components through HOP, were also
responsible for keying updates to the
data base, which were generated as a
result of the clerical review in DA II.

Finally, DA I staff transcribed from the
VR the names and addresses of all
collective dwellings within an EA from
the VR to a name and address file, once
the EA had been accepted by the Data
Analysis Program. This file later
merged with other files to create the
Collective Dwelling Listing File.

DA II - Data Analysis

Data captured for each EA were
subjected to structural edits through a
batch computer processing system. The
combination of edits performed is known
as the Data Analysis Program. Failure
of any of the edits resulted in the
generation of an error listing that
detailed these inconsistencies (for
example, when the person count on the
front cover of the questionnaire did not
equal the number of persons listed
inside). The print-out was then
clerically reviewed, along with the
questionnaires and VR, and
inconsistencies were resolved through
on-line changes to the EA data and/or
control data. When the EA reached an
"accept" status, the data were
reformatted and transferred to the Edit
and Imputation system.

DA III - Special Processing

This operation dealt with special types
of questionnaires not processed in the
Regional Office Processing sites, i.e.
questionnaires received from Canadians
living outside Canada or on ships and
from respondents who were temporarily
away from their usual place of residence
on Census Day.

A sample of those temporarily absent
from their usual residence was traced to
determine whether respondents had
been enumerated at their usual place of
residence. Results of this tracing
process indicated the number of people
who had not been enumerated and
would therefore have to be added to the
final data base.

-74-

For persons outside Canada on Census
Day, their questionnaires were coded,
grouped into special EAs and processed
through the normal data capture route.

For persons on board ships on Census
Day, forms were sorted into two groups,
depending on whether they had a usual
place of residence in Canada. Those who
indicated that they had were processed
in the same manner as those
temporarily absent from theit- usual
residence. Those indicating no usual
residence were coded, grouped into
special EAs and sent through the
normal data capture process.

The Head Office Processing Sub-task is
described and evaluated more fully in
the 1986 Census of Canada, Head Office
Processing Evaluation Report, by E. St.
John, M. Voisine and S. Fyffe,
October 5, 1987.

savings in planned resources. In fact,
data assimilation was completed on
January 9, 1987, five weeks ahead of
schedule. Milestone dates provided
realistic target dates, which were used
to monitor and control all activities
pertaining to data assimilation.

Further resource savings and possible
gains in time savings are expected to be
realized in future censuses with the
implementation of automatic coding.
Research has resulted in a decision to
implement the automation of many
variables in 1991.

With regard to co-operation between
Revenue Canada Taxation and
Statistics Canada, there is concensus in
both departments and between all
regional personnel that implementation
of the agreement worked well, and can
be repeated in subsequent censuses.

5.5 Critique and Evaluation

A number of changes instituted
following the 1981 Census resulted in
early completion of some operations, and

-75-

6.
6.1

6.2

EDIT AND IMPUTATION AND
DATA BASE CREATION

Scope and Objective

The goal of the Edit and Imputation
(E & I) Task was to transform captured
census data into statistical data bases
devoid of invalid, inconsistent and
missing responses. This was
accomplished by processing the collected
data through custom software systems
designed to detect and correct errors.
The resulting statistical data base was
then ready for the Output Project (i.e.
application of the resulting data for
retrieval, tabulation, dissemination and
analytical purposes).

Edit and Imputation refers to the
detection (editing) and the correction
(imputation) of errors within the census
data. In this process, all data items are
subjected to edit rules to determine their
validity. Missing or invalid data
detected in specific records are replaced
by statistically valid data.

In content and scope, this task consisted
of processing the 100% and 20% sample
data as captured on the 1986 Census
questionnaires and deriving various
weights for adjusting final counts and/or
sample counts.

The task included planning,
developnient, testing, live production,
verifying data and creating the retrieval
data bases. The E & I Process Work
Chart is presented in Figure 17.

Planning

The planning stage involved the
delineation of planning assumptions,
milestones, resource requirements and
task organization.

Assumptions

The 1986 E & I Task assumed the
principle computer systems from the
previous census would be reused for the
1986 Census. Modifications were only

6.3

to be made to correct known defects or
significant data quality problems.

The task assumed that the larger
volume of data processed for the 1986
Census (i.e. more persons, households,
and enumeration areas) could be
handled by simply adjusting the same
computing systems.

Milestones

The development stage was to start in
July 1985, and to be completed by
February 1988. Production was
scheduled from September 1986 to
March 1988. These overall milestone
dates were met, indicating that the
target dates were realistic.

Resource Requirements

Resource requirements were identified
for all stages of the project, for all
personnel from the various areas
providing input to the task, for all
production staif, as well as for computer
resources consumed during testing and
production.

Task Organization

The structure to control the 1986 E & I
Task comprised a number of task
members under a Task Manager. The
team members were drawn from various
disciplines, including representatives
from three subject-matter divisions,
from Informatics Services and
Development, Social Survey Methods
Division, and from Census Operations
Division. Each provided input and
expertise relevant to their respective
disciplines.

Development

Existing systems were adjusted,
modified and tested in accordance with
E & I specifications developed for the
1986 Census.

Figure 17. EDIT AND IMPUTATION WORK CHART

2A/2B/2C

Roformated

DA Kile (Tapes)

Overseas

West

Ontario

Quebec

Initialization

Load

East

Geography

Sort

CANEDIT

Processing

of 100% data

Dictionary
F'ile

CGMF

Geography

Initialize bases

5 from geography sort

3 levels (EA.Hhld; Pop.)

2 Phases (100%, sample)

Load data as per diet, defines

Hack up bases

Produce output tabs, (using

STATPAK) for data verification

Temporary
Resident

Agriculture
Load

Vacancy
Check

' ,

SPIDER

Pamfor

Mother Tongue

Weights

space
format

Edit & Impute

Phase 1 almost completely CANEDIT driven
Stratify common characteristics

(hhld; persons)
Run edit rules

single unit ( 1 person only)

multi-unit (between person

editing, same Hhld.)

stratification (3-person Hhld.,

blood relations, mixed family)

auxiliary constraints

(locate donor and control selection)
Phase 2 almost completely SPIDER driven

- pre-derive (resolution of multiple responses)

- edit ( good/bad relations established based on
decision tables)

- impute ( hot deck approach using donor records)

- post derive (clean-up at family levels after initial
imputing at person level)

Retrieval
Data Base

EIMERGE

CANEDIT

SPIDER

of 20%
data

Weights

Retrieval Base

Geog. Identification
weighting areas
System calculates weights
to increase sample data to
100%

Merging of E&I Bases
includes

- EA

- Hhld.

- Person Relations

1
-J

Software

RAPID - data base management system

^ A iGorCini } ^^^^ ^"'^ imputation software
CANEDIT

SAS - facilities, MIS & other admin, reports
STATPAK/TARELA - retrieval system
Statape - quality checks

Special Operations

Agriculture file of farm ops. matched with E&I
file — *- non-matches sent to agriculture for review
Reconciliation of Counts DA/Geog./E&I
Family formation - classifies persons to families
Temporary Resident Adjustment
Vacancy Check Adjustment

-77-

Specifications

The specifications for processing the
respondent data were supplied by the
various subject-matter divisions that
had provided the respective questions
for the 1986 Census. They were
delivered to the task in two parts: a
written text or narrative specification,
and decision table modules. These
specifications indicated the editing rules
to be applied to each variable. The
degree of detail in the narratives varied.
Generally speaking, detailed narratives
were written for variables being
processed for the first time or for which
processing was being extensively
modified. Narratives for variables that
had been processed in previous censuses
and that were being modified to a lesser
extent were usually updated versions of
the 1981 narratives. The decision tables
presented in tabular format the possible
range of responses to a question and the
corresponding action.

Volume Testing and Integration

The primary purpose of volume testing
and integration was to evaluate the
performance of the software to be used in
production and to establish production
procedures and strategies. The volume
test data base consisted of 1981 data for
Nova Scotia modified to meet the 1986
specifications. It represented approxi-
mately 2.7% of Canada's total EAs - a
fraction of production volume, but
enough to simulate production.

All modules underwent volume testing.
Once the volume testing was successful
on each module and analysis was
completed, the statistics were used to
establish production strategies which
would be integrated into the production
environment.

Processing Systems

Informatics Services and Development
Division under the task's sponsorship
provided the processing systems.
Census Operations Division provided
the processing knowledge and
techniques to co-ordinate the processing
of the input data into the data bases
used by the Output Project.

6.4 Production

The production stage consisted of
receiving the original data entry tapes
from Head Office Processing, reading
and transforming these data into a data
base, performing edit and imputation
processing, and delivering the resulting
"cleaned" data. These data were
delivered in two data bases - one for data
captured and processed from Form 2A
(100% coverage) and one from Form 2B
(20% sample) - both ready for the Output
Project. Processing of data was closely
monitored and controlled.

Testing

Acceptance Testing

Acceptance testing ensures that a
computing system meets the user's
specifications and that it is delivered to
the user at an acceptable level of
quality. Acceptance testing of selected
modules confirmed that they performed
as required.

Edit and Imputation Process

E & I processing was divided into two
phases. Phase I processed data captured
from the short form (2A) 100%
responses. Phase II related to the
processing of long form data (2B),
completed by 20% of the population. For
each phase, five regional data bases
were created, each containing data for
enumeration areas, households and
persons.

-78-

In the edit process, each unit of
population data was passed through a
set of edit rules which determined
whether a record was 'good' (it passed
edit) or 'bad' (it failed edit due to invalid
data or non-response). Invalid data, for
example, would be present if a three-
year-old child were reported with high
school education. All bad records were
flagged for imputation. At the im-
putation stage, a systematic search was
made for the best possible donor record,
i.e. the record with the most similar
combination of data characteristics.
Good data from this donor record were
used to replace the invalid data or to
provide missing data. After imputation
processing, any remaining bad data
were subjected to a final correction
procedure.

The totally automated process was
driven by several generalized software
packages, a data base management
system, two edit and imputation systems
as well as some specially developed
programs.

Data Base Management System

The data base management system is a
computer software package developed by
Statistics Canada called RAPID
(Relational Access Processor for
Integrated Data base) and is available
only to government agencies.

Edit and Imputation Software

CANEDIT

The requirements of the E & I Task were
quite unique and there were no existing
commercial packages available to meet
these special needs. For the 1976
Census, STC developed a generalized
package called. CANEDIT. It allowed
subject-matter areas to edit and make
imputations using the same overall
strategy, yet applying variations as
required for each variable. CANEDIT
was used to perform edit and imputation
on Phase I (100%) variables, mother
tongue excepted. It was also used for
processing the following Phase II (20%)
variables: some labour force and
education characteristics, and dwelling
characteristics.

SPIDER

For both the 1981 and the 1986
Censuses, the questionnaires were more
comprehensive than those used in the
past. More variables were to be edited
and CANEDIT was unable to handle the
new requirements. As a result, SPIDER
was developed to process data that
contain lengthy code lists and numeric
data such as income.

Retrieval Data Base Creation

RAPID is a relational data base and the
data are stored, from a user point of
view, in a matrix format consisting of
rows and columns. The columns
correspond to actual data variables such
as age and marital status. The rows
contain identifiers related to a unit, i.e.
enumeration areas, households and
persons.

Upon completion of E & I processing, the
five regional data bases contained both
the unedited or raw data, as well as the
final imputed data. The next and final
step of the entire E & I process was to
create the retrieval data base, which
contains only the edited, or clean, data.
This was done in waves as processing for
sets of variables was finalized.

• 79-

6.5 Critique and Evaluation

Edit and Imputation processing was
completed within budget, and
approximately six weeks earlier than
scheduled, an accomplishment that can
be credited to effective management, few
data quality and processing problems,
and the early completion of Data
Assimilation.

For a more detailed description and
evaluation of the Edit and Imputation
Task, please refer to the following
documents: the guide for the Edit and
Imputation Tour, 1986; User
Information Bulletin No. 3 entitled
Methodology for Producing Census
Sample Estimates (re 'Weighting'
process) and the 1986 Census of
Population and Housing Edit and
Imputation Evaluation Report (Final)
by D. Hollins, November 1988.

As well, an automated tabulation
retrieval system was implemented. This
system greatly streamlined the process
by which tabulations for the purpose of
data verification by subject-matter
specialists were obtained.

-81-.

7. DATA QUALITY

7.1 Types and Sources of Error in

Census Data

Results from the Census of Population,
like those from any statistical survey,
are subject to inaccuracies. Errors can
arise at virtually every stage of
collection and processing; While quality
control measures can be built into the
various operations, some degree of error
in the final data is inevitable. Hence, it
is important for both the data producer
and the data user to have estimates of
errors and thereby evaluate the quality
of resultant data.

There are several benefits to be derived
from error evaluation. Such evaluations
can identify problems requiring
modified procedures in future surveys.
Information obtained from these
evaluations can also be presented to
data users to provide them with an
appreciation of the principal sources of
error and their impact on the data, thus
avoiding misuse or misinterpretation.
Furthermore, the evaluation results can
sometimes be used to improve the
survey estimates.

Various methods can be used to assess
the quality of census data, and in recent
Canadian censuses, STC has employed a
number of approaches. The following
sections outline the evaluation studies
conducted for the 1986 Census, which
together make up the Data Quality
Program. There were two main parts to
this program:

certification, which involved a
limited assessment of the quality of
each census variable prior to its
public release;

measurement studies, which
included a number of activities
designed to evaluate particular
sources of error, and for which
results are not usually available
until after census data have been
released.

7.2 Certification

Certification is the critical review and
quality assurance task conducted prior
to the public release of the census data.
The objectives were:

to identify and plan statistical
analyses that will best certify the
quality of census data;

« to ensure these analyses are
completed satisfactorily and the
results are documented
adequately;

to provide census management
with documentation and recom-
mendations necessary to enable an
informed decision regarding the
data presentation and release.

Because of various constraints, the
certification effort concentrated on
univariate distributions at the national
and provincial levels. Important
multivariate distributions were also
examined, together with a limited
number of subprovincial analyses.

7.2.1 Verification Strategies

Two verification strategies were used,
namely, numerical verification and
interpretative verification. In
numerical verification, census data
distributions were compared with those
of other data sources or previous
censuses. In certifying the 1981 Census,
expected distributions were derived;
cells that did not meet pre-established
tolerance levels had to be examined and
explanations documented. In 1986, less
emphasis was placed on numerical
tolerances, but the general principle of
examining the coherence of census data
with other sources was followed.

The interpretative approach focused on
logic, experience and intuition to certify
the soundness of the data and their
plausibility in relation to expectations.
In this case, however, the expectations
were qualitative rather than
quantitative, and were derived from a
broad system of knowledge.

-82-

In all cases, the analysis was supported
by basic quality checks such as reviews
of response rates and pre- and post-
imputation distributions.

7.2.2 Benefits

The aim of these procedures was to
reduce the risk of publishing grossly
misleading data, and to allow the users
to be notified of potential problems or
differences between the census and
other data sources. The review also
served to identify problems that might
require a more detailed investigation.

The follow-up on the aboriginal status
variable provides a good example of how
a data quality verification can prevent
the release of misleading data. The 1986
Census included a new question on
aboriginal status (described in Section
11.4). When responses were tabulated
and reviewed prior to certification,
certain counts were found to be suspect.
A telephone follow-up of a small sample
of suspect responses confirmed that
many aboriginal responses were
incorrect because people had
misunderstood the new question. On the
basis of this study, STC decided not to
release the results of this question.

As a further benefit, information on data
quality problems occurring in the 1986
Census can be fed into the appropriate
planning and development activities for
the 1991 Census.

7.3 Measurement Studies

The following is a brief overview of the
various data quality measurement
studies conducted for the 1986 Census.
These activities have been grouped into
the following categories of error:
coverage, content (i.e. non-response,
response and processing errors) and
sampling. Some measurement studies
yield information on both coverage and
content errors.

7.3.1 Coverage Studies

The primary purpose of a census is to
provide counts of the population at
various geographic levels. Errors in
coverage are therefore of special
concern. The purpose of coverage
studies is to measure the extent of
coverage errors, which occur when
dwellings or individuals are missed,
incorrectly included or double-counted.

(a) Vacancy Check

Incorrect classification of dwellings
as unoccupied has been a major
component of coverage error in past
censuses. Some occupied dwellings
may be incorrectly listed as
unoccupied, thus contributing to
undercoverage of dwellings and the
people resident in them, whereas
certain uninhabited dwellings or
structures not fit for year-round
occupancy may have been included,
contributing to an overcount of the
housing stock.

The Vacancy Check was a study in
which a sample of approximately
1,350 EAs was selected, and all
'unoccupied' dwellings within them
revisited. Each visit verified
whether or not the dwelling was
occupied on Census Day and, if not,
whether the structure met the
census definition of a dwelling.
Based on the results, estimates of
the number of occupied dwellings
incorrectly listed as 'unoccupied'
were obtained. Adjustments were
made accordingly to population
and dwellings counts.

According to the 1986 Vacancy
Check, about 48,000 unoccupied
dwellings were in fact occupied on
Census Day (about 9.5% of the total
number of dwellings). This
misclassification yielded an
estimate of 94,000 persons missed.

-83-

(b) Temporary Residents Study

Persons who on Census Day were
staying somewhere in Canada
other than their usual residence
were asked to complete a
temporary resident's questionnaire
at that dwelling. These re-
spondents were asked for basic
demographic information plus the
address of their usual residence. A
sample of these forms was selected
and the census questionnaires
corresponding to the addresses
given were checked to ensure that
the individuals were in fact
enumerated at their usual
residence. An estimate was made
of the number of persons missed at
their usual residence and an
adjustment was made to the census
data base to compensate for this
undercoverage. (This process is
also described under Head Office
Processing, where it occurs.) The
estimate of the number of persons
missed at their usual residence is
76,000 persons.

Even after adjusting the number of
occupied dwellings and temporary
residents missed at their usual
residence, significant under-
coverage remained. The Reverse
Record Check (RRC) was the
primary means of measuring this
residual undercoverage. A sample
of about 36,000 persons was
selected from previous census
records, intercensal births,
immigrants and persons missed in
the previous census (obtained from
the 1981 RRC). These persons
were traced by various means to
their Census Day address and the
corresponding census question-
naires were searched to determine
whether or not they were
enumerated in the census.
Although no adjustments were
made to census data, the resulting
estimates of the total number of
persons missed in the census did
provide an important indication of
undercoverage.

In 1986, undercoverage at the
national level (i.e. for the 10
provinces) increased by over 1%
from 1981, from 2.01% to 3.21%.
Among the provinces, British
Columbia had the highest rate
(4.49%) while Newfoundland had
the lowest (2.01%). For both sexes,
the 20- to 24-year-age group had
the highest undercoverage rate.
(Further information can be
obtained from User Information
Bulletin No. 2 - Undercoverage
Rates from the 1986 Reverse
Record Check, July 1988.)

(d) Overcoverage Study

In the 1986 Census, an
experimental Overcoverage Study
. was attempted. The objectives
were to determine whether or not
overcoverage was a significant
problem in the census and to
identify the principal causes of
overcoverage error. The main
component of this study was a re-
enumeration of a sample of
occupied private dwellings to
identify other possible addresses of
persons, e.g., for those who moved
on or close to Census Day,
addresses of second residences,
addresses for purposes of work or
study, or at which household
members were visiting around
Census Day. Census question-
naires for these addresses were
searched to identify duplicate
enumerations.

A second component of the study
involved persons listed as usual
residents at certain types of
collective dwellings (hospitals, jails
and treatment centres for the
handicapped). Where possible, a
previous or permanent address was
obtained, and the corresponding
census questionnaires were
searched. No estimates of
overcoverage were available as of
this writing.

-84-

7.3.2 Content Studies

Content studies are conducted to
evaluate the quality of data for each
question. The results include
measurements of response rates, edit
failure rates, and comparisons with
estimates from other data sources.

(a) Response Rate Study

Response rates have been
calculated for each variable from
the E & I data base, and analysed
by province and type of
enumeration.

(b) Edit Sample Study

This study was based on a sample
of 5,500 questionnaires returned in
mail-back areas. The original
responses were transcribed onto
separate forms before question-
naires were edited and followed up
by the enumerators. The study
provided estimates of initial
response rates, and the degree of
field follow-up required.

As described above, the Reverse
Record Check involved selecting a
sample from four frames: the
previous census, birth and
immigration files, and the previous
RRC. As these persons were
matched to a current census record,
it was possible to compare the
current (1986) census response to
these alternative sources. For
example, the two censuses can be
viewed as independent replications
of the same measurement process,
and certain variables such as date
of birth and sex should remain
unchanged from one census to the
next, except for response and
processing errors. Discrepancies
between the two censuses for these
variables were identified and used
to calculate various measures such
as gross and net difference rates.
Similar measures were calculated
for selected variables from the
other three frames.

(d) Overcoverage Content Study

As mentioned earlier, the 1986
Overcoverage Study involved a re-
enumeration of a sample of private
households. In each of these house-
holds, in addition to coverage-
related questions, one household
member 15 years and over was
asked to provide information on
language, ethnic origin and
aboriginal status. The interviewer
also recorded the structural type of
the dwelling. The questions were
more detailed than the
corresponding census questions
and provided an opportunity to
evaluate the quality of the census
responses and explore alternative
approaches.

(e) Coder Bias Study

Census questions that allow for
write-in responses were manually
coded at the regional processing
sites prior to data capture. The
quality control procedure for this
manual operation involved re-
coding a sample of questionnaires
from each EA. An adjudicator
compared the two sets of codes and
determined the correct code in the
event of a discrepancy. If more
than a specified number of errors
were detected in the original
coding, the whole EA was recoded.
Information from this quality
control operation was used to
obtain estimates of coder bias for
each variable and code.

(f) Other Studies

Other studies for the 1986 Census
may be conducted depending on
resources available and concerns
raised in other evaluation studies.

7.3.3 Sampling Studies

Some census questions are asked of a
one-in-five sample of households, rather
than all Canadian residents. Estimates
for these questions differ somewhat from
the results that would have been
obtained if the questions had been asked
of the whole population. Sampling
studies evaluated these differences.

-85-

(a) Sample Variance Study

This is the calculation of sampling
variances for the sample questions
on the long (2B) form at various
levels of aggregation.

(b) Sample Bias Study

The purpose of this study was to
check that the sample of
households completing the long
(2B) form was representative of all
households, within the limits of
sampling error, and that neither
the enumerator nor subsequent
processing steps introduced any
bias.

7.5 Critique and Evaluation

The measurement of data quality is an
important part of the conduct of a
Census of Population. Quality measures
not only assist users in interpreting
census data but also point to where
improvements are needed in future
censuses. The coverage evaluations in
1986 are a case in point. Faced with the
increase in undercoverage in 1986,
Statistics Canada is embarking on an
extensive program to improve coverage
in the 1991 Census. It is also apparent
that the measurement of coverage error
needs enhancement. In particular, a
better understanding of the causes of
under and overcoverage is needed.

This consistency check examined
discrepancies in the basic (2A)
characteristics between estimates
weighted up from the sample and
100% counts, for areas and
subgroups of the population not
controlled in the weighting
procedure.

7.4 Publication

Information

of Data Quality

Census data quality information is
disseminated in two ways. All census
publications include a section on data
quality that examines sources of errors
and provides cautionary notes for users.
In some cases, estimates of the
magnitude of errors are given - for
example, estimates of sampling error.
Information is also available in reports
that summarize the results of data
quality studies.

-87-

OUTPUT

8.1 Objectives

The objective of the 1986 Output Project
was to deliver census data tables or
publications for external users. In doing
so, the project would respect and foster
broader corporate objectives, including
revenue generation. Unlike 1981, the
project was to operate on a cost-recovery
basis. As a result, census products and
services were required to generate $10
million over the 1985/86 to 1989/90
period.

Census products and services were also
to be provided within pre-established
cost and time guidelines. Efficient
dissemination and the integration of
census data with data from other
programs were of prime importance.
Specific objectives were:

(a) Time. Data from the census were
to be available within the same
time frame as in the 1981 Census
(i.e. preliminary population counts
in January 1987, 2A data in July
1987 and 2B data in March 1988).

(b) Cost. The entire array of products
and services was to be produced at
a maximum cost of about $10
million. This included the cost of
producing all products and services
(including special requests) over
the period 1984-85 to 1988-89.

8.2 General Planning Assumptions

The following initial planning
assumptions were made. First, the 1986
budget was to be approximately 70%
that of the 1981 Census. The
preplanned 1986 print products were to
be reduced to approximately 25% of the
total volume produced for the 1981
Census. The result of this reduction was
to be an almost completely revamped
printed series at the Canada and the
provincial level. A substantial portion
of the 1981 provincial and national
series were eliminated with a few
notable exceptions, e.g., the all census
subdivision publication. There were to
be no microdata files or microfiche in
1986. Instead, these data would be
available from a more flexible system of
semi-custom and full service custom
outputs. "Place of work" data were not
to be produced unless it could be done on
a fully cost-recovery basis (including
coding costs).

The same basic data retrieval system,
STATPAK, and to the extent possible,
the same production system employed
for the 1981 Census-were to be used for
1986. Modifications would only be made
if they resulted in cost-savings,
increased revenue-generating potential,
minimized risks or improved quality.
Some new software could be acquired to
improve efficiency. Based on these
assumptions, the development of the
product line began.

(c) Dissemination. The products
were to be produced in a fashion
that allowed for their efficient
dissemination by both Bureau and
non-Bureau "vendor" organi-
zations. Where feasible, the
products and services were also to
be designed and produced to
permit the efficient integration of
census data and data from other
Bureau programs (e.g.. Small
Area Data, Target Groups).

8.3 Product Determination

All census products and services
(analytical products excepted, since
these were the responsibility of the
Research and Analysis Project) were the
result of a variety of activities including
market analysis, user consultations and
task forces. The existing retrieval
system also had an impact on product
determination. The final product and
service line is detailed in Appendix E.

-88-

In early 1985, the Output Team
prepared a discussion paper Products
and Services of the 1986 Census:
Preliminary Plans. It was sent to data
users, many of whom responded to the
general proposals it contained. The
team then investigated a number of new
options; some ideas took root while
others withered.

Cost implications had to be carefully
assessed for census products and
services since expenditures on
production and dissemination had to be
fully recovered. Therefore, any planned
product, be it a publication, tape or
diskette, needed to be justified on the
basis of widespread demand. Data in
limited demand were therefore suited to
other dissemination formats, which not
only had lower production costs but also
provided more flexibility for tailoring
products to user requirements.

The Output Team was concerned about
user requirements during the critical
time when products were being planned
as well as in the long term. Therefore,
the team made every attempt to
maintain good communications with
data users.

Data Publications

In the Preliminary Plans, three series of
data publications were proposed:
population and dwelling counts; census
subdivision (CSD-municipality) profiles;
and a "Canada and the Provinces" series
designed to show the scope of census
subject-matter.

In response to the Preliminary Plans,
data users stressed the need for sub-
provincial data in publication form,
especially at the census tract and census
metropolitan area levels. There was
substantial interest in products
presenting data on a particular topic
(e.g., the elderly, the labour market).
The inclusion of historical data, where
feasible, was also indicated.

A tentative list was drawn up
accordingly. In general, the pub-
lications proposed for 1986 were built
upon the successes of 1981. This
approach was taken to minimize the
impact of any reduction in the number of
data publications.

The most popular 1981 series, The
Profiles, presents univariate dis-
tributions of data for standard
geographic areas. In some cases,
indicators such as percentages and rates
are also shown. Although the original
plan called for the reduction of this
series to CSDs only, response was such
that a decision was made to not only
repeat the entire series (i.e. profiles of
the federal electoral district (FED),
census tract (CT), census metropolitan
area (CMA), census agglomeration
(CA), enumeration area (EA) and
geographic areas), but also to add an
urban/rural profile, to compensate for
the elimination of these data from other
publications.

The 1981 National Series, which
illustrates the scope and depth of census
information, was cut back from 37 to 19
publications and renamed The Nation
series. It would provide national and
provincial/territorial coverage of
selected variables and cross-tabulations.
This cutback was to be partially
counterbalanced by the new Dimensions
series that focused on particular topics.
Data presentation varied from basic
summary data to detailed breakdowns
and cross-tabulations on geographic
areas (CMAs), subpopulations (the
elderly) or a subject (occupational
trends).

The 1981 Census Provincial Series was
eliminated, except for the popular
Geographic Distributions publications.
The remaining publications in this
series were among the least popular
1981 Census bulletins. The tabulations
were mostly for census metropolitan
areas, census divisions and larger
census subdivisions (10,000 + ). The
interest in data for these larger
subprovincial areas varied widely and
often the characteristics and tabulations
of interest varied by area. By not
producing these data in publication
format, resources could be allocated to
the development of a more flexible
system allowing users to obtain, on
demand, subprovincial data more
relevant to their local interests (see
discussion of semi-custom products ).

-89-

The final choices in publications are
outlined in Appendix E. In the end, the
number of publications, for the 1986
Census was approximately 60% of the
number for the 1981 Census. In some
cases, content from several small
publications was combined, resulting in
approximately 80% of the 1981 content
being retained.

The specific content of the publications
depended on a combination of factors..
Subject-matter personnel ranked in
order of priority the tables they deemed
essential for 1986. Choices were based
on the need for continuity between 1981
and 1986, new content (e.g., major field
of study) and provision of information or
selected topics for which there had been
substantial interest expressed. When
the final specifications were determined,
these factors combined with user
feedback, production cost estimates,
potential sales, and the technical
feasibility of producing a particular
table were all considered,

General Reference Products

The Output Team's general view on the
importance of reference products was
enthusiastically seconded by data users.
Six publications or series of publications
were proposed. This represented an
increase in the number of reference
products from 1981, which would help
the data user community derive
maximum benefit from census data.

Geographic Reference Products

Some of these products, e.g., reference
maps, were in great demand while
others were of interest to a relatively
small group of data users. The Output
Team investigated cost-effective ways of
distributing these products. Use of the
area master files (AMFs) would be
negotiated on a contract basis. Listings
of the street indexes would be produced
on request, as previous demand was not
sufficient to justify their production as
standard publications. The CARTLIBs

(the digital cartographic libraries of the
boundaries and related features of
various geostatistical areas used by
computer mapping programs) were to be
produced if needed for an Atlas Series of
thematic maps by special request. With
the exception of the street indexes, most
of the geographic reference products
were retained.

Tapes and Microfiche

In response to Preliminary Plans, some
users expressed concern that no
magnetic tapes or microfiche for
subprovincial areas had been proposed
for 1986. The emphasis had been placed
on offering a range of output modes for
custom and semi-custom tables. This
approach was initially taken because
there seemed to be limited user interest
in the massive 1981 output available on
tape and fiche.

In response to user demand, both tables
and profiles were produced in machine-
readable format. Eleven 2A Basic
Summary Tables released in December
1987 and 33 2B Basic Summary Tables
released in the fall of 1988 were
produced for EAs, CSDs and CTs.

Using the 1981 User Summary Tapes,
together with information regarding
user needs, subject-matter input and
1981 sales, the task created a proposed
detailed list of tables. Subject-matter
specialists reviewed the proposal,
revisions were made and the
specifications finalized.

Profiles with the same univariate
distributions of data as found in the
publications were released at CD, CSD,
FED, CT, CMA and CA areas. An EA
profile was also created based on the
marginal distributions from the EA
Basic Summary Tapes. The tables
produced specifically for the release
packages were also produced in
machine-readable format (generally
Canada, the provinces and territories).

-90-

Much discussion occurred about the
appropriate media for dissemination.
The result was that tapes were made
available through the Electronic Data
Dissemination Division (EDDD) for
most standard geographies. A service
was provided on-line to ROs to allow
them to disseminate selected popular
tables. Later in the census cycle
microfiche were made available from a
"secondary distributor" at the CT and
CSD levels.

1986 Census Public Use Microdata
Files (Formerly Public Use Sample
Tapes)

Because of the relatively high cost of
production compared to sales, special
funding was needed to produce
microdata tapes. In the end, funding
was committed, and three files
(household, family and individual files)
were planned for release in 1989.

Diskettes

Many users indicated a growing interest
in using census data in a micro-
computer environment. As a result
various census data products were made
available on diskette from EDDD.
Profile publications, for example, are
available as 'off the shelf products and
custom tabulations can be downloaded
to diskette on demand.

Given the ongoing evolution in the use
of microcomputers, the Output Team
continues to assess alternatives such as
the use of CD-ROM and will work with
data users to develop and test new
products.

Custom Tabulations

One of the major thrusts initially
proposed by the Output Team was to
improve the custom tabulations service
in a number of ways, including faster
turnaround time, better information
about the service and possible user
training to increase efficiency. These

ideas were well received by data users
and a number of efforts to strengthen
the service were undertaken. These
included preparation of better
documentation of the data products,
greater modularization to increase the
efficiency of the production phase, and
more flexibility in format and output
options.

Identifying user requirements early
played an important part in improving
the custom tabulation service and
avoiding production bottlenecks. To
facilitate planning for custom
tabulations, users who might be
interested in special tabulations were
asked to provide the Output Team with
a general indication of their expected
requirements. The initial response was
good, but most users waited until after
the data were released to finalize their
data requirements.

Semi-custom Products

Semi-custom products were conceived to
fill the gap between planned and custom
products and to make more efficient use
of resources. Semi-custom tables would
have predefined content but would be
generated on request for geographic
areas defined by the data user. The idea
initially appealed to a great number of
users; however, demand for the service
was not as high as expected and many
users still requested fully custom
tabulations. In addition, resources did
not permit this service to be fully
developed. Further work remains to be
done to improve the semi-custom idea.

Analytical Products

The highly successful 1981 Content
Series was expanded to cover 16 popular
topics. Eleven of the publications were
contracted out and data were provided
to contractors for analysis and textual
preparation. The series was renamed
"Focus on Canada Series" to further
improve marketability. The
Metropolitan Atlas Series of thematic
maps was improved by the use of a
larger format and the inclusion of more
detail. The Atlas series was again
produced for 12 CMAs.

-91-

Other Products

8.3.2

Task Forces

In addition to the products outlined
above, the Output Team developed other
products in response to specific needs, if
new funding was available.

Another crucial part of product
determination was the creation of task
forces to study and make
recommendations on standards and
processes that should be applied in all
product line tasks.

For example, to reduce costs, a decision
was made to identify only four
categories for the structural type of
dwelling variable (in contrast to the
nine categories identified in the 1981
Census). However, a number of data
users required more detailed coding and,
in response, the nine categories were in
fact identified. Funding for this activity
. was covered by a combination of (i) "up-
front" funding from a number of users,
for whom a special output package on
structural type was prepared and (ii) a
surcharge on special tabulations
containing structural type data.

A decision was also made not to code
responses to the census question on
place of work, resulting in a savings of
over $2 million. Again, the offer was
made to undertake this coding activity
for areas requested on a cost-recovery
basis. Discussions were held with
interested data users and coding was
undertaken for Ontario.

The Confidentiality and Suppression
Task Force investigated and made
recommendations regarding the options
available to protect the confidentiality of
individual responses.

The Product Pricing Task Force
acquired information concerning new
Bureau policy and practices. This
information, along with results from an
evaluation of 1981 cost and sales data
and from user consultations dealing
with pricing, was used to develop
recommendations for a pricing strategy. .

The Specifications Process Task Force
was involved in developing a system for
product specifications to be used
throughout the Output Project.

The mandate of developing a strategy
for the verification process, needed to
ensure a high quality product especially
for custom tabulations, was given to the
Verification Task Force.

8.3.1 Market Analysis

Consultations

and User

One of the first steps in determining
what data products to produce was to
evaluate the output from the 1981
Census and to assess the general
dissemination environment in the
Bureau. Many meetings took place with
rep-resentatives from the government
and the private sector. Users were
consulted extensively on output.

Another task force, dealing with
Packaging, provided recommendations
pertaining to table design and
publication text. Major recom-
mendations included replacing the old
'Introduction Section' of 1981
publications with 'Guidelines for Using
this Publication' and using indexes
(particularly in geographical texts),
while minor ones were the use of
dividers and title pages and bold face
lettering. All recommendations were
aimed at producing data products that
were more useful, easier to use and
professional.

-92-

8.3.3 Pricing

8.4

Prices for 1986 Census Products and
Services were based on STC policy on
fees or charges for publications and
other specialized services and products.
The costs of data collection, processing of
statistical data and manuscript
preparation are covered by STC's annual
appropriations. Highlights of statistical
data are available to the public free of
charge through the media. Publications
are available for consultation through
the public library depository program
and in STC's reference centres in
Regional Offices.

Custom services and products are
provided to clients on the basis of
specific agreements. Clients are
charged full costs for preparing and
delivering custom and semi-custom
products. Standard services and
products (i.e. publications, basic
summary tapes, etc.) are provided to
clients at predetermined rates, with due
regard to the price of similar products
from other sources. These are
established to recover the full cost of
making available such services and
products to their anticipated clients
(over and above the cost to STC if the
products were initially developed for
internal use only).

To be equitable to all clients, statistical
information produced for subsequent
clients is priced the same as the original
request.

Creating the 1986 Retrieval Data
Base

The creation of the retrieval data base
was one, of the first steps towards
producing data products. Two data bases
were created: a 2A base which includes
final 100% census data from the 2A
(short) questionnaires, and a 2B base
comprising the final 20% sample census
data from the 2B (long) questionnaires.
Data are retrieved from these bases for
all census products and services in the
Output program.

The Retrieval Data Base used as input
the end product created by the Edit and
Imputation (E&I) system. This input
was a series of five geographic regional
data bases containing the original
response data and the edited -and
imputed data. Subject-matter
specialists provided the specifications
for transferring the data from the E&I
bases to the desired retrieval data base
format. In some cases, the data were
transferred without modification. Based
on predetermined requirements of the
Output program, further combinations
and modifications of some data were
performed to facilitate production.
These further manipulations are the
"retrieval derives" or derived variables.

The Query Area Library (QAL) provides
the geographic pointers to the data
contained on the retrieval data bases.
The five geographic regional E&I data
bases contained data at the enumeration
area level, the smallest standard census
geographic unit. Data are required
however at various levels of geography,
such as the census metropolitan area
and federal electoral district. The QAL
provides the link between the
enumeration area and all higher levels
of geography. Based on a predefined set
of output requirements, standard
geographic roll-ups (or hierarchies) were
defined. Each hierarchy is identified by
a QAL "mask", which when quoted
automatically creates the desired
geographic roll-ups. Geography Division
created the QAL according to
specifications provided by the Custom
Products and Data Products Tasks.

The QAL for the 2A data base was
completed by August 1987. Production
of the 2B QAL began in October 1987
and was finished by April 1988. The
structure and content of the bases is
identical to the 1981 Retrieval Data
Bases except where additions or
deletions to the questionnaire content
exist or base content changes occurred.

Only the edited and/or imputed data are
resident on the retrieval bases. The
base is a relational data base (RAPID,
see Section 8.7.1) containing three (3)
relations, namely, the enumeration area
(EA), person (PP) and household (HH).

-93-

The STATPAK Retrieval System (see
Section 8.7.2) is the primary access
system.

Both of the 1986 final bases were
produced in a series of "waves". Each
wave was set up such that all the
variables pertaining to one or more
subject-matters, having been finalized
in E&I, were loaded onto a final
retrieval base.

This allowed for the early release of
some of the data. The first release, in
the form of Interim Population and
Dwelling counts occurred in January
1987.

Production of the 2A base was completed
by June 1, 1987, allowing for tabulation
and subsequent release of 2A data on
July 9, 1987. Production of the 2B base
started immediately upon completion of
the 2A base. Delivery of the 2B base
continued through to March 15, 1988.
The production of the data bases in a
series of waves resulted in a series of
data releases. On December 3, 1987,
data on ethnic and aboriginal origins of
Canada's population were released.
Mobility, labour force and education
data were released on March 1, 1988.
The remaining data from the 1986
Census, covering a variety of social,
cultural and economic information, were
released on April 20, 1988.

8.5 Systems Development

Although the content was important,
thesuccessor failure of the product line
was also dependent upon an efficient
and flexible retrieval system to
support the entire range of products.
Since the market was expected to be
sensitive to the prices charged, constant
monitoring of the price implications of
various options and data packages was
required. As a result, three systems
were developed: the Product Production
System, the Master File System, and the
Management Information System,

8.5.1 The Product Production System

This is the main production system
intended to retrieve, manipulate and
format data into tabular format in
preparation for their exit to a variety of
output modules.

Beginning in April 1986, existing data
manipulation modules such as the
STUBS/TARE LA libraries, the Footnote
and Title Libraries, Geographic Names
Routine were mounted to create the
"Skeletal System". This was followed
by Prototype Testing - Cost Bench-
marking. The skeletal system modules
were tested to assess their ability to
produce prototype tables proposed as
1986 Semi-custom and Special Product
tables. A sample of tables selected from
the 1981 Census Preplanned Output
program, typical custom tabulations and
any preliminary tables that were
specified as 1986 preplanned products
were also included in the testing.
Approximating production costs for
prototype tables began here.

The Menu System or system interface
that drives the Product Production
System was completed next. The
following modules were added:
merge/concatenate, suppression (see
Appendix H), calculation module ad-
dition, quality assurance and incidence
reporting. Prototype testing and
product development was the final
stage. All system modules were tested.
Some products began to emerge at this
point.

Output Modules - The Output Team
developed a system to install interfaces
between the Product Production System
and an expandable series of output
modules to the Xerox 9700 Laser
Printer, high speed printer(s),
microfiche and magnetic tape.
Microcomputer diskettes and basic
summary tapes are produced by
Electronic Data Dissemination Division
(EDDD) from data provided by the
Output Project.

The system necessary to produce
preplanned products was finalized in
September 1987. The system continues
to evolve as the demands for custom
products change.

-94-

8.5.2 Development of the Production

System

In developing the Production System,
the Output Team's primary objective
was to create a vehicle (libraries and/or.
files) that would enable personnel to
accumulate and re-apply knowledge,
production tools and elements generated
in the product development process.
This approach allows personnel without
expertise in STATPAK to retrieve data,
and was designed to minimize
duplication of effort, shorten
turnaround time to clients, reduce
production costs and increase revenue-
generating ability. To accomplish this
goal, five main libraries or files were
created. They are:

1. Stubs Library

2. TARELA Library

3. Notes and Footnotes Library

4. Electronic Forms Library

5. Geographic Names Library

The central element of the Production
System is the Stubs/Tarela Library.
Initially, the various files were empty.
Theoretically, a stub set (a variable
with all its values), TARELA statement
or DEFINE need only be written once.
Furthermore, stub sets or TARELA code
which are variations of existing
elements can be generated by modifying
those elements and adding the new
version to the files.

A detailed description of these files can
be obtained from STUBS/TARELA
Library, Census Operations, STC.

Preplanned Data Products - General
guidelines for a basic set of products
were provided by the Project Manager.
The subject-matter specialists defined
the content, layout, data manipulation
required, census year and geography.
Then they negotiated with production
regarding technical feasibility to
finalize the specifications.

Specifications were provided on paper
and, at any one time, several copies
could exist. Frequently, amendments
were made simultaneously by various
sections (for example, data retrieval,
text production, translation) on the
various copies. A focal point for
controlling specifications was created in
1987. In addition, work was
accomplished in accordance with
established priorities. Progress in
finalizing and implementing
specifications was often impeded by
conflicting priorities.

Custom Products - Specifications, tai-
lored to meet the clients' needs, are
negotiated and determined by
consultants of the Custom Products
Service and the clients. All
specifications are analysed by retrieval
personnel to ensure the contents are
logical, to give time estimates for
production and to advise on pertinent
technical aspects affecting retrieval of
the data. Client approval of the final
specifications by signed contract is
required before data retrieval begins.

8.6 Specifications

Detailed specifications were required
for various activities in the output cycle.
In all cases the specifications were
provided on paper. The type of
specifications required varied.

Data Base Creation - Detailed speci-
fications were required to create,
combine or modify variables created by
the retrieval derives from the E&I data
bases to the retrieval data bases. The
review and approval of the
specifications was done by the specifier -
either the appropriate subject-matter
specialist or the Task Manager, Custom
Products.

Data Base

8.7 Overview of the

Management System

8.7.1 RAPID

The name of the Data Base
Management system developed by STC
for processing census data is RAPID
(Relational Access Processor for
Integrated Data Base). It is a relational
data base system, and its most
important property is that data are
structured in rows and columns and are
presented to the user in "table" format.
Detailed information on the RAPID
system is available in the document An
Abstract of RAPID General Information
Guide.

• 95-

8.7.2 Retrieval Systems

The name of the retrieval and tabulation
package developed for the 1971 Census
is STATPAK. It was designed for
efficiency, and is meant to be used by
Systems Developers, Operational
Support staff and Subject-matter
experts. In summary, anybody who
needs access to census data should be
able to do so using STATPAK. The
objective was to eliminate the tedious
process of producing data tables using
third-generation computer languages
such as COBOL and to make up for
deficiencies found in current commercial
products. Tabulation requests are coded
in TARELA (TAbulation REquest
LAnguage). Requests specify the
variables desired, computations and the
geographical constraints. Geographical
areas are specified with the additional
help of the Query Area Library, or QAL
software, also developed in 1971.

STATPAK was revised for the 1976
Census to interface with the RAPID
Data Base Management System and to
extend some of its capabilities. It has
not gone through any upgrades since
that time.

STATPAK is still seen as the most cost
effective tool to retrieve data.
Nonetheless, it has serious limitations.
The Output Team has had to develop
new systems around STATPAK in the
form of custom SAS (Statistical Analysis
System) and PL/1 code, CLISTS and
ISPF panels. In comparison to new
software tools that are easy to use and
extremely powerful, STATPAK has
become more frustrating to use in the
Output Project. It was impossible to
move away from STATPAK however,
because of the DBMS technology used
and because of the interface to the
Geostatistical Library (QAL).

Other limitations of STATPAK can be
directly attributed to changing
requirements. A major increase in the
importance of custom retrieval products
as opposed to publications has occurred.
Census clients are more computer-
aware. They are more appre-
ciative of the importance of the

information that can be provided from
the census data base and want tables
that are more readily usable and specific
to their needs. The result is that
STATPAK is being pushed to its limits
of retrieval.

The following ratios for the 1986 Census
reflect the distribution of costs of the
Output Project during the period of
April 1987 to December 1987. Less than
3% of the total cost of the Output Project
can be attributed to the use of
STATPAK. Over 15% of the cost was for
other software such as SAS, custom code
and use of interactive services. Another
important observation is that 73% of the
cost of the Output Project was for human
resources.

For more information on STATPAK, see
STATPAK C/76 General Information
Manual. FileRef.: 40000.01 May 1978.

8.8 Production

8.8.1 Table Creation

All output products, regardless of the
source, are composed of table production
elements resident on a library..
Throughout the table development
stage, the necessary production
elements are selected. The contents of a
special or custom tabulation are not
normally on a library. The files are
searched, however, for the closest fit,
modified as required, and any
remaining custom programming is
completed.

The required files are then assembled
into a Production Job Network. Each
table has a unique Network, regardless
of the product or output medium.
Because all elements created in the
production of a table are stored
independently in a library, they can be
selected and reassembled in a variety of
forms and combinations to create new
products. If requests are received for
previously released data, at a different
geographic distribution, the geographic
pointers are changed and the production
network rerun. This reduces the effort
required to fill the request and the

-96-

potential for errors, and improves the
turnaround for these types of requests.
A table can be run in approximately 10
working days by recalling libraries; 30
to 40 working days would be required to
create the same table from scratch.

8.8.2 Creating the Final Output

The Table Print File contains the
formatted, final output table, complete
with the required data manipulation,
stub text and column headers. The file
then proceeds to the Output Subsystem.
This subsystem comprises two main
streams, the Profile Table Construction
(custom or preplanned) and the
Publication Proof Production.

(a) Profile Table Construction
Capacity - The 1986 Profile tables
were constructed as a collection of
univariate or limited cross-
classification tables. These mini-
tables, approximately 26 per
profile, were retrieved,
manipulated and formatted
independently. The system then
merged or stacked the mini-tables
to create the profile table page.

(b) Publication Proof Production
Capacity - The Xerox 9700 Laser
Printer produces publication proof
copies, suitable for Off Set printing
reproduction.

The Table Print File contains the data in
matrix format with affixed stub text
with each row. This is merged with the
Electronic Form(s) (a table overlay
which contains the table title and
column header text) resident on the
Laser Printer.

Custom tabulations can be produced as
computer print-out or fully formatted
Xerox 9700 Laser Printer pages, loaded
on magnetic tape or produced on
microfiche. Specialized formats,
required for compatibility with
computer systems or publication
programs, can be provided in most cases.
The client's needs determine how many
output media modules are needed for the
required output.

8.8.3

8.9

Publication Proofs

The publication proof manuscript of all
catalogued publications is sent to
Publications Division. This division
manages the publication process and
contracts to publish it. The Output
Project negotiates with Publications
Division regarding presentation quality,
pricing, marketing incentives and other
designated aspects of the publication
contract. Most publications are printed
by the Department of Supply and
Services Print Shop, on a cost-recovery
basis, consistent with departmental
policy.

Data Dissemination

An effective dissemination network was
essential not only to enable a successful
revenue-generating program, but also to
encourage public accessibility to census
information.

Official releases of all 1986 Census data
took place through an announcement in
Statistics Canada's publication The
Daily. Media representatives and
organizations were provided with census
data free upon request.

8.9.1 STC Regional Reference Centres

These centres provide a full range of the
census products and services. Each
reference centre is equipped with a
library and a sales counter where users
can consult or purchase census
publications, microcomputer diskettes,
microfiche, maps, etc. Each centre has
facilities to retrieve information from
STC's computerized data retrieval
systems - CANSIM and TELICHART. A
telephone inquiry service is also
available with toll-free numbers for
regional clients outside local calling
areas. Other services - from seminars to
consultations - are offered. A complete
list of Regional Reference Centres is
given in Appendix F.

-97-

8.9.2 Electronic Data Dissemination

Division(EDDD)/CANSIM

EDDD is responsible for the distribution
of machine-readable data, such as the
Basic Summary Tapes and profile data.
Some data can be obtained on other
electronic support media. The Output
Project provided the census data on
magnetic tape, along with a
comprehensive documentation package
for dissemination by EDDD/CANSIM.
EDDD loads these data onto an on-line
retrieval system. The regional offices
have access to part of this. From this
system, manipulations of content or
geography from existing data products
are available upon request.
Downloading to microcomputer
diskettes is also possible. Purchasers of
profiles on diskette are provided with
C86, a software package that facilitates
retrieval.

8.9.3 Depository Libraries

Users who want to consult publications
may do so at any of the 53 Depository
Libraries across Canada and in a
number of other countries that carry all
Statistics Canada publications. A list of
full Depository Libraries, which
automatically receive all federal
government publications free of charge,
is in Appendix G. In addition 400 - 500
Selected Depository Libraries received
some of the census publications.

8.9.5 Secondary Distributors

The 1986 Census introduced a new
program of secondary data distributors.
They had some of the census data
available for resale in various formats.
These distributors resold the data under
a licensing agreement with Statistics
Canada and formed an important
dimension of the census dissemination
network.

8.10 Critique and Evaluation

The 1986 Census Output Program was
marked by a reduced budget and
product line and a requirement to
recover $10 million by the sale of census
products and services. This represented
a fourfold increase in revenues
compared with the 1981 Census. This
$10 million target has been reached.

The modifications to the Output
program were achieved through ongoing
discussions and negotiations with data
users. In a number of cases, innovative
approaches were developed for the
production of special census products
that were not part of the regular Output
program. At the time of writing, the
release of all census products was not yet
complete and no evaluation had been
done. Such an evaluation is planned and
will form important input into the
planning of the 1991 Census.

8.9.4 Provincial and Territorial Focal

Points

All focal points (senior officials
appointed to the Federal and Provincial
Consultative Council on Statistical
Policy by the premier of each province)
were provided with copies of all census
publications, and a selection of the Basic
Summary Tables on tape or microfiche.

-99-

1986 CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE

9.2.2

Formulation of Content

9.1

9.2

Introduction

This chapter presents a comprehensive
description of the various Census of
Agriculture systems and procedures and
how they are related.

Content and
Development

Questionnaire

This section outlines how the data users'
needs were determined and incorporated
into the 1986 Census of Agriculture
questionnaire (Form 6, see Appen-
dix D).

9.2.1 Census User Workshops

The Agriculture Division of Statistics
Canada held census user workshops in
every province during the spring and
summer of 1983. Two additional
workshops were held in Ottawa, one for
Agriculture Canada and related
agencies, and one for other federal
departments and other data users. In
these sessions the following areas were
covered:

After the census user workshops, it was
necessary to set up a mechanism to
develop the most appropriate content
for the census questionnaire. Statistics
Canada proposed an approach at the
Federal-provincial Agricultural
Statistics Meeting in October 1983,
which was accepted by the seven
provinces represented at the meeting.
This approach consisted of the
development and costing of (a) the "basic'
or 'core' census of agriculture questions
and (b) other modules of questions that
users considered to be high priority.

(a) Core Census of Agriculture

A core questionnaire for the
Census of Agriculture was
developed on the basis of:

information needed to ensure
coverage of the target
population;

» the data required by Statistics
Canada and provincial
governments for the
benchmarking of regularly
published estimates of crops,
livestock and financial
variables;

highlights of the 1981 Census;

concepts such as the definitions of
the farm holding, the farm operator
and agricultural products;

questions on the census considered
necessary to continue the
statistical program of the
Agriculture Division;

other questions carried on the 1981
questionnaire;

identification by data users of new
areas of concern about which data
might be collected through a
census or by other means of
statistical collection.

0 the variables needed to
provide a sampling frame for
Statistics Canada's continu-
ing survey activity;

o the variables necessary for
legislated program purposes
by both federal and provincial
governments;

» the variables considered to be
of common and paramount
importance to the analysis of
information arising out of any
of the additional modules.

Such a basic or core census would
supply information on the
following:

100-

geographic location of farm
operator's residence and farm
headquarters to ensure
coverage by the census
representatives;

instructions to farm operator:
definition of agricultural
holding, listing of

agricultural products, etc.;

operator's name, mailing
address and length of
residence on holding to
complete the data collection
process;

type of organization:
individual or family holding,
partnership, corporation, and
other types of organization;

location and area of farm:
area, tenure and

headquarter's description;

area of field crops: grains, oil
seeds and other field crops;

area of fruit trees, small fruits
and commercial vegetables; ■

market value of land and
buildings;

livestock: number of cattle,
pigs, sheep and other
livestock;

automobiles, trucks and all
other machinery: four
questions on the number and
dollar value of automobiles,
trucks and other machinery,
and the total;

total expenditures: one
question on the total
expenditures of the farm
holding during 1985 along
with detailed instructions on
what types of expenses should
be included or excluded;

total sales: one question on
the total value of agricultural
products sold during 1985 as
well as detailed instructions
on what items to include or
exclude.

(b) Additional
Questions

Modules of

In all, 14 modules were tested for
inclusion in the 1986 Census of
Agriculture. These were: type of
organization, detailed version; area
of forage seed harvested; nurseries,
sod, greenhouses and mushroom
houses; forest products and maple
tappings; fertilizer and pesticides,
short version; fertilizer and
pesticides, detailed version;
irrigation and tile drainage;
machinery and equipment; farm
labour, short version; farm labour,
detailed version; off-farm work;
farm expenditures, detailed
version; contract farming; and
farm product typing.

9.2.3 Testing

A number of tests were conducted to
arrive at the most appropriate
questionnaire content.

(a) Focus Group Test

This test involved discussions with
small groups of farmers. It was
used to test land tenure and land
use questions. About 50 farmers,
mostly ranchers in Western
Canada, were interviewed. As a
result of this test, the land tenure
was split into "area leased from
governments" and "area rented or
leased from sources other than
governments". For land use the
"unimproved land for pasture,
grazing or hay" was separated from
"all other unimproved land".

101-

(b) Modular Test

The modular test determined
whether farmers could and would
respond to the questions contained
in the proposed modules. A mail-
out telephone follow-up test of 800
farmers was conducted in April
1984. This part of the test proved
extremely valuable in identifying
questions that needed rewording.

In August 1984, a full
questionnaire was mailed to
approximately 5,000 statistically
selected respondents. The
respondents were asked to mail
back the completed questionnaires.
About 1,200 replied as requested.
A subsample of respondents was
also carried out to probe into
specific response problems. The
results of all these tests assisted
the Agriculture Division in
finalizing the wording of questions
for the 1986 Census.

9.2.5 Cabinet Approval of 1986 Census of

Agriculture Questionnaire

The Agriculture Division of Statistics
Canada drafted modules in English and
French versions. To obtain approval
from the Cabinet, documents providing
justification for each module were
prepared, translated and submitted.
The Cabinet approved the questionnaire
content in the fall of 1985.

9.2.6 Legal Counsel and Gazetting

After approval from the Cabinet the
questionnaire content was evaluated by
legal counsel and some changes were
made in the French version. The
questionnaires were then published in
the Canada Gazette.

9.2.7 Printing

In all, 735,000 English and 630,000
French questionnaires were printed.

9.2.4 Analysis and Consultation

The user community, including
provincial statisticians, was consulted
as outlined in Section 9.2.1, Census User
Workshops. The subject-matter staff in
the Agriculture Division helped analyse
the test results and assisted in wording
the proposed content changes.
Methodologists helped select samples for
testing, drafted probing questions and
documented the results. The factors
influencing content for the Census of
Agriculture were:

(1) Was there strong and dependable
support from a wide spectrum of
the user community?

(2) Was the census a cost-effective
vehicle for asking the questions?

(3) Was most of the respondent
community willing and able to
answer the questions?

9.3 Collection of Data

The Census of Agriculture was
conducted simultaneously with the
Census of Population on June 3, 1986.
Two methods were used to identify farm
operators. First, census representatives
(CRs) were required to identify each
agricultural holding in their
enumeration areas (EAs) and determine
who operated it. Second, CRs were
required to ask at each dwelling they
contacted whether anyone living there
operated an agricultural holding.

A Census of Agriculture questionnaire
(Form 6) was completed if the
respondent operated a farm, ranch or
other agricultural holding (feedlots,
greenhouses, nurseries, institutional
farms, mushroom houses or fur farms)
with sales of agricultural products
during the past 12 months of $250 or
more.

-102-

9.3.1

Agricultural products included livestock
and poultry, dairy products and eggs,
field crops, fruits and vegetables,
mushrooms, greenhouse and nursery
products, sod, fur bearing animals,
honey and beeswax as well as maple
products.

The operator of an agricultural holding
was defined as the person responsible for
making the day-to-day decisions in the
operation of the holding. This included
owner-managers, tenant-managers and 9.3.2

hired managers.

The EAs were divided into pick-up,
mail-back and canvasser areas based on
population density requirements for the
Census of Population. In the pick-up
areas, the questionnaire was dropped off
for completion by the respondent and
later picked up by the CR. In the mail-
back areas, the agriculture
questionnaire was dropped off by the CR
to be completed and mailed back by the
respondent. In the canvasser areas, the
questionnaire was completed by
interview. Most Census of Agriculture
questionnaires were enumerated using
pick-up procedures.

Agriculture Enumeration in Pick-up
Areas

During drop-off, the farm operator was
requested to complete the Agriculture
Questionnaire as of Census Day and
hold it for pick-up shortly after that day.
For operators of agricultural holdings
living outside the EA, the CR followed a
special enumeration technique. (See
Chapter 4.)

Agriculture questionnaires were picked
up at the same time as the population
questionnaires. If the operator had
completed the Agriculture Question-
naire, the CR applied an edit procedure. 9.3.3
If the questionnaire were only partially
completed or had not been completed at
all, the missing answers were obtained
through interview of the farm operator.
Similarly, if an operator was discovered
during pick-up or no contact had been
made during drop-off, the CR completed
an Agriculture Questionnaire by
personal interview and applied the edit
procedure.

If the CR had dropped off an Agriculture
Questionnaire (Form 6) at a household
that did not require one, he/she wrote
"Cancelled" on the face of the
questionnaire and in the "Remarks"
column of the Visitation Record. Then
the CR entered the reason for
cancellation in the "Comments" section
of the questionnaire before placing it in
the Cancelled Forms Envelope (Form
4E).

Agriculture Enumeration in Mail-
back Areas

The number of agricultural holdings in
mail-back areas was relatively small.
Therefore, it was not necessary to train
CRs in all aspects of agriculture
procedures. However, the CRs were
required to be able to identify all
agricultural holdings and list them on
the Form 6C (Agricultural Holdings in
Mail-back Areas) where applicable and
also to complete the proper columns in
the Visitation Record. This task was
carried out when the population
questionnaires were dropped off before
June 3, 1986.

In the 1986 Census, a List of 1981 Agri-
culture Operators (Form 6B) in a mail-
back EA was also provided to the CR.
The Form 6B was intended to help
identify farm operators. If contact was
made with a member of the household of
an operator, the CR left the Agriculture
Questionnaire and an Agriculture
Return Envelope (Form 6E) and asked
that the questionnaire be completed as
of June 3 and mailed back. If no contact
was made, the CR left an English and a
French questionnaire in the Double
Drop-off Envelope (Form 5E) for
completion and mail-back. The CR
listed all agricultural holdings, whether
the operator lived in or outside the EA.
Special agricultural CRs conducted edits
and follow-up for these forms.

Agriculture Enumeration in
Canvasser Areas

In canvasser areas, each agricultural
holding was enumerated by
interviewing the farm operator at the
same time as the Population
Questionnaire was completed. The CR
also performed the prescribed edit
procedure for the Agriculture
Questionnaire.

103-

9.3.4 Special Cases

(a) Units of Measurement

In 1986, the respondents were
asked to choose either acres,
hectares or arpents as the unit for
measuring land. Once the unit was
selected, the respective box was
marked in Question 5 of the
Agriculture Questionnaire and the
questions were answered in that
unit.

(b) Headquarters of an
Agricultural Holding

For census purposes, the
headquarters of an agricultural
holding is the operator's residence
if he/she lives on the holding. If the
operator resided in an EA where no
part of the holding was located, the
headquarters was that part of the
holding designated as

headquarters by the operator in
Question 6 of the questionnaire.
The CR responsible for
enumerating the farm operator
ensured that all parts of the
holding were listed on one
Agriculture Questionnaire even if
the holding was located in several
EAs.

In a partnership, two or more
people are involved in the
operation of a single holding with a
written or unwritten (verbal)
agreement. The CR was required
to ensure that only one
questionnaire was submitted for
each partnership operation.
However, if one partner operated a
separate holding also, a separate
questionnaire was completed for
that holding.

(d) Missing Questionnaire or Data

(i) Total Refusal

A total refusal occurs when an
operator does not supply the
information required to
complete the questionnaire
beyond Question 1. If
this happened, the CR was

required to follow a prescribed
approach to complete the
questionnaire by personal
interview. If that failed, the
CR completed a Form 4A,
designating a total refusal.

(ii) Partial Refusal

A partial refusal occurs when
the operator of an agricultural
holding refuses to provide all
the information required for
the questionnaire. Again, the
CR attempted to complete the
questionnaire by personal
interview. If that failed, the
CR completed the Form 4B,
designating a partial refusal.

(iii) Direct Response

A direct response occurs when
an operator in a pick-up area
wishes to mail or claims to
have mailed the questionnaire.
In a mail-back area, it happens
when an operator wishes to
mail or claims to have mailed
the questionnaire to an address
other than the address on the
return envelope. Again, if all
attempts failed to complete the
questionnaire by personal
interview, the CR completed a
Form 4A, designating a direct
response.

(iv) Absent Operator

An absent operator is one who
is not at home when the CR
calls and other members of the
household cannot supply
complete or partial infor-
mation. After making the
three required visits to the
household or determining that
the operator would not return
before the end of the
enumeration period, the CR
completed either a Form 4A or
a Form 4B, designating either
a total or partial refusal.

-104-

(e) Change of Operator

In cases where there was a change
of operator during the preceding 12
months, the CR asked the present
operator to estimate as accurately
as possible such items as weeks of
paid labour and sales of
agricultural products for the whole
period.

(f) Managed Land

Hired managers were considered
the operators of the holdings they
managed. The land tenure was
recorded with respect to the
employer of the manager on the
questionnaire. If a hired manager
operated another holding
independently, another question-
naire was completed.

(g) Community Pastures

In 1986 most community pastures
were enumerated directly by Head
Office. To ensure coverage of all
lands, an independent township
plan had been drawn up for each
township in the Prairies indicating
the EA boundaries. Community
pasture boundaries were mapped to
signal their exemption from
enumeration by the CRs. However,
CRs were responsible for
enumerating those community
pastures not already pre-identified
on their township plans. For pre-
identified community pastures, a
mailing list was compiled and the
questionnaires were mailed to
respondents along with guidelines
for completing the questionnaire.
The respondents included
provincial administrators of
agencies responsible for
community pastures and the
presidents or secretaries of grazing
associations or co-operatives. In
view of the unique characteristics
of community pastures, separate
editing guidelines were compiled
and telephone follow-up was used
extensively. Questionnaires for
community pastures were also
checked for duplication during
data validation. A total of

7,156,118 acres were reported on
community pastures in Canada in
1986 compared with 5,150,976
acres in 1981, an increase of two
million acres or 38.9%.

(h) Institutional Farms

An Agriculture Questionnaire was
completed for any land used for
agricultural purposes by an
institution such as an
experimental farm, school,
penitentiary, or hospital. All
agricultural products produced on
the farm and used by the
institution were considered sold.
The inmates of an institution were
not included as hired agricultural
labour and the person responsible
for the agricultural operation was
considered the operator and
designated as "manager".
Institutional questionnaires were
edited separately due to their
unique characteristics.

(i) Hutterite Colonies

An Agriculture Questionnaire was
completed for all land operated as a
Hutterite colony. The "boss" was
considered the operator.

(j) Large Corporate Farms

Large corporate farms usually
comprise more than one
agricultural operation. Collection
of data from each of these
operations required the co-
operation of the corporate
headquarters; therefore, special
arrangements were made with the
headquarters to collect data from
each corporate holding without
duplication.

(k) Specified Farms

Specified farms are large farms
with respect to one or more
variables such as cropland area,
total cattle, dairy cows, beef cows,
total pigs, sows, total sales, feed
expenses and cash wages. They are
selected based on predetermined
variable limits.

-105-

A 1985 list of specified farms was
obtained from the National Farm
Survey (NFS). To reduce response
burden it was decided that the
Census of Agriculture would
provide the data to the NFS for
1986 for these farms.

9.4 Head Office Processing System

The Head Office Processing system
(HOP) comprised a control system, as
well as document preparation, data
capture and microfilming operations.

(1) Operators Residing Outside the
EA

When the CR identified an
agricultural holding operated by
someone living outside the EA, this
operator was not listed in the
Visitation Record (VR) since he/she
would be identified and
enumerated in the EA in which
he/she lived.

When the CR did not know
whether the operator was a
resident or a non-resident operator,
or when the CR was sure the
operator was non-resident in the
EA in which he/she lived, this
operator was listed on a Form 6D
(Agriculture Land Referral Form).
The Census Representative
completed Part I of a Form 6D for
any non-resident operator living
outside the EA. Then the Form 6D
was forwarded through the field
organization to the CR responsible
for the EA in which the operator
lived. This CR completed Part II of
the Form 6D and ensured that a
questionnaire was completed for
the operation. One copy of the
Form 6D was inserted in the
questionnaire and one copy
forwarded to the Census
Commissioner or Census Area
Manager to inform them of the
enumerated land.

Strict control of Forms 6D was
maintained to ensure forwarding to
the proper CR and to confirm the
land area, listed as operated,
appeared on the respondent's
questionnaire.

9.4.1 Control System

The control system ensured a smooth
flow of census documents to and from the
work units in the Head Office. The
control system comprised receiving and
distribution, separation, . registration
and library operations.

(a) Receiving and Distribution

This operation received shipments
of documents from the Regional
Offices (ROs) and distributed these
and other documents to the work
units. The shipment invoices were
received in advance of the actual
shipments, which were dated and
filed by Regional Office name and
number. Upon notification from
the Census Dock Master, the
shipments were picked up and
delivered to the receiving and
distribution area. Then the
contents of each box were verified
against the enclosed shipment
invoice. Discrepancies were
resolved and the Regional Office
notified. The date the shipment
was received was stamped on the
shipment invoice, which was then
filed with its advance copy. The
envelopes were forwarded to the
separation unit for further
processing. Additional functions
performed by the receiving and
distribution operation were
assembling batches for document
preparation, collecting folders
from document preparation,
assembling data capture lots and
distributing documents to edit
operation areas.

-106-

(b) Separation Operation

This operation separated the
Agriculture Questionnaires

(Forms 6) from the other
documents contained in the 6A
envelopes. The other documents
were:

Form 6B, a list of farms in
mail-back areas from the 1981
Census (this list was provided
to the Population Mail-back
Enumerator to identify farms
in the cities with population of
10,000 or more);

0 Form 6C, a list of farms in
mail-back areas for the 1986
Census prepared by the
Population Mail-back

Enumerator based on Form
6B;

Form 6D, Agriculture Land
Referral Form;

Form 4A, Missing

Questionnaire Card;

Form 4B, Incomplete
Questionnaire Card;

« township plans;

° an extra land description sheet;

0 a letter of comment from the
farm operator; and

° copies of Visitation Records.

Envelopes were opened in the
separation operation where the
documents were separated and
counted. Counts of Forms 6,
cancelled Forms 6 and Forms 4A
were recorded on the envelope
(Form 6A) under the heading for
'Head Office' counts. The Head
Office counts were compared with
the Regional Office counts and
discrepancies resolved. The
geographic identification codes on
the envelopes and the respective
Forms 6 were compared and
corrected if required. Then, field
forms were placed in files and

used for reference purposes.
Missing Questionnaire Cards
(Forms 4A) were sent to the
referral unit for further processing.
Also, questionnaire identification
numbers (labels) were applied to
all completed questionnaires.
Documents attached to the
individual Form 6 were removed,
processed as required, and filed by
the Form 6 identification number.
During labelling the direct
response questionnaires were sent
to the referral unit for edit and
follow-up. Similarly, letters of
comments from the farm operator
that warranted a reply were also
turned over to the referral unit for
a response. The labelled

questionnaires were returned to
their envelopes and the completed
envelopes then forwarded for data
entry (registration).

Registration consisted of entering
the identification data from 6A
envelopes and the enclosed
questionnaires into the control file
system. The control file was used
to monitor the movement of
Agriculture Questionnaires
between operations and to compile
reports on that activity.

(d) Library

The library operation kept the
documents in order and available
to Head Office staff The operation
involved storing the 6A envelopes
and documents, and servicing
requests for envelopes and
documents. The document storage
in the library was divided into 'hold
areas' and 'province' areas. The
hold areas stored the 6A envelopes
and the folders for "document
preparation' and "data capture'.
The province area stored the
questionnaires after data capture.
In general terms, the servicing of
requests included the assembly,
transfer, return and filing of
documents for document
preparation, data capture,
identification edits, clerical edits,
referrals, subject-matter edits,
purging and data validation

-107-

operations. After each assembly of
documents for transfer, the library
audit trail form was completed to
keep track of the documents.

9.4.2 Document Preparation

Document preparation clarified answers
provided by respondents to facilitate
efficient data entry. Responses were
checked for clarity, completeness and
accuracy. Written alterations were
made, while leaving the original
responses intact to ensure that all
information on the form could be
captured.

9.4.3 Data Capture

Data capture, or data entry, converted
data on the questionnaires into
machine-readable form. The data entry
program allowed for on-line edits and
100% verification of selected fields. This
program also produced a file of
identifiers for the entered records that
was matched to the Head Office
processing system control file to verify
the transfer of the records to the edit
project.

9.4.4 Microfilming

An image of the completed
questionnaire was produced on
microfilm to preserve the original data
in a small space for future reference.

who asked questions or made thoughtful
comments. Fifth, the unit had the
ultimate responsibility for all additions
and deletions of questionnaires. Before
the 1986 Census data base was closed,
the unit conducted a purging operation
that identified and cancelled duplicate
questionnaires for the same agricultural
holding.

9.6 Edit System

The edit system resolved problems with
the geographic identification of the farm
operators' residence and the farm
headquarters. It also corrected data
entry errors and respondent errors, and
assigned values using the data internal
to the record, identified records for donor
imputation, and converted data into one
unit of measurement. The system
comprised identification edits, clerical
edits, subject-matter referrals, internal
imputations, subject-matter edits and
data conversion.

9.6.1 Identification Edits

Identification edits identified and
corrected any errors related to the
geographic location of the farm
operator's residence and the farm
headquarters. The edits ensured that a
unit of measurement was reported
consistently throughout each
questionnaire and clarified
unintelligible values that could not be
keyed during data capture. A total of
55,042 identification edit failures were
resolved.

9.5 Referrals

The referral unit provided the subject-
matter knowledge or professional
judgement, when required, to document
preparation, identification, and clerical
edits operations. Second, the unit was
responsible for ensuring completion of
special enumeration procedures of
subuniverses such as community
pastures, institutions, specified farms,
large corporate farms, Indian reserves,
etc. Third, the unit resolved special
enumeration situations including total
refusal (Form 4A), partial refusal (Form
4B), direct response and field
cancellation of questionnaires. Fourth,
the unit responded to farm operators

9.6.2 Clerical Edits

Clerical edits identified and corrected
data entry errors. In addition, the edits
identified fields where parts did not
equal the total, and identified
inequalities between fields that were
supposed to be equal, or identified a field
greater than a predetermined maximum
value.

Each record was passed through a
computerized clerical edit after
completing the identification edits. All
changes performed by the clerks at this
stage were recorded on an evaluation
file, which was used to produce tables

-108-

showing the effect of changes on each 9.6.6

variable at the clerical edit stage.
Approximately 486,000 edits required
checking during this operation.

9.6.3 Subject-matter Referrals

This operation provided subject-matter
knowledge or professional judgement as
required. The referrals arose from
failure of identification edits and clerical 9.7

edits. The referrals from identification
edits required, for instance, resolution of
questions related to the type of
organization, off-farm work and units of
measurement. Examples of referrals
from clerical edits include total operated
land not equal to total land used, and
total cattle and calves equal to total pure
bred registered cattle and calves.
Experts resolved the referred problems
and completed the relevant corrections
on the error report.

9.6.4 Internal Imputations

The object was to make a record
internally consistent by using other data
on the record. The types of internal
imputations performed were entering
the sum of the parts in a total,
transferring a value in one field to
another equivalent field, correcting yes 9.8

or no boxes by identifying presence or
absence of data in a section and
identifying records that required donor
imputation.

9.6.5 Subject-matter Edits

These edits were designed to identify
unacceptable values or relationships
between variables. Experts examined
the edit failures related to his/her area
of expertise and indicated the updates to
the individual records on the error
report when warranted. These updates
were recorded on an evaluation file
which was used to produce tables
showing the effect changes had on each
variable at the subject-matter edit stage.
A total of 206,000 subject-matter edit
failures were examined.

Data Conversion

The respondent could report the farm
area in acres, hectares or arpents.
Greenhouse and mushroom area could
be reported in square metres or square
feet. For aggregation purposes, hectares
and arpents were converted to acres, and
square metres were converted to square
feet.

Donor Imputations

Where follow-up contacts were
unsuccessful in obtaining missing
information, and systematic checking of
the census questionnaire failed to
resolve problems of inconsistent data, a
computerized imputation procedure was
used to determine reasonable
approximations to the actual values. A
sophisticated technique determined the
record most similar to the one requiring
imputation, and the value reported for
that farm was entered into the invalid
record.

A total of 294,053 records were
processed, out of which 126,779 (43%)
required some donor imputation and
166,563 (57%) belonged to the donor
population. In general, imputed values
account for a very small proportion of
the overall census totals.

Data Validation

The objective of data validation was to
assess the accuracy of the census
numbers by comparing the aggregate
data to independent sources and
historical data. Subject-matter analysts
prepared a written analysis including a
recommendation regarding the release
of data for each province. These reports
were presented to the Certification
Committee for review and final decision.

(a) Assignment of Subject-matter
Variables

Essentially, the analysts
responsible for the subject-matter
edits were also responsible for the
data validation of their variables.
Analysts from all sections of the
Agriculture Division participated
in the validation operation.

-109-

(b) Analysis Tabulations

(i) Standard Tables

In general, the following tables
were provided to all validators
for the analysis of their
variables.

Comparison Tables: These
tables included 1986 and 1981
Census variable values and the
percentage change at the
provincial, census division and
the consolidated census sub-
division levels.

Top Contributors: The top 25
variable values in descending
order by province were
tabulated along with the name
and address of each.

Impact of Processing Reports:
These reports summarised the
processing effect after the
clerical, internal imputation,
subject-matter edit and donor
imputation stages. These
reports were produced by
province and variable.

(ii) Special Tabulations

The validators could request
special tabulations to meet
their particular analytical
needs. These requests
generally comprised additional
top contributor tables.

Subject-matter experts analysed
the data to arrive at a
recommendation regarding
acceptability for release by:

o matching top contributors to
independent lists if such lists
existed for that variable;

comparing changes over time
where questions had been
asked in previous censuses;

analysing relationships of data
to other variables, such as for
wages and weeks of hired
labour;

9.9

» comparing data with other
surveys or administrative
sources;

° assessing the significance of
the impact of processing.

(d) Submission to the Certification
Committee

The Certification Committee was
composed of senior economists at
the Agriculture Division including
the director, assistant director,
section chiefs, census manager, a
methodologist and the data
validation project manager. The
committee discussed the analysis
of each commodity expert in a
series of meetings for each
province. The results of the
discussion were recorded and
recommendations were either
accepted or referred for further
study. After completion of this
process, all variables from the 1986
Census were released although a
number of field crop variables were
combined and several cautionary
notes were drafted for publication
with certain of the variables.

Derived Variables and Farm
Product Typing

These variables were derived by
computer processing from the reported
data and added to the individual records.

(a) Derived Variables

Derived variables were created to
ease retrieval for publications and
user requests. For example, when
the reported areas of all spring
wheats on a questionnaire such as
'hard red spring wheat', 'durum
wheat', 'utility wheat', 'soft white
spring wheat' and 'other semi-
dwarf spring wheats' were added, a
new variable 'total area spring
wheat' resulted. This derived
variable was added to the record for
future use. Thus, some variables
were derived by adding certain
related variables as reported.
Another method of derivation
was to calculate the frequency

-no-

distributions of such variables
as farm capital, improved land,
farm size, etc., and add to the
records a code indicating the
group to which it belonged, e.g.,
farm size 3-9 acres. A total of
63 derived variables were
added.

(b) Farm Product Typing

The objective of farm product
typing was to determine the
predominant production
enterprise of each farm and
assign it to the farm record.

Determining the predominant
production enterprise involved
estimating potential sales from
the inventories of crops and
livestock reported on a
questionnaire. These potential
sales were accumulated to
derive the total potential sales.
The commodity or group of
commodities accounting for
51% or more of the total
potential sales determined the
farm type.

Two sets of farm types were
produced in 1986. A basic set of
12 farm types was presented in
the Census of Agriculture
publications. A further
disaggregation into 31 farm
types comparable to the
Standard Industrial Classi-
fication is available on special
request.

9.10 Agriculture-population Linkage and

Farm Population

The Agriculture-population Linkage
files and the farm population data are
the result of computerized matches
between the Census of Agriculture file
and the Census of Population file.

(a) Background

Computerized matches were
performed using the information
(province, federal electoral district,
enumeration area and household
number) transcribed on both the
Census of Agriculture

questionnaire and the cor-
responding Census of Population
questionnaire by census
representatives during drop-off.

In the Regional Offices, the two
questionnaires were manually
matched and the farm operator's
identification was added to each
Census of Agriculture question-
naire. At the Head Office, an
initial computer match between
the Census of Agriculture file and
the Census of Population file was
conducted to determine the extent
of non-matches. During a manual
operation, the operator's
identification on unmatched
records was updated to increase the
match rate. After this operation,
all inputs were in place to produce
the Agriculture-population
Linkage files and to derive the
farm population data.

(b) Agriculture-population Linkage

Two Agriculture-population Link-
age files were created, a 100% file
and a 20% weighted file. These
files serve to cross-classify the
agricultural characteristics of
farming operations by the socio-
economic characteristics of the
persons, families and households
associated with the operations.

Phase one of the process linked the
Census of Agriculture file and the
Census of Population 2A (100%)
file. The resulting data base
included all agriculture variables
and most of the Census of
Population 2A variables (e.g., sex,
marital status, mother tongue,
dwelling type) for farm operators
only.

-Ill-

Phase two of the process linked the
Census of Agriculture file and the
Census of Population 2B (20%) file.
The resulting data base included
all agriculture variables and most
of the Census of Population 2A and
2B variables (i.e. age, sex, income,
occupation, education, etc.) for all
members of the farm operator
households as well as family
information. This data base
included approximately 60,000
records weighted to represent the
total population of 293,089 farms.

The publication Socio-economic
Characteristics of Farm
Operators, Catalogue No. 96-114,
will be produced using data from
these two data bases. This
publication provides a portrait of
Canada's farm operators and farm
families. Age, gender, education,
labour force characteristics and
sources of income are among the
characteristics shown for farm
operators and their spouses, while
family size, income levels and
sources of income are some of the
characteristics shown for the farm
families. Some of these character-
istics are cross-classified with such
farm operations data as sales and
type of farm.

The characteristics of the farm
population and the farm families
are analysed in Canada's Farm
Population, Catalogue No.
98-133. The publication also
highlights the similarities and
differences between the farm and
non-farm populations.

9.11 Outputs

The 1986 Census of Agriculture data are
available as summary tabulations,
publications, diskettes and magnetic
tapes. In addition, the farm level data
can be custom-designed to user
specifications on a cost-recovery basis.
All outputs of the Census of Agriculture
must conform to confidentiality
requirements. A data quality report is
publicly available. This report evaluates
quality in terms of coverage and
reliability of data.

9.11.1 Summary Tabulations

The summary tabulations, the first set
of tabulations made available, contain
totals and number of farms reporting for
all variables and provide data at all
geographic levels down to the census
consolidated subdivision. For the
convenience of users, pre-packaged sets
of all 37 summary tabulations are
available at the national and provincial
levels. Provincial sets of tabulations
present data at the provincial,
agricultural region, census division and
census consolidated subdivision levels.

The farm population refers to all
persons who were members of farm
operators' households living on
their farms for any length of time
during the 12-month period prior to
the census.

The results of the computer match
between the Census of Agriculture
file and the Census of Population
file were used to identify farm
households on the Census of
Population file and the person(s)
within the farm household who
were farm operators.

9.11.2 Publications

The publications present the 1986
Census of Agriculture data
disaggregated to the census division
level (with the exception of one selected
table at the consolidated census
subdivision level). In addition, the
publications contain selected cross-
classified and historical tables.

The Canada publication contains data at
the provincial level, and the province
publications contain the same tables
with additional subprovincial detail.

-112-

In all, there are 14 publications, which
are listed below:

1. User's Guide. Catalogue No.
96-101

This publication describes the
outputs and how they may be
obtained. It broadly outlines the
census questions and geographical
levels such as census consolidated
subdivision (CCS), census division
(CD), agricultural region (AR),
province (Prov.) and Canada for
which data are available.
Information on confidentiality
requirements, prices and ordering
census products are provided. The
guide includes appendices on user
advisory regional reference
centres, Canadian reference
libraries receiving all Statistics
Canada publications and an order
form.

2. Canada, Catalogue No. 96-102

3. Newfoundland, Catalogue
No. 96-103

4. Prince Edward Island, Catalogue
No. 96-104

5. NovaScotia, Catalogue No. 96-105

6. New Brunswick, Catalogue
No. 96-106

7. Quebec, Catalogue No. 96-107

8. Ontario, Catalogue No. 96-108

9. Manitoba, Catalogue No. 96-109

10. Saskatchewan, Catalogue
No. 96-110

1 1 . Alberta, Catalogue No. 96- 1 1 1

12. British Columbia, Catalogue
No. 96-112

13. A Profile of Canadian Agriculture.
Catalogue No. 96-113

This publication supplements the
standard publications of tabular
data with graphs and maps to give
the results of the 1986 Census of
Agriculture a visual context. It is
intended to serve as a convenient
reference guide as well as an
introduction to Canadian
agriculture. The publication
describes agriculture as a major
industry by providing both a
historical perspective on its
importance to economic
development and a contemporary
perspective on its position today.

14. Socio-economic Characteristics of
Farm Operators. Catalogue No.
96-114

This publication presents the
results of the 1986 Agriculture-
population Linkage.

9.11.3 Diskettes

Diskettes are a new product for the
Census of Agriculture. They present a
machine-readable version of the
summary tabulations. Access to an IBM
or IBM-compatible microcomputer is
required.

9.11.4 Magnetic Tape

Summary tabulations are available on
tape for 1986 data and special requests
can also be provided in this medium.
Generally, magnetic tapes are used if
the volume of data is large and further
analysis by main frame computer is
planned by the data user.

9.11.5 Custom Products

Census data can be manipulated and
reaggregated according to user
specifications. For those users who
require cross-classified data that do not
fall within the standard geographic
classification or who need a distribution
that is not available in any of the
publications, the custom tabulations are
ideal. Requests for data can be
processed for the 1986 Census of
Agriculture as well as those of 1971,
1976 and 1981. However, availability of
data is subject to confidentiality
restraints.

9.11.6 Agriculture-population Linkage
Data Base

This data base serves to meet user
requests for the socio-economic
characteristics of farm operators and
their families.

-113-

9. 1 1.7 Historically Linked Data Base

The censuses of agriculture from 1966 to
1986 have also been. linked historically.
The linkage is accomplished by
matching farms and their operators in
each census with the same farm and
operator in the previous census. This
provides summary data for users
interested in the characteristics of new
farms, farms that stay in operation, and
farms that cease production.

9.11.8 Availability

Orders should quote the catalogue
numbers and titles required.
Payment should be made by cheque
or money order to the Receiver
General for Canada, or users may
use charge accounts. A copy of the
order form is provided in Appendix
III ofthe User's Guide.

Publications are also available in
many bookstores throughout the
country, particularly Government
of Canada "authorized agent"
bookstores. They are also available
at reference libraries across
Canada listed in Appendix II of the
guide.

(a) Publications

Individual publications or
subscriptions may be ordered
through any of the regional
advisory centres listed in Appendix
I ofthe User's Guide or from:

Publications Distribution

Statistics Canada

Ottawa, Ontario

KIA 0T6

Tel.: (613)951-5078

Catalogue

Title

Price ($)

Number

Canada

Other

Countries

96-101

User's Guide

3.00

4.00

96-102

Canada

50.00

51.50

96-103

Newfoundland

44.00

45.50

96-104

Prince Edward
Island

44.00

45.50

96-105

Nova Scotia

50.00

51.50

96-106

New Brunswick 50.00

51.50

96-107

Quebec

66.00

76.00

96-108

Ontario

61.00

71.00

96-109

Manitoba

55.00

56.50

96-110

Saskatchewan

55.00

65.00

96-111

Alberta

55.00

56.50

96-112

British

Columbia

50.00

60.00

96-113A

Profile of
Canadian

Agriculture

50.00

51.00

96-114

Socio-economic
Characteristics
of Farm

Operators

33.00

43.00

(b) Summary Tabulations,
Diskettes and Microfiche

Summary tabulations, diskettes
and microfiche can be ordered
from:

Rick Burroughs

User Services

Agriculture Division

Statistics Canada

Ottawa, Ontario

K1A0T6

Tel.: (613) 951-8711

For the convenience of users, some
of the summary tabulations are
pre-packaged into the following
groups:

(i) Canada: This is a complete set
of all 37 tabulations at Canada
and province level. There are
96 pages in this set for the price
of$192.00.

(ii) Province: There is one set of
tabulations for each' province
which includes data at the
provincial, agricultural region,
census division and census
consolidated subdivision levels.
The number of pages and price
vary by province as indicated
below:

114-

Province

No. of pages

Price ($)

Newfoundland

190

380.00

Prince Edward

Island

190

380.00

Nova Scotia

190

380.00

New Brunswick

380

760.00

Quebec

2,755

5,510.00

Ontario

1,615

3,230.00

Manitoba

570

1,140.00

Saskatchewan

950

1,900.00

Alberta

380

760.00

British Columbia

380

760.00

Summary tabulations can also be
obtained through any of the
regional advisory centres listed in
Appendix I of the User's Guide.

For cross-classified data, data for
non-standard geographic areas,
user-specified summary tabu-
lations and specific data requests
for diskettes, historical data, and
access to other data bases, contact
Rick Burroughs at (613) 951-8711
or the address shown previously.

9.12 Critique and Evaluation

9.12.1 Coverage

A census enumerates every unit in a
population. Considerable time and
effort are used to maximize census
coverage but, invariably, there will be
errors.

Evaluations have shown that the 1986
Census of Population missed
approximately 3.2% of the population
and 2.9% of the households in Canada.

Since persons and households were
missed, it is reasonable to expect that
some farms and farm operators were
also missed since the two censuses were
being carried out together.

The evaluation showed that
undercoverage of farms was relatively
low, perhaps 2 to 5% by province.
However, some farming operations

which are difficult to enumerate may
have higher undercoverage rates. These
include smaller farms, blueberry farms,
beekeeping operations and' community
pastures.

Improved land, such as cropland,
summer fallow and improved pasture,
was well covered by the census. The
majority of land missed was woodland,
native pasture, range land and other
unimproved land. These land classes
are more for marginal agricultural use.

9,12.2 Response Errors

The Census of Agriculture
questionnaire was carefully worded by
subject-matter experts and field tested
before Census Day to ensure questions
were clear and concise. Some response
errors were uncovered, but few
questions posed major problems.

The census received excellent co-
operation from farmers, obtaining 99.6%
response rate from those enumerated.
Farmers, for the most part, understood
the concepts and were able to respond
accurately. The high rate of response,
coupled with the editing procedures,
have produced high quality estimates.

Subject-matter experts considered the
census values for the following items to
be the best available data, and most
have been used directly as benchmarks
for the intercensal estimates: wheat,
oats, barley, hay, summer fallow, mixed
grains, corn, rye, buckwheat, fiax seed,
soybeans, sunflowers, canola, mustard
seed, canary seed, forage crops, potatoes,
field peas, field beans, lentils,
vegetables, area devoted to the
production of nursery and greenhouse
products, cattle, pigs, sheep, hens and
pullets, turkeys, number and value of
automobiles and farms trucks, total
value of all machinery and equipment,
value of land and buildings, and most
farm expenditures.

A full report on the Data Quality
Evaluation of the 1986 Census of
Agriculture is available upon request
from Agriculture Division, Statistics
Canada.

-115-

10.

PUBLICITY
RELATIONS

AND PUBLIC

10.1

Publicity and public relations efforts for
the 1986 Census were carried out in two
phases. Prior to the census, the Public
Communications Program (PCP)
supported the census collection phase;
and subsequent to it, the Census
Marketing Project promoted output of
the census data base.

Public Communications Program

10.1.1 Scope and Objectives

The overall mandate of the Public
Communications Program (PCP) was to
promote public support for the 1986
Census. The stated goals of the
program were to ensure the
enumeration of 100% of the Canadian
population, and to elicit the highest
quality responses within established
operational time frames and budgets.

The major objectives were:

0 to inform and motivate the public
to accurately complete and return
in a timely fashion the Census of
Population and the Census of
Agriculture questionnaires for
Census Day, June 3, 1986;

• to reach poor response and
undercoverage sectors to improve
the number and quality of their
returns;

to reassure Canadians that their
replies were valuable and would be
kept strictly confidential as
provided for by the Statistics Act;

» to anticipate controversial issues
and develop communication
strategies to manage them;

to build a base of goodwill and to
promote the continued awareness
of ongoing STC activities. This
base would be built upon to market
1986 Census products and services,
and to promote the 1991 Census.

Two significant factors limited the scope
and direction of the 1986 Census public
communications campaign, namely,
budget reductions of over 50% and a
policy decision to eliminate paid
advertising. This led to the development
of promotional activities that
concentrated on tapping existing
goodwill and support from government
and private sector census users (i.e.
third party endorsements) and the
provision of free Public Service
Announcements (PSAs) for use by the
media. Voluntary donations of time and
space resulted in some commercial
advertising.

10.1.2 Organization and Resource

The total approved public
communications budget for the 1986
Census was $2,067,232, which
constituted only 44% of the 1981 budget
for this activity, or less than 2% of the
overall budget for the census. Statistics
Canada was able to capitalize on the
broad awareness and high regard
generated by ongoing STC activities.
Additional economies were achieved by
reusing or updating some 1981
materials and written products.

A public relations consultant was hired
in the summer of 1984, and a task
manager and project manager were
appointed the following year. The
public communications team was
subsequently staffed through a mix of
interdepartmental secondments,
internal special assignments, inter-
divisional loans, term appointments and
the summer student employment
program. Time savings incurred by
these measures avoided significant
delays in staffing.

10.1.3 Program Content

The program was planned and
implemented as a joint headquarters-
regional office activity. Experience from
the previous census and reaction to the
1984 cancellation and reinstatement
of the 1986 Census indicated that
many Canadian organizations were well
disposed towards the census and towards
actively supporting its promotion. The

116-

challenge was to obtain maximum
benefit from this interest by identifying
and approaching key groups and
organizations, and by developing
persuasive and cost-effective means of
achieving the objectives. The content
was determined, bearing in mind that
third party advertisement is best
achieved if the promotion easily fits in
the existing advertising and com-
munication activities of the sponsor.

The components of the Public
Communications Program were as
follows:

1. Public Sector Sponsorship

The public sector sponsorship
program was built on the premise
that other federal, provincial and
municipal levels of government
were sufficiently interested to
actively support the program by
donating the use of existing
avenues of communications to
reach their employees as well as
the public. The approach was to
add the census message to existing
communication channels.

Key activities included estab-
lishing contact with:

» senior levels in all federal
government departments
through direct communication
by the Minister, the Chief
Statistician and the Census
Project Manager;

Provincial and Territorial
Focal Points; the Focal Points
also provided support to
Regional Office activities;

Supply and Services Canada, to
assist in the development of
PSAs and other audio-visual
materials;

various departments who
overprinted envelopes with
'June 3 Census Day' or other
similar identification which
met the requirements
established by the Federal
Identity Program;

Health and Welfare Canada,
which is a key vehicle for direct
contact with Canadian
households. This department
distributed cheque inserts;
provided material on the
census to various

organizations; provided free
access to its photo library and
provided assistance in
completing specialty materials;
and distributed posters to their
northern medical stations to
promote the Northern Census;

o other federal departments at
both the national and regional
levels.

2. Association Sponsorship

In 1981, approximately 50 national
organizations were contacted by
the Ministry. For 1986, 762
associations were identified for
ministerial contact. Inclusion on
this list depended on membership
numbers and identification of
target groups, according to the
broad categories of youth, the
elderly, unions, women's groups,
disabled persons, professionals,
sports organizations, ethnic
groups, religious groups, and
health associations. Contact points
were established to help officers
meet with target groups. The
National Advisory Committee,
composed of prominent Canadians
from influential sectors, was also
formed. Members advised on the
most effective means of
communication and were often
spokespersons in their

communities or associations.

Contact was also made with local
associations by Regional Office
staff.

3. Corporation Sponsorship

The private sector accounts for just
under 50% of the users of Statistics
Canada's electronic products and,
increasingly, marketing has
focused on this sector. In 1986,
heavy emphasis was placed on
ways and means of effecting a
strong and co-operative voice with
business.

-117-

Over 1,000 organizations were
identified, based on size in terms of
sales and number of employees.
The companies chosen were
categorized by industrial sector,
and included particularly those in
the manufacturing, transportation,
communications/ services and food
industries.

4. The Census of Agriculture

Since the Census of Agriculture
took place concurrently with the
Census of Population, the same
staff of Census Commissioners and
Representatives were involved in
data collection. All agricultural
data were captured in Ottawa.

The public communications team
co-ordinated efforts with a public
relations person from the Census of
Agriculture who was responsible
for the agricultural component of
the mail-out campaign and the
distribution of materials. In most
cases, the Census of Agriculture
theme complemented the basic
message of the Census of
Population.

5. Aboriginal Peoples Program

Special funds from the Aboriginal
Peoples Program were allocated to
Statistics Canada to achieve a high
level of awareness and
participation among native Indian,
Inuit and Metis populations across
Canada.

This program was personally
administered by the Census Project
Manager. A full-time media officer
was seconded from Indian and
Northern Affairs to work on the
Northern Census (held in March
1988) and subsequently with the
native liaison officers and reserves
for June 3 Census Day coverage.
Several audio-visual presentations
and posters were prepared by
outside contractors. Distribution
and warehousing were done by the
Public Communications Project.

Further details of the Aboriginal
Peoples Program, including the
early enumeration, are presented
in Section 11.4.

6. Target Groups

Premised on the hypothesis that
85% of the Canadian public would
reply positively when given
appropriate encouragement, the
remaining 15%, which was divided
into target groups, would be
difficult to enumerate for three
reasons: because of physical
location (street people, transient
youth); because of communication
problems, i.e. language or socio-
ethnic barriers; or because of
apathy or resistance in which case
people would not respond at all.

Early in the planning phase, a list
of target groups was determined.
Where a group could be identified
through some kind of organization
(socio-ethnic, youth club, etc.),
promotion was organized. The
ethno-cultural groups contacted
were quite supportive. Regional
Office staff interacted with the
major communities in their
regions. Community leaders
became effective spokespersons on
behalf of the census. Help centres,
staffed with translators, were
located within the communities, in
order to support materials.
Similarly, the support from
community groups for the aged and
pensioner organizations was good.

Special promotional work among
youth, including dissemination of a
youth poster, contact with youth
organizations and a radio
promotion campaign contracted to
the Canadian Co-ordinating
Council on Youth, helped to reach
this group. Youth radio and TV
paid advertising might have had a
more significant impact.

-118-

Some special promotion and
contact was undertaken with
women's groups and labour
organizations. A letter to such
groups, followed by a personal
contact, netted support in the form
of the use of census promotional
materials, piggybacking of mail-
outs, etc. Smaller organizations
were generally willing to co-
operate but the impact of this
dissemination medium appears to
have been less than in the ethno-
cultural communities.

7. The Regional Programs

The Regional Offices prepared
individual public communication
plans based on their previous
experiences and on coverage and
quality reports for their regions.
Following two planning con-
ferences in Ottawa, a
Regional/Head Office accord was
struck providing for strategy and
responsibilities. Head Office
undertook the materials support,
media co-ordination, speakers'
bureau support, most of the basic
backgrounder writing, and all
senior-level contact. Regions took
responsibility for most of the initial
contact and subsequent follow-up
with company offices.

Each region's public com-
munications activities were a
distinct and separate campaign,
largely reflecting the needs of that
region and the opportunities
available. For example, in
Western Canada, an innovative
orientation led to many new and
effective forms of support from
railway car advertising to stickers
on meat packages. Quebec execu-
ted a highly successful and well-
planned media tour. British
Columbia obtained provincial
government-sponsored advertising
in support of the census. A special
Census Day event was held at
EXPO on June 3 to promote the
census; the event was televised
nationally. Ontario developed a
local ethnic panel and directed a
letter appeal to thousands of

regional organizations. Census
posters, pencils, mugs and Indian
art buttons were a feature of both
the British Columbia and Toronto
campaigns.

8. Media Strategy

Although the policy of no paid
advertising limited the manner in
which the media were to become
involved, the mass media were well
recognized as the single most
effective means of reaching, both
for awareness and co-operation, the
majority of Canadians. The media
strategy for the national program
concerned itself with national
media as well as contingency
support to regions where local
issues could have national
implications. The result was a pro-
active media campaign to approach
identified national mass media
(TV, radio, print).

Media relations were integrated
with the regular activities of
Communications Division. A
media officer was assigned in 1984
to the task team working with the
PR consultant.

The early priority was the
Northern Census for which news
and promotional angles were
exploited. For example, CBC
Northern Services (Ottawa)
broadcasted public service
announcements (PSAs) on its radio
and TV networks to promote the
early enumeration in the North.
Statistics Canada sponsored a
women's cross-country ski team in
the winter games in the Yukon,
prepared a video as part of the
Aboriginal Peoples' Program, and
did some pro-active promotion of
unconventional transportation in
reaching people in out-of-the-way
locations. Posters were designed
and distributed. The Inuit
Broadcasting Corporation aired a
promotional video three times as
part of their Sunday public affairs
program and during interviews.

-119-

The media team then made
preparations for the upcoming
Census Day promotion, starting
with news releases, media kits,
feature articles. Census FACTS,
Quick FACTS, Inklings, PSAs and
meetings with key administrators
and policy decision makers in the
various media. Media organ-
izations received a ministerial
letter, requesting support, which
was followed by selective visits
from senior agency personnel.
Media tours were conducted and
high-level staff gave detailed
briefings for the media. Talk
shows, press conferences and the
like contributed to the creation of
the general positive mood in the
weeks before the census. The
coverage received was extremely
good, in spite of the lack of paid
advertising.

The traditional use of PSAs on
radio and TV was more restrained
in 1986 than in 1981 (because in
1981 air time was also purchased)
and the networks have since
indicated that they will not
continue to support PSAs for
government program promotion.
Despite these problems,
significant media coverage was
obtained, among both dailies and
community newspapers. The vast
majority of this coverage occurred
prior to Census Day when the
census was a major news story.
News coverage declined
significantly after Census Day.

A contingency plan was developed
for what might have been adverse
publicity over items such as
operational failures, con-
fidentiality concerns, etc. In
addition, a contingency media-buy
strategy was developed in case a
last-minute emergency situation
required a change in the paid
advertising policy. A number of
media crises did occur, but they
were handled effectively without
major repercussions.

Materials

Printed Materials

A wide variety of written materials
were produced, including
background pieces on specific
census topics, general or
ministerial correspondence,
articles for the media and targeted
group audiences, promotional
brochures, posters, speech material
and specialty pieces for regional or
local use. Over 25 million
individual promotional items,
mostly inserts, were distributed
across Canada. A professional
artist was assigned to the census
and the materials created were of a
high quality and innovative
design. The major design
challenge was to develop materials
that depicted the old, the young,
the west, the east, the ethnic
population, males, females,
aboriginals, etc. The resulting
materials were widely used; stocks
of every promotional item were
quickly depleted and reprints of
several of the more popular items
were required.

Audio-visual Materials

As part of the Public
Communications Program, three
types of audio-visual productions
were made: a slide show, a musical
video and video PSAs.

The slide show was based on one
produced for the 1981 Census. It
was updated and enhanced to
include new technologies for
output delivery products and more
references to the Census of
Agriculture. In addition, it
balanced the photo and audio
expressions of both genders and a
range of minority groups. Six
English and six French copies were
made for a total of $6,000.

Further efforts in Ottawa
concentrated on the production of
videos. A $100,000 contract was
negotiated with Spectel Video, Inc.,
a Montreal video production house.

120-

Its purpose was to emphasize the
primary message: "Census - June 3
- Count Yourself In" and other
supportive messages, including
confidentiality and usefulness of
the census to Canada as a whole
and to individuals.

The final result was three versions:
three minutes, 30 seconds and 15
seconds in length, in both video and
35 mm editions, in English and
French. These played to mixed
reviews.

The Regional Offices in British
Columbia and the Prairies
developed a series of videos
involving well known personalities
endorsing the census. A series of
similar videos were developed in
Ottawa for French language
media. These testimonial videos
were very popular.

10.1.4 Critique and Evaluation

The 1986 Census Public
Communications Program was a
success. All operational objectives were
met or exceeded and mail-back return
rates - an early indicator - were good.
On the basis of relative costs of
promotion and the basic return rate, the
1986 Census was very successful.

The last two censuses have shown that
active community-level promotion of the
census message works. It should be
continued as a vital pre-Census Day
activity. Components of such a
campaign should include the same
elements as in 1986 (federal, provincial
and municipal government, private
sector, associations and special interest
groups) and be based as much as possible
in the Regional Offices.

By its very nature, the census is difficult
to promote. It requires enough advance
publicity to create awareness at a
significantly higher level than
otherwise can be expected between
census days. . However, feedback from
the Regional Offices and through
communications received at Head Office
indicate that information around
Census Day about drop-off, pick-up,
reminders to return census forms, etc.,
was lacking in the two days prior to

10.2

Census Day and for the following two-
week period. This kind of promotional
reminder could best have been
accomplished with a directed paid
advertising campaign.

In conclusion, paid advertising should be
a central part of the promotion of the
census. To be cost-effective to the
essential collection activities, it could be
targeted to a very limited period
starting within one or two days of
Census Day and continuing for a period
of up to two weeks after.

Census Marketing Project

10.2.1 Scope and Objectives

The Census Marketing Project was
designed to build on the success of the
Public Communications Program. It
was given the responsibility of
developing the necessary strategies and
materials to market 1986 Census
products and services. This was to be
done in such a way that existing
relationships with key census clients
were strengthened and relationships
with potential client groups developed.
Included in the promotion of census
products and services was the
responsibility of planning the major
releases of data.

The project's objectives were:

to generate $10 million revenue
from the sale of census products
and services;

» to promote and encourage the
increased use of census data among
select target groups;

» to integrate census marketing
activities with the ongoing
marketing activities of the agency;
and

to maintain and build on the base
of support established through the
1986 Census Public Commu-
nications Program in preparation
for the 1991 Census.

-121-

To accomplish these goals, the
Marketing Project established a
strategic framework based on two
important assumptions: first, that the
census is a service and second, that
census marketing activities must be
integrated with ongoing marketing
activities in the agency.

Promoting the census as a service
emphasized that the census data base
was an important tool to solve the data
problems of individuals. This service
was provided by a flexible range of
products, personalized customer service
and commitment to the customer.

To integrate census and other agency
marketing activities, the project began
the strategic planning process by
establishing working groups. Members
of these groups were drawn from
Communications Division, Census
Operations, Regional Operations,
Advisory Services and Publications
Division. The overall coordination of the
project was the responsibility of the
Census Marketing Project, in the
Communications Division.

Detailed information regarding the
Census Marketing Project was
documented in "A Strategic Plan for
Marketing the Products and Services of
the 1986 Census", Communications
Division, December 1986. An operating
plan was subsequently developed and is
briefly described below.

10.2.2 Promotion of Products and Services

The flexibility of the census service
permitted the development of different
marketing strategies. Promotions were
developed for specific target groups,
focussing on client groups most
interested in purchasing. Offering
products designed to meet clients'
specific needs was expected to produce
higher sales and allow a stronger, more
loyal relationship with that target
group.

An existing client base was one of the
most important assets to the
organization. It provided valuable
historical information on clients past
and present, as well as insight into who
might be potential clients. The
Marketing Project used the existing
base of information when identifying
most attractive segments of the market
and most effectively served by the
census service. The existing client base
included:

» customer service clients;
» 1981 publication buyers;
» 1981 user summary tape buyers;

1986 Public Communications

supporters;

1991 Consultation Participants.

The clients were further categorized as
follows:

corporations and small business;
» associations;
» municipalities;
» provincial governments;
» federal government departments;

depository libraries;
» foreign markets;
» educational institutions;

general public.

Target audiences for the census service
were informed of developments through
a variety of means. In all instances the
approach was carefully tailored to meet
the needs and interests of the respective
client group. The methods used included
the following:

targeted mailings demonstrating
business uses and themes of
interest of census data, and the
flexibility of the product line to
meet their needs;

consultation sessions with
customer services staff or data
consultants in the Regional Offices;
training sessions, speaking
platforms and information
seminars on census subjects and
statistical techniques pertinent to
users' data requirements;
o placement of articles in national
and international journals,
magazines, association com-
munication vehicles and other
print media promoting census
services;

-122-

consultation with provincial and
territorial focal points on their
requirements;

information dissemination through
existing Statistics Canada
communications vehicles and
provincial newsletters;
development of a specific census
marketing newsletter entitled
'Focus for the Future';
mailings to MPs and senators;
information exchanges with
statistical agencies of other
countries;

media releases, fillers and articles,
which continue to keep the census
and its results in the news;
distribution to Depository
Libraries to meet public data
requirements; and .
placement of promotional
materials in public places such as
libraries, government offices,
universities, federal bookstores
and authorized dealers.

The real marketing challenge arose
during the periods between the major
releases, when relations were
established with target audiences,
either through the media, speakers'
bureau, training workshops, or direct
mail packages. No matter what
combination of media was chosen,
clients had to be attracted and then
transformed into committed users of the
census service.

10.2.4 Management Information System

The Management Information System
provided senior managers with
information on the dissemination and
marketing activities from the 1986
Census. The reports, called Tracking
Reports, were produced quarterly. They
described activities, and where possible,
measured their impact in a quantitative
fashion.

10.2.3 Data Releases

The Marketing Project co-ordinated the
strategic planning of each release as
well as the production of marketing
information materials for use on the day
of release. Included among this was the
writing and producing of the Daily,
STC's vehicle for announcing releases,
as well as the designing of data
packages and kits. Throughout the
entire census cycle, the Marketing
Project co-ordinated the design
requirements for census publications.

The release of census data occurred in
four waves beginning with the interim
population and dwelling counts in
January 1987, followed by the final
population and dwelling counts in April
1987, the 2A data base (100% data) in
July 1987, and the 2B data base (20%
data) beginning in December 1987, and
ending in April 1988.

10.2.5 Critique and Evaluation

Initial indications are that the Census
Marketing Project has been very
successful in encouraging use of census
products and services among selected
target audiences. This can be measured
by the high demand for the marketing
newsletter. Focus for the Future, and
the number of inquiries received from
business reply cards, interactive
computer shows and the mail-back
coupons in the general brochure.

When Regional Offices have identified
marketing needs in their areas. Census
Marketing has not only been able to
respond quickly and efficiently with
promotional plans and materials, but
has successfully adapted materials to
suit regional needs across the country.
The continued positive response to
promotions has increased mailing lists
regularly and provided supportive
clients for 1991 Census Public
Communications efforts.

-123-

The organization and preparation of
dedicated Daily issues to mark each of
the data releases for the 1986 Census
contributed to wide public exposure of
the value of census information. In
addition, all of the dedicated issues were
compiled under separate cover and were
used successfully with the educational
market as well as for general marketing
purposes.

Census Marketing has provided
Regional Offices with materials and
assistance to integrate its activities with
regional initiatives. Joint projects
include promotional sheets for education
conferences, special promotions of
geographic products and publications
and training materials. Co-operative
projects with other divisions have also
met with enthusiastic response. These
include the development of 2A
catalogues and special order forms with
Publications Division, information
packages developed for Electronic Data
Dissemination Division, and a variety of
promotional sheets prepared for
Geography and Geocartographics.

A full evaluation of the project will be
undertaken at the end of the 1989-1990
fiscal year.

-125-

11. SELECTED ISSUES

11.1 Legal and Statutory Aspects

The population of Canada by province,
electoral district and enumeration area
is required by the Electoral Boundaries
Readjustment Act to determine federal
and provincial electoraP boundaries for
the purpose of equal representation
within each province.

Requirements for census data are found
in many acts and statutes. Some, like
the Constitution Act, are sweeping in
scope. Others have a more local context
such as the Library Act of Nova Scotia.

Under the British North America Act of
1867, the taking of a census every 10
years became a constitutional
requirement binding the federal
government. Consequently, the first
national decennial census was taken in
1871 to establish the boundaries of
federal constituencies, to ensure fair
representation by population in the
federal parliament. This census
enumerated the population of the four
original provinces of Nova Scotia, New
Brunswick, Quebec and Ontario.

A quinquennial census was introduced
in 1906 for the Prairie provinces of
Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta to
measure the rapid growth. As a result of
major demographic changes taking
place during and after World War II, the
first nation-wide Census of Agriculture
and Population was introduced in 1956,
subsequently replacing the mid-decade
census of the Prairie provinces.

The "legally required" data for a census
are made explicit in the Statistics Act
(1971). It requires that a Census of
Population be taken every five years,
and that population counts of each
federal electoral district be determined.
Similarly, Statistics Canada must take
the Census of Agriculture every five
years. Questionnaire content is
prescribed by the Governor General in
Council and must be published in the
Canada Gazette not later than thirty
days after it is finalized.

In addition to those legal demands
stated in the Statistics Act, other federal
legislation has direct and indirect
impact on the census and its content.

The Representation Act provides for the
number of members to represent the
provinces in the House of Commons,
based on the population as ascertained
by each decennial census.

The Old Age Securitv Act states that the
Minister of National Health and
Welfare is entitled to information on age
of any pensioner or applicant for a
pension from the returns of any census
taken more than thirty years before the
date of the request. Similar
requirements may be found in the
Canada Pension Plan Act, the Blind
Persons Act and the Disabled Persons
Act.

The Federal-provincial Fiscal
Rearrangements and Federal Post-
secondary Education and Health
Contribution Act requires that
population counts from the census be
used to calculate the distribution of
transfer payments from federal to
provincial governments, including
equalization grants, assistance for
postsecondary education and grants to
hospitals and other health programs.

Other acts such as the Emplovment
Equity Act and the Canadian Human
Rights Act also mention the provision of
information on individuals or groups, for
which the census, although not
specified, is a logical source.

There are many other requirements for
census data under Canadian law, and a
partial list is given in Appendix I of the
Census Handbook (Cat. No. 99-104).
As well, further information is given in
Appendix I of A Strategic Plan for the
1991 Census. G. Goldmann, November
20, 1987.

-126-

11.2

Census Geography

11.2.2 Geographic Concepts and
Delineation of Areas

11.2.1 Background

Before data collection can take place,
geographic boundaries must be drawn to
define the area of responsibility (i.e.
enumeration area) for each Census
Representative. Once collection and
processing have been completed, data
are disseminated by geographic areas
ranging from the entire country to
individual communities and
neighbourhoods. Geographic coding
occurs in many census operations. The
Geography Division maintains the
geographic structures that support
census taking. This division:

defines standard geographic
concepts and delineates areas for
which census data will be provided;

delineates enumeration areas and
prepares the census maps needed
for field collection;

transfers this information into a
machine-readable, quality-assured
geographic data base called the
Census Geographic Master File
(CGMF), allowing for complete
retrieval flexibility for standard
areas;

identifies block-faces in large
urban areas, and enumeration
areas elsewhere, by a series of
centroids. This allows retrieval of
data for non-standard areas in a
system called geocoding;

o prepares specifications and census
products in cartographic form such
as reference maps, thematic maps,
atlases, and machine-readable
cartographic libraries (see
Appendix E);

o prepares specifications for census
products, presenting population
and dwelling count data in tabular
form (print, microfiche and
magnetic tape) to reflect the
standard geographic structures.
The division produces the data and
reference documents outlined in
Appendix E.

The geostatistical concepts for the 1986
Census are essentially the same as those
for 1981. Data from the 1986 Census are
available for numerous standard
geostatistical areas, as well as for non-
standard or user-defined areas.
Standard geostatistical areas are of two
types:

o legally defined administrative
areas respected by the census such
as federal electoral districts (FEDs)
and census subdivisions (CSDs);

statistical areas defined by
Statistics Canada for data
presentation, for example, census
metropolitan areas (CMAs) and
census tracts (CTs).

Administrative Areas

Administrative entities are geographic
areas which, for the most part, are
defined by other authorities and
respected by the census. There are four
such areas:

o provinces and territories;

federal electoral districts (FEDs);
census divisions (CDs), for
example, counties;
census subdivisions (CSDs), for
example, municipalities.

Results of the 1986 Census of Population
are published based on two different
delineations of federal electoral
districts: the 1976 Representation of the
Electoral Boundaries Readjustment Act,
the basis for census-taking operations,
and the 1987 delineation, for which
extensive data have been published.

Statistical Areas

Statistical areas, in contrast to most
administrative entities, are defined by
Statistics Canada to present census
data. For the 1986 Census, there are 11
statistical areas:

enumeration areas (EAs);
o regions of Canada;

census metropolitan areas (CMAs);
= census agglomerations (CAs);

-127-

primary census metropolitan areas

(PCMAs) (new initiative in 1986);

primary census agglomerations

(PC As) (new initiative in 1986);

census metropolitan area/census

agglomeration parts;

census tracts (CTs);

provincial census tracts (PCTs);

census consolidated subdivisions

(CCSs);

urban and rural areas.

Non-standard Areas

Three non-standard geographic areas
also play an important role in the
dissemination of census data. They are:

» block-faces;

postal codes, and;
» unincorporated places.

Geostatistical areas by province and
territory are shown in Figure 18. These
areas are arranged in hierarchies; the
main links appear in Figure 19.

Definitions, historical boundary changes
and descriptions of available maps are
covered in other census reference
products, including the 1986 Census
Dictionary (Cat. No. 99-101), the 1986
Census Products and Services -
Final Edition (Cat. No. 99-103), the
Census Metropolitan Areas and
Census Agglomerations: A 1986 and
1981 Comparison (Cat. No. 99-105)
and the 1986 Census Geography: A
Historical Comparison (Cat. No. 99-
106).

11.2.4 Errors in Population and Dwelling
Counts and Other Geographic
Products

In an undertaking as large and complex
as a national census, and because of the
length of time between the various
stages of planning, operation and
production, errors and omissions are
bound to occur.

Errors in population and occupied
private dwelling counts have been
identified since the release of 'inal
population counts in 1987. Most cases
pertain to census subdivisions (CSDs),
census tracts (CTs) and urban areas
(UAs). These errors appear in the
summary tapes, the Population and
Dwelling Counts publications (Cat. No.
92-101 to 92-123) and Profile
publications (Cat. No. 94-101 to 94-131,
95-101 to 95-174) containing the
concerned area. For a summary of
errors identified to date, see Figure 20.

Errors in the delineation of census
consolidated subdivisions (CCSs) in
Northern Quebec are presented in
Figure 21. Finally, errors or omissions
on census reference maps and in
enumeration area reference lists have
also been identified and are included in
this chapter.

11.2,3. Geographic Products and Services

The Geography Division prepares a wide
range of cartographic products including
reference maps, thematic maps and
atlases, and machine-readable
cartographic libraries. In addition to
recommending geographic structures for
census outputs, it also specifies and/or
produces many geographic data products
and geographic reference documents.
Geography Division also provides a
number of services, as described in
Appendix E.

128-

Figure 18. CENSUS GEOSTATISTICAL AREAS BY PROVINCE AND TERRITORY, 1986 CENSUS

Told

Newlound-

l«v)

Prince
Edward
Island

Nova
Scotia

New
Bn*i3wick

Quebec

Ontario

Manitoba

Saskat-
cTiewan

Aberta

British
Cohjnibia

Vi*on

Northwest
Tarrltorlea

Fsderal Electoral DislricI

282

C«n«u8 Oivtaion

266

Census Otviston

County

136

Oistlict

OisUict Municipality

Metropoatan Munidpsllty

Region
Regional District

7
28

Regional Municipality

■"

United Counties

Census ConsoMated

2.628

ISO

1.153

527

127

302

Subdivision

Census Sutdlvision

6.009

401

123

lie

284

1.668

956

293

942

432

686

BOR :

Borougli
City -Cite
Coijnty

1
134
30

1
49

15
30

(MunicipaSty)

COM : Community

182

140

CT : Canton

117

(Municip«« de)

CU : Cantons unis

•

(MumclpaUte de)

DM : District

Municipality

HAM : Hamlet

"■

District

LOO : Local

Qovemmenl

District

■ -

MO : Municipd District

Nanttem Vlage

*■

Paroisse

436

•

(Municipilt* del

151

R : Indian Reserve -

920

124

104

470

Reserve

IrKJienrw

RM : Rurai MunicicaMy

404

105

299

Resort VOnga

■"

Special Area

•

SCM

Subdivision ol

County

Muncipelty

SO : Sans dtsignsbon

450

■"

(Municipettei

S-E : Indtn SeiDemaM '

Mien
SET : Settlement
SRO : Subdivision 0)

42
69

Regional Olsinct

SUN : Subdhiaionol

■"

Unorganized
Summer VOage
Town

SO
697

169

145

50
109

TownaNp

479

UNO

: Unorganized -

ISO

122

Non organae

: VBe

255

: Vl^eCrl

: VBagaNaakapi

—

: VIhge

962

215

119

332

122

. vn^eNonSque

Canaus Metropoitan Area

10*

Primary Census

114
12

5
1

30*
3*

32-
6-

Metropoitan Area

Primary Cansus

AggtomersUon
Census Tract

3.776

996

1.610

148

351

403

238

ProvincM Census Trwt

1.837

117

491

410

146

169

193

5.371

Urbvi Area
EmmeraHon Area"

940
44.042

57
1,153

7
258

1.411

39"

1.294

242'

10.431

252-

14,116

41*
2,097

69'
2,912

100"
4,655

106

'CMAa/CAs. PCMAa/PCAs and urtian areas crossing provincial bnlts are couited in both
*F«ial count.

provinces.

-129-
Figure 19. THE 1986 CENSUS GEOGRAPHIC HIERARCHY

ADMINISTRATIVE STATISTICAL

CANADA

1 0 Provinces

and
2 Territories

Census

Metropolitan

Areas (CMAs)

Census

Agglomerations

(CAs)

114

Census Divisions
(CDs)
266

[-»

<—

(C)

(8) ^

Primary Census

Metropolitan Areas

(PCMAs)

Primary Census

Agglomerations

(PC As)

-f

Census
Consolidated
Subdivisions

(CCSs)

2.628

(D)

Federal Electoral

Districts

(FEDs)

282

— ]

Census
Tracts
(CTs)
3,776

Provincial
Census
Tracts
(PCTs)
1,837

Census

StMivisions

(CSOs)

6.009

(A)

Census

Metropolitan

Area and Ceasus

Agglomeration

Parts

359

Urtian Areas

(UAs)

940

and Rural

Enumeration

Areas

(EAs)

44,042*

(A) ' 5 urt>an areas cross provincial boundaries.

(B) 1 2 of the 25 CMAs and 2 ot the 1 1 4 CAs are broken dov»n into PCMAs/PCAs.

(D) Defined by Statistics Canada, in conjunction with the provincial authorities, as a statistical area.
* Final count.

-130-

Figure 20. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN POPULATION AND OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING
COUNTS

Census Subdivisions

Newfoundland

Division No. 8, Subd. C, SUN
1981 Population

Little Bay, COM
1981 Population

New Brunswick

Canterbury, PAR
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

Meductic, VL
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

Rothsay, PAR
1981 Population

Rothsay, T

1981 Population

Quebec

Kuujjuarapik, VN
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

Mistassini, R
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

Mistassini, VC
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

Nemiscau, R
1986 Population

Reads

Should
Read

175

254

350

271

678
214

623
195

182
59

237
78

1,162

1,378

1,764

1,542

193
58

616
151

1,967
315

1,968
316

1
1

0
0

3 375

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 0 59

Nemiscau, VC

1986 Population 372 0

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 59 0

Sainte-Madeleine, VL

1986 Population 1,732 1,508

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 551 482

Sainte-Marie-Madeleine, PAR

1986 Population 1,678 1,902

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 540 609

-131-

Figure 20. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN POPULATION AND OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING
COUNTS - Continued

Census Subdivisions

Reads

Should
Read

Whapmagoostui, R
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

852
173

429
80

Ontario

Savant Lake, S-E
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

0
0

224
59

Thunder Bay, UNO
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

8,277
2,740

8,053
2,681

Saskatchewan

Cumberland House, NV
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

862
177

935
190

Division No. 18, Unorganized, UNO
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

1,709
487

1,636

474

Duck Lake, T
1981 Population

705

819

Duck Lake, No. 463, RM
1981 Population

1,057

943

Edenwold, No. 158, RM
1986 Land Area (km2)

891.17

888.99

White City, VL

1986 Land Area (km2)

3.68

1.50

Alberta

Stettler, T

1986 Population

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

5,147
1,935

5,135
1,929

Stettler County No. 6, CM
1986 Population
1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

5,179
1,613

5,191
1,619

British Columbia

Capital Subd. B, SRD
1986 Population

20,096

20,210

Colwood, C

1986 Population

11,546

11,432

-132-

Figure 20. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN POPULATION AND OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING

COUNTS -Continued

Census Subdivisions Reads Should

Read

East Kootenay Subd. B, SRD

1986 Population 7,118 7,121

1986 Occupied Private Dwelling 2,364 2,365

1986 Land Area (km2) 9,232.83 9,243.13

Kootenay 1 (R)

1986 Population 121 118

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 37 36

1986 Land Area (km2) 82.08 71.78

Enderby, C

1981 Population 1,801 1,816

North Okanagan, Subd. A, SRD

1981 Population 3,292 3,277

Port Simpson 1, R

1986 Population 150 587

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 36 156

Skeena - Queen Charlotte, Subd. A, SRD

1986 Population 861 191

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 248 69

Tsimpsean 2, R

1986 Population 111 344

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 32 91

University Endowment Area, SRD*

1981 Adjusted Population 4,003 3,674

1986 Land Area (km2) 14.28 14.13

Vancouver, C*

1981 Adjusted Population 413,952 414,281

1986 Land Area (km2) 112.94 113.09

*In 1986 publications, the 1981 population counts of these CSDs are incorrectly flagged with an "A".

Yukon

Carcross, SET

1986 Population 209 142

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 73 48

Carcross 4, R

1986 Population 0 67

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 0 25

Urban Areas

Newfoundland

Norris Arm

1986 Population 184 954

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 51 271

Newfoundland total urban population 334,732 335,502

total rural population 233,617 232,847

-133-

Figure 20. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN POPULATION AND OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING

COUNTS - Concluded

Census Subdivisions

Reads

Should
Read

Census Tracts

Quebec, CMA

CT 120.01

1986 Population

8,271

8,036

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

2,549

2,467

CT 120.02

1986 Population

3,714

3,949

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

1,133

1,215

Vancouver, CMA

CT44

1981 Adjusted Population

5,029

4,700

1986 Land Area (km2)

3.00

2.85

CT69

1981 Adjusted Population

3,345

3,674

1986 Land Area (km2)

14.02

14.17

CT118

1981 Population

6,402

5,939

CT 130.02

1981 Population

4,723

5,186

Montreal, CMA

CT 632.01

1986 Population

5,732

5,135

CT 632.03

1986 Population

6,805

7,402

-134-

Figure 21. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN CSD COMPONENTS, CCS POPULATION AND
OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING COUNTS IN PUBLICATIONS 92-113
AND 99-118

Census Consolidated Subdivisions

Reads

Should
Read

Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,

partie Lac-Vacher, UNO

1986 Population

489

1,071

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

275

CCS 24 98 919

Contains

24 98 655 Tasiujaq, VN

24 98 885 Kawawachikamach, R

24 98 919 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,

partie Lac-Vacher, UNO

Should Contain

24 98 450 Schefferville, V

24 98 885 Kawawachikamach, R

24 98 890 Matimekosh, R

24 98 919 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,

partie Lac-Vacher, UNO

Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec, partie

Riviere-Koksoak, UNO

1986 Population

383

2,524

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings

500

CCS 24 98 939

Contains

24 98 640 Kangiqsualujjuaq, VN

24 98 939 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,

partie Riviere-Koksoak, UNO

-135-

Figure 21. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN CSD COMPONENTS, CCS POPULATION AND
OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING COUNTS IN PUBLICATIONS 92-113

AND 99-118 -Continued

Census Consolidated Subdivisions Reads Should

Read

Should Contain

24 98 570 Schefferville, VK

24 98 640 Kangiqsualujjuaq, VN

24 98 650 Kuujjuaq, VN

24 98 655 Tasiujaq, VN

24 98 690 Aupaluk, VN

24 98 700 Kangirsuk, VN

24 98 710 Quaqtaq, VN

24 98 750 Kangiqsujuaq, VN

24 98 939 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,
partie Riviere-Koksoak, UNO

Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,
partie Baie-d'Hudson, UNO

1986 Population 6,681 3,958

1986 Occupied Private Dwellings 1,380 755

CCS 24 98 965

Contains

24 98 450 Schefferville, V

24 98 570 Schefferville, VK

24 98 600 Whapmagoostui, VC

24 98 605 Kuujjuarapik, VN

24 98 620 Inukjuak, VN

24 98 650 Kuujjuaq, VN

24 98 690 Aupaluk, VN

24 98 700 Kangirsuk, VN

24 98 710 Quaqtaq, VN

24 98 730 Akulivik, VN

24 98 750 Kangiqsujuaq, VN

24 98 770 Salluit, VN

136-

Figure 21. 1986 CENSUS - ERRORS IN CSD COMPONENTS, CCS POPULATION AND
OCCUPIED PRIVATE DWELLING COUNTS IN PUBLICATIONS 92-113

AND 99-118 -Concluded

Census Consolidated Subdivisions

24 98 790 Ivujivik, VN
24 98 880 Whapmagoostui, R
24 98 890 Matimekosh, R
24 98 965 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,
partie Baie-d'Hudson, UNO

Should Contain

24 98 600 Whapmagoostui, VC
24 98 605 Kuujjuarapik, VN
24 98 620 Inukjuak, VN
24 98 730 Akulivik, VN
24 98 770 Salluit, VN
24 98 790 Ivujivik, VN
24 98 880 Whapmagoostui, R
24 98 965 Territoire du Nouveau-Quebec,
partie, Baie d'Hudson, UNO

Reads

Should
Read

ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON MAPS

This list reflects known errors or
omissions on maps.

Census Divisions and Subdivisions (Cat. No.
99-115)

Quebec. East Part

Rimouski, partie Riviere-Patapedia-Est,
UNO (24 07 909), situated east of
Rimouski, partie Lac-des-Eaux Mortes,
UNO (24 07 919), is not labelled on the
map.

Quebec. South Central Part

The labels for Thetford-Partie-Sud, CT
(24 57 190) and Thetford Mines, V (24 27
240) are reversed.

The labels for Victoriaville, V (24 34
440) and Sainte-Victoire-d'Arthabaska,
P (24 34 460) are reversed.

The labels for Repentigny, V (24 62 200)
and Charlemagne, V (24 62 260) are
reversed.

Saskatchewan. South Part

The text and arrow for Meota, No. 468,
RM (47 17 001) incorrectly identify
Saulteaux 159, R (47 17 813).

British Columbia

The SGC code for Trout Lake Alec 16, R
(59 41 852) is incorrectly shown as (59 41
821).

The island CSD of Dolphin Island 1, R
(59 49 801) is not labelled. This CSD
appears just south of Prince Rupert.

Census Tracts

Calgary. Map 1 of 2

The northern boundary of CT 205 is
incorrectly shown. This CT boundary
should be shown as the Cochrane town
limits.

Calgary. Map 2 of 2

The southern boundaries of CTs 001.11
and 001.12 are incorrectly shown. These
boundaries should be shown as the
Calgary city limits.

-137-

Edmonton, Map 1 of 2

The labels for CTs 142.02 and 142.04 are
reversed.

Edmonton. Map 2 of 2

The label 142.02 should read 142.04.

Hamilton. Map 2 of 2

The northern boundary of CT 001.03
should read "Limeridge Rd.".

Kelowna. Map2of2

Part of the western boundary of CT 008
follows "Burtch" not "Byrns".

Ottawa-Hull. Map 2 of 2

The boundary between CTs 131.01 and

131.02 reads "Athabaska Dr." but
should read "Viewmount Dr.".

St. Catharines-Niagara. Map 1 of 4

The boundary between CTs 311.01 and
220 is incorrectly shown. This boundary
should be shown as the Welland city
limits.

The boundary between CTs 311.02 and
102 is incorrectly shown. This correct
limits of these CTs are shown on the
relevant G86-13 series maps.

Winnipeg. Map 2 of 2

The boundaries of CTs 100.01, 100.2,

110.03 and 600 are incorrectly shown.
The correct limits of these CTs are
shown on the relevant G86-13 series
maps.

The southern boundary of CT 131 is
incorrectly labelled. It should read
"Harbison" not "Harrison".

ERRORS IN ENUMERATION AREA REFERENCE
LISTS

Four systematic errors were identified in two 1986
EA Reference List publications. These errors are;

99-118 Enumeration Area Reference List -
Census Divisions and Subdivisions,
Quebec

page 18, bottom of the page - the EA
group 205-208 is missing for FED 061

99-119 Enumeration Area Reference List -
Census Divisions and Subdivisions,
Ontario

page 1, bottom of the page - the EA
group 276-279 is missing for FED 004

page 3, bottom of the page - the EA
group 032-035 is missing for FED 052

page 18, bottom of the page - the EA
group 209-213 is missing for FED 045

These errors do not appear on the machine-
readable files, i.e. 1986 Census Geographic Master
File or 1986 Geography Tape File. The errors
appear only in these print publications.

-138-

1 1.3 The Census Budget

11.3.1 Background

In government a budget serves three
main purposes: to establish the level of
financial and other resources required to
carry out the plans assigned to
responsibility centre managers; to
obtain Treasury Board and
parliamentary approval of departmental
programs and resource requirements;
and to provide a basis for budgetary
control.

Program Element Budgets - All

program element managers must
complete detailed budgets by month for
the current year.

Finance Responsibility Centre (FRC)
Budgets - Program element budgets
and some overhead items such as
telephone requirements are added to
create divisional or FRC budgets.

11.3.2 Census Budgeting Process

The census budgeting process comprises
the following activities;

Multi-year Operational Plan (MYOP)
or Long-term Planning - The Census
Manager is required to estimate the
resources needed to complete the
program on a five-year cycle. Annual
totals for the current year and the next
four years are detailed. Estimates of
person-years, dollars and requirements
such as computer resources must be
provided. At the time of approval by
Cabinet, the Census Manager must also
provide a forecast covering the full cycle
of the census.

Financial Reviews and Forecasts -

Financial reviews are conducted at
strategic points throughout the year to
determine the status of budget vs.
expenditures. Forecasted expenditures
to year-end can be determined based on
changes to programs or new budgetary
and spending constraints.

Main Estimates - Based on the results
of the MYOP, the main estimates are
submitted to Treasury Board. When
passed by parliament, they become the
authorized level of spending for the
upcoming year.

Budget Year Operational Plan - The

operational plan for the current year is
prepared by completing a budget for
each program element. The program
element budgets are totalled to create
the budget at the divisional or Finance
Responsibility Centre (FRC) level.

11.3.3 Preparation of the 1986 Census
Budget

Total cost of the 1986 Census was
prepared by estimating costs for each
proposed census module. The estimates,
covering the six-year period 1983-1984
to 1988-1989, were based on detailed
analyses of collection, processing,
marketing, output, data quality and
planning/management. Each category
was subdivided. Statistics Canada then
submitted the request to Treasury
Board.

-139-

11.3.4

(1)

Funding of the 1986 Census of
Population

As stated in the "Decision of Treasury
Board Meeting of March 29, 1984 (TB
793008)", the major share of the total
$151 million (1983-84 dollars) for the
1986 Census would be funded with $59.5
million from existing STC resources,
$8.2 million from the Services to
Government Policy Reserve, and $75.1
million from the Operating Reserve.
Necessary adjustments would be
determined through the multi-year
operational plan (MYOP). The Treasury
Board agreed that departments
benefitting from certain census
questions should contribute $8.1 million
towards its cost.(l)

The Treasury Board also agreed that
departmental contributions over fiscal
years 1985-86 through 1988-89 would be
made through the process of journal
vouchers, to be arranged between the
individual departments and Statistics
Canada.

The national 1986 Census, approved by
the government in June 1984, was
cancelled in November 1984 by the
Minister of Finance in his economic
statement. Cancellation was expected to
save $100 million.

In response to representations from a
broad range of sectors, the government
announced reinstatement of the census
on December 21, 1984 (see Chapter 2).
With the reinstatement. Statistics
Canada was still required to save $100
million on its total activity over the five-
year cycle. The census was to

Employment and Immigration Canada,
Secretary of State, Canada Mortgage
and Housing Corporation, Indian and
Northern Affairs Canada, Energy,
Mines and Resources Canada, Health
and Welfare Canada, Regional
Industrial Expansion, Transport,
Agriculture, Ministry of State for
Science and Technology.

contribute to this goal by saving $9
million on operations, by using $30
million in Youth Employment Program
funds to hire 25,000 census staff, and by
increasing revenues through the sale of
census products and services. The
balance of the savings were to be
achieved through substantial increases
in cost-recovery products and services,
as well as increased efficiency in
operation integration, regionalization
and survey redesign.

The $9 million savings on 1986 Census
operations resulted in reduced ques-
tionnaire content, saving $0.5 million;
reduced expenditures on public com-
munications saving $2.5 million,
(largely from elimination of paid
advertising); reduced evaluation of
content saving $1.0 million: reduced
publications and marketing expen-
ditures, saving $2.5 million; and
modifications for collection operations,
saving $2.5 million. These savings were
reduced by $1 million because of the
additional funding required to produce
the bilingual census questionnaires as
directed by the Cabinet.

11.3.5 Cost ofthe 1986 Census

A national census is an immense
undertaking involving a great deal of
preparation and follow-up. A total figure
for any census must include costs for the
years in which the census work was
initiated, the actual census year, and
the years to complete and release
outstanding publications.

The census year 1986-87 accounted for
approximately 60% of total
expenditures. The actual cost ofthe 1986
Census in dollars and person-years is
shown in Figure 22.

-140-

Figure 22. COST OF THE 1986 CENSUS

Year

Person-
years

Expenditures(l)
($000s of current year dollars)

1982-83

1,544

1983-84

104

3,905

1984-85

180

5,786

1985-86

417

25,909

1986-87

1,194

90,255

1987-88

■ 277

11,835

1988-89

120(2)

6,666

(1) Figures include;

(a) cost of census accommodation;

(b) Aboriginal Peoples Program;

(2) Preliminary figure.

-141

11.4 Aboriginal Enumeration

11.4.1 Background

The issue of how to enumerate Canada's
aboriginal peoples is recurrent. For the
1981 Census, the collection on Indian
reserves was the topic of a sub-task of
the Special Enumeration Alternatives
task. For 1986, a number of
organizational groups were concerned
with this issue: the Aboriginal Task
Force, the Indian reserve sub-task of the
Collection Specifications task and the
Aboriginal Peoples Program. This latter
entity was established as the result of
the Federal-provincial Conference on
Aboriginal Constitutional Matters
where it was resolved that special
measures to improve aboriginal
statistical data were necessary.
Changes to 1981 methodology were
introduced and new initiatives
launched.

Many aboriginal persons live on
federally protected land, known as
Indian reserves and settlements.
However, native peoples are also
residents of other communities
throughout Canada. As a result, special
measures were developed to address
enumeration on reserves and
settlements, while other initiatives were
intended for aboriginal peoples off
reserve. Some measures were applicable
to all aboriginal peoples, regardless of
their place of residence.

11.4.2 Special Measures

For the 1986 Census, every aspect of the
census system was affected by changes
and new initiatives concerning
aboriginal data collection. In fact, this
customized approach constituted a
system within a system which can be
referred to as the Aboriginal Peoples'
component.

These special measures are as follows:

Collection

Canvasser methodology, subject to
change when warranted, was used
in enumeration of all households
on Indian reserves.

Special procedures manuals and
training programs were designed
for enumeration on Indian
reserves.
» The questionnaire was made
available in seven native
languages.

Native persons were hired as
Census Representatives.

Data and Data Products

« A new question was defined
concerning aboriginal identity, i.e.
Inuit, Metis, Non-status and Status
Indian, and was asked of 100% of
the population.

» Special publications of data
products on aboriginal data were
planned for dissemination to native
organizations, tribal councils and
band councils.

Data Quality

» Special measures were
implemented to ensure and
measure data quality. These
included the verification of reserve
boundaries, a separate response
rate study for Indian reserves,
100% sampling for all Indian
reserves, and mandatory follow-up
for the question on aboriginal
identity.

Publicity

Extensive consultations took place
with aboriginal communities to
determine data needs.

o Advance visits were made to
acquaint band councils with the
census and to obtain their co-
operation.

» A special liaison program was
implemented as part of the
Aboriginal Peoples Program. A
network of 30 aboriginal liaison
officers, separate from collection
staff, was established in the
regions and reported to a co-
ordinator in Head Office. Their
role was to deliver public
communications material, to
conduct visits to reserves. Native
Friendship Centres and other
native contact points, and to
promote participation in the
census.

-142-

News releases, booklets, brochures,
posters, videos and radio and
television interviews were
prepared with special emphasis on
native participation.

aboriginal data. This question was
asked of 100% of the population instead
of, as in 1981, a sample. This new
question appeared as follows:

11.4.3 Critique and Evaluation

Problems were encountered in collecting
data on the aboriginal population.
Native leaders of 136 Indian reserves
refused to allow census enumeration to
take place and, therefore, no data were
collected for persons residing on these
reserves. The total population of the
non-enumerated reserves has been
estimated at just under 45,000. This
accounts for approximately 8% of the
total aboriginal population and one-fifth
of the on-reserve aboriginal population.
The reasons given for these refusals
varied, and included disagreement on
issues of sovereignty, the status of
ongoing negotiations on land claim
settlements or constitutional concerns,
and as indicated by some
correspondence, insufficient pre-census
communication.

A number of measures were taken to
deal with the ensuing missing or
incomplete data. In view of the missing
data, all census output products were
annotated to identify incompletely
enumerated reserves. Estimates of the
missed population were produced for
Canada and the provinces and these
were included in the final official
population counts. However, it was not
possible to make reliable estimates of
the missed population at geographic
levels below the provincial level, nor
was it possible to estimate any
characteristics of the missed population.
Therefore, all census output, except for
the total national and provincial
population counts, are based on the
enumerated population.

A second problem with the aboriginal
data was a significant response error to
the new census question asking
respondents whether they consider
themselves to be an aboriginal person.
As previously mentioned, a new
question on aboriginal identity was
asked of all respondents to the 1986
Census to meet demands for

7. Do you consider yourself
an aboriginal person or a
native Indian of North
America, that is, Inuit,
North American Indian or
[vietis? (See Guide)

33 D No, I do not consider

myself Inuit, North
American Indian
or l^etis

34 D' Yes, Inuit

35 D Yes, status or

registered Indian

36 D Yes, non-status Indian

37 n Yes, Metis

38 0

Early analysis of the responses indicated
that up to approximately 125,000 non-
aboriginal persons (about 0.5% of the
total population) may have
misunderstood the question and
reported themselves as aboriginal. A
small follow-up survey of suspect
responses confirmed the problem. This
level of response error resulted in
unreliable data because only about two
to three percent of the total population
was expected to answer affirmatively.
There is evidence that aboriginals may
also have had some difficulties in
responding to this question, due to a
change in the Indian Act of Canada
(July 1985) which allowed persons who
had previously lost their status as
Indians under the Act to be reinstated as
status Indians. They may have been
confused as to what to mark if they had
applied for re-instatement but not yet
received it.

-143-

These data quality problems led to the
decision to withhold official release of
the data from the new aboriginal
question. Fortunately, data on the
aboriginal population are available from
the question on ethnic origin which
included three aboriginal categories
(North American Indian, Metis and
Inuit).

Other Data Quality Issues among
Reserve Populations

Lower response rates among reserve
populations that did participate were
observed for other questions,
particularly those dealing with some
dwelling characteristics such as shelter
costs and tenure. The problem is
application of the concept of land
ownership. Since all reserve land is held
in trust by the federal government and
no land is owned in the same way as it is
off-reserve, certain concepts of shelter
costs and tenure on many reserves are
inappropriate. In light of these
constraints, modifications were made to
the 1986 publications. Reserve housing,
a new category in tenure, was added to
describe the tenure status of all
dwellings on reserves. When tabulating
shelter costs, reserve housing is
excluded to show that the situation of
payment differs from that off-reserves.
Response rates to other questions were
found to be somewhat lower than those
for the off-reserve population.

The following data products and reports
related to aboriginal output have been
prepared by the 1986 Census Aboriginal
Peoples Output Program:

4. Summary of the Methodology for
Estimating the Population and
Occupied Private Dwellings on
Incompletely Enumerated Indian
Reserves, User Information
Bulletin No. 1, October 1987.

Assessment of Data on Aboriginal
Identity, 1986 Census of Canada,
A. Cregheur, 1987.

Summary Tabulations of Ethnic
and Aboriginal Origins, Canada,
Provinces, Territories and Census
Metropolitan Areas - December
1987.

Demographic Characteristics of the
Total Population Residing on
Selected Census Subdivisions
(Indian Reserves, Settlements or
Communities) - February 1988.

1991 Collection Project Special
Studies Task, Aboriginal Peoples
Sub-task, Problem Definition
Report, P. Johanis, 1988.

9. Socio-economic Characteristics of
the Total Population Residing on
Selected Census Subdivisions
(Indian Reserves, Settlements or
Communities) - 1st Quarter, 1989.

Review and Assessment of the
Aboriginal Peoples Component of
the 1986 Census of Canada,
J. Nicholson, May 1987.

1986 Census Data Quality Note on
Question 7 (Aboriginal Status),
J. Hagey, July 1987.

Aboriginal Peoples Component of
the 1986 Census: A Status Report
by the Aboriginal Peoples Output
Program, August 1987.

10. A Data Book on Canada's
Aboriginal Population from the
1986 Census of Canada, Aboriginal
Peoples Output Program - March
1989.

11. Canada's Aboriginal Population by
Census Subdivisions from the 1986
Census of Canada, Aboriginal
Peoples Output Program - March
1989.

APPENDICES

-147-
APPENDIX A. REVISIONS TO THE 1981 CENSUS QUESTIONNAIRE FOR THE 1986 CENSUS

The questionnaire and guide for the
1986 Census were developed by revising
the questionnaire and guide for the 1981
Census. Various changes to question
wordings and response categories are
given below. Unless indicated otherwise,
question numbers refer to the 1986
questionnaire. The 1986 questionnaire
and guide may be referenced in
Appendix B, and the 1981 questionnaire
and guide in Appendix C.

1. Editorial changes reflecting new
concepts, strategies or procedures

Questionnaire Front Cover. The
opening paragraph of the 1981
questionnaire explained how to
obtain a form in the other official
language. Thanks to the new drop-
off procedures adopted in 1986, this
paragraph was no longer
necessary. In 1981, the subsequent
two paragraphs dealt, respectively,
with the legal basis for the census
and with confidentiality of the
information provided by re-
spondents; in 1986, the order was
reversed so that the opening
paragraph of the questionnaire
addressed confidentiality first.
(The text itself was also reworded.)

Unlike 1981, the front cover had
three small boxes labelled UD, M
and DC. The UD box identified
unoccupied dwellings that were
part of the housing stock even
though they were vacant. The M
box indicated a "marginal" or
"seasonal" dwelling included in the
census because it was occupied but
was not considered part of the
housing stock because it was not
suitable for year-round living. The
DC box recorded a dwelling under
construction that was occupied
although it could not yet be
considered suitable for year-round
living.

Question 5, Marital status. For the
purpose of census publications and
tabulations, common-law unions
are usually counted together with
conventional husband-wife
families. For this reason, the 1981
Census Guide requested cohabiting
persons to report their marital
status as "now married". The
evaluation of the 1981 data,
however, revealed that this

instruction was largely dis-
regarded by respondents. The
1986 instruction, therefore, was
modified to read "persons in a
common-law type of relationship
should mark one of the boxes
"separated", 'divorced', 'widowed' or
'never married' ...." In order to
produce data comparable with
those from previous censuses, the
1986 Edit and Imputation System
changed the marital status of
cohabiting persons to "now
married"; this is the marital status
retained on the retrieval data base
for normal tabulation purposes. At
the same time, data obtained from
the unedited data base may provide
further information on the actual
marital status of cohabiting
persons.

Question 6 (1986 and 1981),
Mother tongue. The 1981
instruction "mark one box only"
was deleted, reflecting the new
approach which permits multiple
responses; the 1986 Guide was also
altered to reflect this change (see
paragraphs 2 and 3 of the 1986
instructions to Question 6,
Appendix B).

2. Editorial changes reflecting new
technologies or changing
circumstances

Question 12, Main type of heating
equipment and principal heating
fuel. The response categories of the
pertinent 1981 Questions 17 and 18
were modified -and new explan-
atory notes were included in the
1986 Guide.

Questions 21(b) and 21(c), Years of
schooling at university and non-
university institutions. As a
consequence of representations
made by the Quebec government,
the Guide instructions concerning
education in classical colleges in
Quebec were modified from 1981
(Question 32).

Question 24, Mobility (place of
residence in 1981). The 1981
category "different dwelling in this
city, town, village, borough or
municipality" was changed to
"different dwelling in this city.

-148-

town, village, township, munic-
ipality or Indian reserve".
Replacing "borough" with
"township" reflects the virtual
disappearance of boroughs and the
increase in the number of
townships. Indian reserves were
added to reflect the increased
interest in Canada's aboriginal
peoples.

3. Changes made to response
categories in order to obtain more
data

Question 32, Income. The 1986
question listed II categories of
income (including total income).
Among these categories were "old
age security pension and
guaranteed income supplement"
and "benefits from Canada or
Quebec Pension Plan"; in 1981,
these two categories had been
combined. Similarly, the two 1986
categories "retirement pensions,
superannuation and annuities"
and "other money income, e.g.,
alimony, scholarships" had been
combined in 1981 under one
heading. The 1986 Guide
instructions were reworded to
reflect these changes (see also
item 4).

Question 17, Ethnic origin. This
was a very popular variable with
1981 Census data users. It
underwent several changes in
1986, designed to, among other
things, elicit more accurate data on
visible minorities:

The question wording was
modified from the 1981 version,
which asked "To which ethnic
or cultural group did you or
your ancestors belong on first
coming to this continent?"
A new mark-in box for "Black"
was added.
» The number of write-in spaces
was increased from one to
three.

The 1981 categories "Status or
registered Indian" and "Non-
status Indian" were replaced by
"North American Indian".

The ordering of answer
categories was changed to more
accurately reflect the relative
sizes of Canada's ethnic
populations.

An instruction to mark or
specify all applicable categories
was included, whereas in 1981
multiple responses were
accepted but not specifically
encouraged.

Wording changes to improve
clarity and response accuracy

Question 1, Name. The 1981
instructions concerning inclusion
and exclusion of household
members were revised for 1986,
however, the strategy remained
basically unaltered. The changes
were:

The 1981 instructions for
Question 1 specified "order of
listing of household members"
and "whom to include" (in that
order); the 1986 instructions
reversed the order.
The 1981 instruction to exclude
"persons permanently away in
the Armed Forces" was deleted.
The 1986 instructions added
the specification to include "a
husband, wife or common-law
partner who stays elsewhere
while working but who returns
to this home periodically". No
equivalent instructions
appeared in 1981.
Concerning students, the 1981
instructions specified the
exclusion of "postsecondary
students who are financially
independent and who live
elsewhere"; in contrast, the
1986 text specified inclusion of
"unmarried sons or daughters
who are postsecondary
students, unless they are
financially independent and
living elsewhere".

-149-

° Concerning infants born
around Census Day, the 1981
instructions specified inclusion
of "infants born on or before"
Census Day, and exclusion of
"infants born after" Census
Day. The 1986 instructions
deleted the latter part
concerning exclusion because it
was redundant.

A number of minor changes
were also introduced. For
example, the 1981 instruction
to include "unmarried persons
who have a home elsewhere but
stay in this dwelling most of
the week while working" was
reworded in 1986 as
"unmarried persons who live
here while working, even if
they return to another home
periodically".

Question 6 (1986 and 1981),
Mother tongue. .The 1981
Guide instructions, consisting
of two brief lines, were
expanded.

Similarly, the Guide in-
structions for 1986 Questions
18, Home language, and 19,
Official language, were
restructured similar to the
Guide instructions for
Question 6.

Question 9, Tenure (dwelling
owned or rented). The 1986
question addressed the
respondent, specifically asking
"Do you (or does any other
member of this household):
Mark one box only - own this
dwelling (even if no cash rent is
paid)?" The 1981 version
(Question 11) addressed tenure
as follows: "Is this dwelling:
Mark one box only - owned or
being bought by you or a
member of this household? or
rented (even if no cash rent is
paid)?"

Question 15, Citizenship. The
instructions to the citizenship
question were thoroughly
revised in 1986, to be more
detailed and explicit than
the 1981 counterpart (Ques-
tion 24).

Question 25, Labour force
activity. The instructions in
both the questionnaire and the
Guide were revised. In both
years respondents were
instructed to include among
the hours worked "last week"
any time spent "working for
wages, salary, tips or
commission", "working in your
own business, farm or
professional practice", and
"working without pay in a
family farm or business"; this
set of instructions was retained
in 1986 but the order was
changed, placing "working
without pay in a family farm or
business" first. When
evaluating the 1981 data,
analysts suspected an under-
count of persons who pertained
to this latter category; placing
the pertinent instruction first
was designed to reduce this
undercount. A similar change
in sequence of examples was
effected, for a similar reason,
in Question 31(a), weeks
worked in 1985: in the 1981
questionnaire, "on vacation..."
and "self-employed..." followed
"worked full time or part
time" - in 1986, the order was
reversed.

Question 29, Occupation (type
of work, most important
duties). The 1981 Guide
instructions opened with a two-
line explanation: "This two
part question is asked to ensure
that there is enough
information to place people
who do similar kinds of work in
the same occupational group".
This paragraph was expanded
in 1986 to read: "The
description should be as precise
as possible and you will
probably need to use two, three
or more words in each part of
the question. The description
should avoid using terms such
as worker, employee, etc., in
favour of specific descriptions
of the kind of work".
Additionally, the following
guideline was added in 1986:
"Members of religious orders
engaged in activities such as

-ISO-

primary school teaching,
nursing should report these
rather than religious activity."

Question 30, Class of worker
(employee, self-employed, etc.).
The Guide instructions were
expanded in 1986. The 1981
response boxes to this question
(Number 44) were modified
slightly to improve clarity and
response accuracy; thus, the
box "working without pay for a
relative" was changed to
"working without pay for your
spouse or another relative";
and box legend "self-
employed..." was changed to
"self-employed... (alone or in
partnership)".

Question 32, Income. The 1986
Guide instructions to the 11-
part question on income show
numerous changes relative to
1981. Among these are the
addition of paragraphs
advising respondents:

Q. 32(a) - "If consulting T4 slips
to answer this question, report
income shown in box C of the
T4 Federal Income Tax slips,
less the value of 'taxable
allowances and benefits',
shown in boxes K to 0."

Q. 32(b) - "Artists, writers, .
music teachers, hairdressers,
dressmakers, etc. should report
their net income from free-
lance activities."

Q. 32(g) - "Include, if
applicable, provincial tax
credits and allowances such as
'Nova Scotia Tax Credits', 'New
Brunswick Tax Credits',
'Quebec Real Estate Tax
Refund', 'Allowances for
Children Under Age 6',
'Ontario Tax Credits'... as
claimed on your income ta'x
return."

Q. 32(i) - "Do not include lump-
sum death benefits, lump-sum
benefits and withdrawals from
a pension plan or RRSP or
refunds of overcontributions.
Severance pay and retirement
allowances and pensions from
outside Canada should be
entered in Question 32(])."

In addition to these new
paragraphs, many others were
thoroughly revised and
expanded. As an example,
compare the 1981 (Question 46)
and the 1986 (Question 32)
Guide instructions concerning
income from retirement
pensions, superannuation and
annuities.

Apart from the major revisions
noted above, the Guide
instructions to the 1986 income
question also incorporated
many minor changes. The
following examples serve as
illustrations:

Q. 32(c) - to the 1981
instruction "exclude the value
of income 'in kind'", the 1986
text added "such as agri-
cultural products produced and
consumed on the farm".

Q. 32(g) - to the 1981
instruction "include provincial
income supplements", the 1986
text added "i.e. provincial
payments to seniors to
supplement Old Age Security
and Guaranteed Income
Supplement".

Q. 32(h) - the 1981 instruction
to "include interest" was
changed to "include investment
income".

Q. 32(]) - to the 1981 list of
examples of "other money
income", the 1986 text added
"severance pay; royalties;
strike pay".

Q. 32(h) - "Also report here
dividends received from foreign
stocks."

For other changes to Q.32, see
also pages 152 and 153.

151-

Miscellaneous changes

The introduction in the 2B Guide
was completely rewritten for 1986.
The revised text was included with
the 2B Guide only; however, the 2A
Guide, being part of the 2A
questionnaire itself, had no
introduction.

2B Guide, rationale for questions.
The closing paragraph of the
explanatory notes to each of the
1986 questions ended with a
presentation of the rationale for
asking each question. This
innovation was introduced at the
express request of the minister in
charge, when the 1986 Census was
reinstated (Section 3.3).

Questions 25(e), Labour force
activity, and Question 26, When
last worked. In 1981, both
questions were unaccompanied by
Guide instructions; in 1986, notes
were provided.

Question 27, Industry (employer,
name of firm, kind of business).
The 1986 Guide contained the
following new instruction: "If you
worked as an employee in a private
household, enter the name of the
family for whom you work and
write: "private household."

Minor Changes Introduced in
1986

Changes to examples provided with
instructions

Question 2, Relationship to
Person 1. The 1981 question
provided four examples of "other"
relationships; the 1986 version
added an important fifth example,
"common-law partner of son or
daughter".

Question 8(c), Person responsible
for household payments and
"coverage". The 1981 examples of
household members who might
have been omitted included "a new
baby still in hospital, or a former
occupant of this household who has
become a patient in a hospital or
sanatorium"; the 1986 examples

were revised to include "a new
baby still in hospital, live-in help,
or a member of this household who
has become a patient in a hospital
or nursing home".

Question 27(b), Industry
(employer, name of firm, kind of
business). The 1981 examples
given with the instructions
included "paper box manu-
facturing, road construction, retail
shoe store, secondary school, dairy
farm". The 1986 list of examples
cited "wheat farm, trapping, road
maintenance, retail shoe store,
secondary school, temporary help
agency, municipal police".
Trapping was added to emphasize a
trade of significance to the
aboriginal population; road
maintenance replaced road
construction in order to underscore
the distinction between the two;
and municipal police was added in
an attempt to obtain detailed data
on the three levels of police forces
in Canada. Correspondingly, the
1986 Guide provided respondents
with a table comparing complete
and incomplete responses; no such
table was included in 1981.

Question 29, Occupation (type of
work, most important duties). In
this two-part item, the 1981
examples included, among other
things, sales representative, metal
worker, selling electrical tools,
operating lathe. These were
deleted from the 1986 list of
examples; however, the following,
were added: door-to-door
salesperson, food processing
laborer, fishing guide, selling
cosmetics, cleaning vegetables,
guiding fishing parties.

2. Changes in response categories

Questions 6, Mother tongue, and
Question 18, Home language. The
response categories listed were
changed to reflect the recent
changes in group size. Thus, the
1981 mother tongue question listed
the response categories German
and Italian (in this order); the

-152-

order was reversed in 1986.
Similarly, the 1981 home language
question listed German, Italian
and Ukrainian, while the 1986
version listed Italian, Chinese and
German.

Question 10, Period of construction
of dwelling. For buildings erected
after 1976, the 1981 questionnaire
provided the response categories:
1976-1979, 1980, 1981. The 1986
categories were: 1976-80, 1981-85,
1986.

Question 21(a), Years of schooling,
and Question 25(a), Hours worked
last week. In 1981, these questions
provided one box to be checked for
zero, and another box for printing a
value other than zero. In 1986, the
order of these boxes was reversed.

3. Text additions and wording
changes to improve clarity

Question 8(a), Person responsible
for household payments and
"coverage". The 1981 instruction
"Mark here and answer the
dwelling questions" was changed to
"This person shall answer
Questions 8(b) to 13." Also, the
1986 Guide added the following
clarifications:

Q. 8(a) - "If more than one person is
responsible for such payments,
enter the name of the person who
usually pays the largest amount."

Q. 8(d) - "Every Canadian or
landed immigrant should be
enumerated as either a permanent
or temporary resident of the
dwelling he/she occupied overnight
between June 2/3, 1986. Visitors,
students or married workers with
another usual home are examples
of temporary residents."

Question 13, Payments for shelter,
value of dwelling, condominiums.
(Questions 20 and 22 in 1981).
Guide instructions were added in
1986 to Questions 13(b) and (f), in
addition to the revisions made to
Question 13(h).

Question 21(a), Years of schooling.
The 1981 legend to the box "no
schooling or kindergarten only"
was altered in 1986 to "never
attended school or attended
kindergarten only". Minor changes
were also made in the Guide
instructions. Thus, the 1981 text
"indicate the highest level of
education attended" was modified
in 1986 to "indicate the highest
grade or year attended"; and the
1981 text "if you are attending a
school for the retarded" was
modified to "if you are attending a
special education school".

Question 25(e), Labour force
activity. The 1981 question was
worded: "Was there any reason
why you could not start work last
week?" This was followed by five
response categories, the first of
which was worded in the negative:
"No, could have started work". For
improved clarity, the 1986 question
was revised to read: "Could you
have started work last week had a
job been available?" This version
was again followed by a series of
five response categories, but in this
case, the first box was worded in
the positive: "Yes, could have
started work".

Question 31, Weeks worked in
1985, for full time/part time. The
1981 Guide instruction to "enter 52
weeks if you were paid for the full
year" was expanded in 1986 by
adding "or if you operated a farm,
business or professional practice
for the full year". Also, the 1986
Guide provided the following
clarification: "part-time work is
that work which is less than the
normally scheduled weekly hours
of work performed by persons doing
similar work."

Question 32(f), Income. The 1981
category "Benefits from Unemploy-
ment Insurance" was changed to
"Benefits from Unemployment
Insurance (total benefits before tax
deductions)".

-153-

4. Other wording changes

Question 5, Marital status,
Question 18, Home language; and
Question 19, Official language. The
1981 note "see Guide for further
information" was shortened in
1986 to "see Guide".

Question 14, Place of birth. The
1981 instruction to "mark" a
birthplace category was changed to
"mark or specify", since persons
born in most foreign countries have
to "specify" (i.e. write-in) rather
than "mark" a pre-printed box.

Question 15, Citizenship. The 1981
instruction "mark as many boxes
as apply" became "mark more than
one box, if applicable".

5. Miscellaneous changes

"Filter question" (between
Questions 20 and 21). In 1981, the
"filter question" was listed as
Question 30; in 1986 it appeared
without a number.

Question 16, Year of immigration. The
1981 question "In what year did you first
immigrate to Canada?" was
accompanied by the Guide instruction
"Report the year when you first
immigrated to Canada." This
instruction was deemed superfluous and
was therefore deleted in 1986.

Question 32, Income. The 1981
question "During the year ending
December 31, 1980, did you receive
any income..." was changed for
obvious reasons to "During the
year ending December 30, 1985,
did you receive any income..."
Similarly, the reference dates were
updated in Question 24 concerning
change of address since the
previous census.

Statistics
Canada

-155-
CanadT^ APPENDIX B. 1986 CENSUS QUESTIONNAIRE AND GUIDE

Canada

1986 Census of Canada

Please complete your questionnaire on
Tuesday, June 3, 1986

Prov.

FED No.

EANo

c
c

Hhld. No.

Form
type

No. of persons

Quest. No.

I I TD I D IV/I .1 D TR

I I UD 2 D DC 4 D FR

CONFIDENTIAL WHEN COMPLETED

Only persons sworn to secrecy under the Statistics Act will have
access to your completed questionnaire. Information derived from
this questionnaire will be treated in accordance with the confiden-
tiality provisions of the Act. Persons who have been sworn to
secrecy under the Act are subject to prosecution if they violate
these provisions.

Legal requirement

The information sought in this questionnaire Is collected under the
authority of the Statistics Act. Everyone is required to provide this
information.

NOTE: The Guide Includes reasons why questions are asked

jnd should provide the answers to any problems that may arise If
not, do not hesitate to call our Telephone Assistance Service The
numbers to dial are listed on the back cover and long-distance
calls are free of charge

Please complete address or exact location:

Street and No. or lot and concession

City, town, village, municipality, Indian reserve

Province or territory
Telephone number:

Postal code

To Temporary Residents

If all members of this household are Temporary Residents
(that is, persons staying here temporarily who have a usual home
elsewhere in Canada), enter the total number of

temporary residents in this box

and do not complete this questionnaire Follow the
return instructions indicated on the envelope which
contained this questionnaire

To Foreign Residents

If all members of this household are Foreign Residents

(see below), mark here LJ

and do not complete this questionnaire Follow the return
Instructions indicated on the envelope which contained this
questionnaire

Foreign Residents are persons in any one of the following categories:

• government representatives of another country attached
to the legation, embassy or other diplomatic body of that
country in Canada, and their families;

• members of the Armed Forces of another country, and
their families;

• students from another country attending school in Canada,
and their families;

• wori<ers from another country in Canada on Employment
Visas, and their families; and

• residents of another country visiting in Canada temporarily

TB/CT — REG.B102201

156-

A message to all Canadians....

On June 3, 1986. something happens in Canada that is very important
for you and your future It's Census Day, the day on which Canada takes
a look at its population and its social and economic life Without your co-
operation, we cannot have a successful census.

The census is important for you in many ways. With census results tset-
ter plans can be made for your health care for improved day care facilities,
for such things as roads, businesses and schools. The census means
better planning for pensions, youth employment and for the needs of the
disabled. Census results also help determine just what provincial grants
should go to your community and what federal grants should come to
your province.

The information you give is kept secret. It is used only to produce
statistics. The Statistics Act ensures that no one will know the answers
you give except for sworn employees of Statistics Canada No other in-
dividual and no other government department is permitted access to your
census form. At the same time as defined by the Statistics Act, you have
a legal responsibility to fill out this questionnaire

Rjr a census to vwrK all of us must count ourselves in. On June 3, 1986,
a census happens in Canada Do your part, t)y filling in this questionnaire
as accurately as possibte as of June 3.

Thank you for your co-operation.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR QUESTION 1

WHOM TO INCLUDE

Include all persons who usually live here, even if they are temporarily away
(such as on business, at school, or on vacation).

Also include any persons slaying or visiting here who have no usual home
elsewhere.

As a further guide, include

• a hustjand, wife or common-law partner who stays elsewhere while working
but who returns to this home periodically;

• unmarried sons or daughters who are postsecondary students, unless

they are financially independent and living elsewhere:

• unmarried persons who live here while working, even if they return to
another home periodically;

• persons who usually live here but are now in an Institution (such as
a hospital or correctional centre), if they have been there less than
six months;

• infants born on or before June 2. 1986;

• persons now deceased who were still alive at midnight between June 2
and 3, 1986.

Do not include

• unmarried sons or daughters who live elsewhere most of the time while
working, even if they return to this home on weekends or holidays;

• persons who are now in an institution and have been there for the past
six months or longer;

• foreign residents (see front cover).

In 1981, census statistics told us that:

• The population of Canada was 24.343.180, an increase of 5.9%
since 1976.

• Canada's population is aging. From 1971 to 1981, the proportion of
people aged 65 years and over went from 8.1% to 9.7%.

• Since 1971, the number of divorced persons in Canada has almost
tripled, going from 175,000 in 1971 to 500,000 in 1981. In 1971,
they represented 1.2% of the adult population (15 years and over)
compared to 2.7% ten years later.

• More and more Canadians are living alone In 1981, there were close
to 1.7 million people on their ovm. TTiat vtas tvtnce as many as in 1971.

• In 1980, ttie average family income in Canada was $26,748 a
year. That was an inaease of about 28% from 1970, price cfianges
considered.

ORDER OF LISTING OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS

To ensure that all persons in the same family group are listed together, the
following order should be used when printing the names of all members of
the household in Question 1 ;

(a) Person 1 ;

Choose one of the following as Person 1 :

- either the husljand or the wife of a married couple living here

- either partner in a common-law relationship

- the parent, where one parent only lives with his or her never-married
son(s) or daughter(s) of any age.

If none of the atx>ve applies, choose any adult member of this household.

(b) husl>and or wife (or common-law partner) of Person 1 ;

(d) other children of Person 1 , and their families;

(e) other relatives of Person 1 (whether related by blood, marriage, adop-
tion or common-law), and their families;

(f) persons not related to Person 1 , and their families.

How to Fill Out This Questionnaire

Please marie IS or print al your answets clearty with a daric penca or pen.

Answer the questions on pages 2 through 5. TTien, starting with page 6.
fill three pages for each person in your household, using the same order
as you used in Question 1. For example information for Person 2 will be
entered on pages 9, 10, 11; infiofmation for Fferson 3 on pt js 12, 13, and
14, etc .

HOUSEHOLDS WITH MORE THAN SIX PERSONS

H there are more than six persons in this househokJ, enter the first six on
one questnnnaire and continue with the seventh person on a second ques-
tionnaire, starting in the row marked "Person 2".
If y( i need additional questionnaires, see tfie instructtons for Questkxi 1
(second paragraph) in the Guide.

Page 2

157-

V NAME

Using the instructions given on
ttie left, print below ttie names
of all persons usually living
tiere as of Tuesday.
June 3. 1986.

2. RELATIONSHIP TO PERSON 1

For eacti person in ttiis tiousehold, mark M one box only to describe tiis or her relationship to Person 1 .
If you mark the box "Other relative" or "Other non-relative", print in the relationship to Person 1.
Some examples of the "Other" relationships are:

grandmother room-mate's daughter common-law partner of
uncle employee's husband ^°'' °' daughter

(See Guide)

1 01 1 .19 D A
Person 1

<il Kl Person 1

Last name

Given name and initial

1 02 1 .i>) D A
Person 2

1)2 U Husband or wife of Person 1 09 D Brother-in-law or sister-in-law 12 □ Lodger
(13 D Common-law partner of of Person 1 ,, □ Lodger's husband or wife
„ ''^^"°" ' '" ^ Grandchild of Person 1 „ Q Lodger's son or daughter
(14 U Son or daughter of Person 1 n G Nephew or niece of Person 1 ,, □ Room-mate
m a Father or mother of Person 1 □ other relative of Person 1 ,fi □ Emolovee
06 U Brother or sister of Person 1 (prini below) |— 1
,,■, n 0 i„ lo,., „, ^ >,.„.„ i„ l—l other non-relative tomi be/oivl

Last name

of Person 1 .

OS n Father-in-law or mother-in-law p
of Person 1

Given name and initial

03 .19 D A
Person 3

09 □ Brother-in-law or sister-in-law 12 D Lodger

of Person 1 ,, □ Lodger's husband or wife

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,4 □ Lodger's son or daughter

04 U Son or daughter of Person 1 n D Nephew or niece of Person 1 ,5 □ Room-mate

05 D Father or mother of Person 1 \J other relative of Person 1 ,. H Emolovee

06 D Brother or sister of Person 1 (print below) n "^^ ,.,.,,,
m n o„„ i„ F„,.. ~, ^^.. _!,.„,•„ i_ LJ other non-relative /Df/n( be/owl

Last name

uf Person 1

OS n Father-in-law or mother-in-law p
of Person 1

Given name and initial

1 04 1 39 D A
Person 4

09 n Brother-in-law or sister-in-law 12 D Lodger

of Person 1 ,3 □ Lodger's husband or wife

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,4 □ Lodger's son or daughter

04 U Son or daughter of Person 1 n Q Nephew or niece of Person 1 ,5 □ Room-mate

05 D Father or mother of Person 1 □ other relative of Person 1 ..[J Emolovee

06 U Brother or sister of Person 1 (print below! n «

ni n c«„ i„ lo,. „, H, >,.„ 1 i>^ ■ uo ""/ u Qi^g^ non-relative lorinl below\

Last name

of Person 1

08 D Father-in-law or mother-in-law 17

Given name and initial

1 05 39 D A
Person 5

09 n Brother-in-law or sister-in-law 12 D Lodger

of Person 1 ,3 □ Lodger's husband or wife

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,4 □ Lodger's son or daughter

04 U Son or daughter of Person 1 n D Nephew or niece of Person 1 ,5 Q Room-mate

05 LJ Father or mother of Person 1 n other relative of Person 1 ,. H Emolovee

06 U Brother or sister of Person 1 (print below) m

m n c^r, lo 1= io..„h.=, ■„ 1, LJ other non-relative lorint below)

Last name

of Person 1

08 [3 Father-in-law or mother-in-law 17

Given name and initial

1 06 1 39 D A
Person 6

09 D Brother-in-law or sister-in-law 12 D Lodger

of Person 1 ,3 □ Lodger's husband or wife

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,4 □ Lodger's son or daughter

04 U Son or daughter of Person 1 n D Nephew or niece of Person 1 ,5 □ Room-mate

05 D Father or mother of Person 1 \J other relative of Person 1 ,. n Pmolovee

06 D Brother or sister of Person 1 (print below) rn '^'"'"°*^^®

Last name

07 LJ Son-in-law or daughter-in-law
of Person 1

08 D Father-in-law or mother-in-law 17
of Person 1

Given name and initial

158-

Page 3

X DATE OF BIRTH
Print day, month and year. Example:
If you were born on the 1 0th of
February, 1945, you would enter

pa |1 9 4 51

If exact date is not known,
enter best estimate.

4. SEX

fVIARITAL STATUS
What is your nnarital
status? (See Guide)

Mark one box only

6. What is the language you
■ first learned in childhood

and still understand?

(See Guide)

Do you consider yourself
an aboriginal person or a
native Indian of North
America, that is, Inuit.
North American Indian or
Ivletis? (See Guide)

3ay

Month

19 D D

Year

20 D Male

21 D Female

23 0

24 0

25 O

26 0

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 D English

28 O French

29 O Italian

30 O German

31 O Ukrainian

.u U

No,

1 do not consider

myself Inuit. North

American Indian

or Metis

Yes

Inuit

Yes

status or

registered Indian

Yes,

non-status Indian

Yes

Metis

Other (specify)

Day

Month

19 D D

Year

20 D Male

21 O Female

22 O

23 D

24 O

25 0

26 O

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 O English

28 O French

29 O Italian

30 D German

31 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

No. I do not consider
myself Inuit. North
American Indian
or Metis

Yes. Inuit

Yes. status or

registered Indian

Yes. non-status Indian

Yes. Metis

Day

Month
19 D D

Year

20 O Male

21 O Female

22 O

23 0

24 O

25 O

26 0

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 L_ English

2S ' French

29 i_ Italian

30 I German

31 L. Ukrainian

Other (specify!

No. I do not consider
myself Inuit. North
American Indian
or Metis

Yes. Inuit
Yes. status or

registered Indian
Yes. non-status Indian
Yes. Metis

Day

Month
19 O D

Year

20 D Male

21 D Female

22 O

23 O

24 O

25 O

26 D

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 1 English

28 t_ French

29 O Italian

30 1 ' German

31 I ^^ Ukrainian

33 _ No

I do not consider
myself Inuit. North
American Indian
or Metis

Yes. Inuit

Yes. status or

registered Indian

Yes. non-status Indian

Yes. Metis

Other (specify)

Day

Month
19 O D

Year

20 D Male

21 D Female

22 D

23 O

24 D

25 0

26 O

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 D English

28 D French

29 D Italian

30 O German

31 O Ukrainian

33 I No. I do not consider

myself Inuit. North
American Indian
or Metis

34 C Yes. Inuit

35 1 Yes, status or

registered Indian

36 I Yes. non-status Indian

37 O Yes. Metis

Other (specify)

Day

Month
19 O D

Year

20 O Male

21 O Female

23 O

24 O

25 0

26 0

Now married
(excluding separated)

Separated

Divorced

Widowed

Never married
(single)

27 O English

28 O French

29 O Italian

30 O German

31 O Ukrainian

33 L_ No. I do not consider

myself Inuit. North
American Indian
or Metis

34 D Yes. Inuit

35 O Yes. status or

registered Indian

36 O Yes, non-status Indian

37 D Yes, Metis

Other (specify)

Page 4

A dwelling is a separate set of living quarters with a private
entrance from the outside or from a common hallway or stair-
way inside the building. This entrance should not be through
someone else's living quarters.

159-

8. (a

i) Print the name of ttie person (or one of ttie persons) wtio lives here
and is responsible for paying the rent, or mortgage, or
taxes, electricity, etc.. for this dwelling.

L.ast name

Given name and initial

This person shall answer Questions 8 (b) to 13.

NOTE: If no one living here makes any such payments mark
here □ and answer Questions 8 (b) to 13 yourself.

(b) How many persons usually live here (according to the WHOIVI TO
INCLUDE item in the INSTRUCTIONS FOR QUESTION 1)?

"=□

Number of persons

(c) Did you leave anyone out of Question 1 because you were not sure
whether he or she should be listed? For example, a student, a lodger
who also has another home, a new baby still in hospital, live-in help,
or a member of this household who has become a patient in a
hospital or nursing home within the past six months.

□ Yes D No

If "Yes", print the name of each persor\ left out and the reason.

Name

Reason

Name

Reason

If you require more space, please use the Comments section on the
last page of this questionnaire.

(d) How many persons who have a usual home elsewhere in Canada are
staying or visiting here temporarily (as of Census Day June 3)?

LJ None

□

Number of persons

9. Do you (or does any other member of this household):
Mark one box only

03 \Z\ own this dwelling (even if it is still being paid for)?

04 LJ rent this dwelling (even if no cash rent is paid)?

CONTINUE WITH QUESTION 10

OFFICE USE ONLY

U Trans.

Coll.

(16

(17 D

(18 D

(19

10 D

Ref.

fVliss.

JIC- A

JIC -B

-160-

10. To the best of your knowledge, wtien was this dwelling or the building
containing this dwelling originally built? (Mark the period in which the
building was completed, not the time of any later remodelling, additions
or conversions.)

Mark one box only
' ' 01 l_l 1 920 or before

02 D 1921 • 1945

03 D 1946 • 1960

04 D 1961 - 1970

05 D 1971 ■ 1975

06 D 1 976 - 1 980

07 D 1981 ■ 1985

08 D 1 986

1 1 . How many rooms are there in this dwelling? (Include kitchen, bedrooms,
finished rooms in attic or basement, etc. Do not count bathrooms, halls,
vestibules and rooms used solely for business purposes.)

□

Number of rooms

12. (a) What is the main type of heating equipment for this dwelling?
Mark one box only

10 D Steam or hot water furnace or boiler

1 1 n Forced hot air furnace with heat pump

12 n Forced hot air furnace without heat pump and using one

type of fuel/energy only (e.g., natural gas, oil, or electricity)

13 D Forced hot air furnace without heat pump and using more

than one type of fuel/energy for heating (e.g., oil and wood,
or oil and electricity)

14 n Installed electric heating system, e.g., built-in baseboard

15 D Other electric heating system (plug-in)

16 en Heating stove, cooking stove, space heater

17 IZl Other, e.g., fireplace

(b) Which fuel or energy is used most for heating this dwelling?
Mark one box only

18 n Piped gas, e.g., natural gas

19 D Bottled gas, e.g., propane

20 D Electricity only

21 D Electricity as the main source where more than one fuel/energy

is used, e.g., electricity and oil

22 D Oil or kerosene

23 D Wood

24 D Coal or coke

25 D Other fuel or energy

Page 5

Answer Question 13 for only the dwelling that you now occupy, even
if you own or rent more than one dwelling. If exact amount is not known,
please enter your best estimate.

NOTE: II you are a farm operator living on the farm you operate,
mark here
26 n and go to the questions concerning Person 1 on page 6.

13. For this dwelling, what are the yearly payments (last 12 months) for:
■

(a) electricity?

27 n None, or included in rent or other payments,
OR
Dollars Cents

per year

(b) oil, gas, coal, wood or other fuels?
29 D None, or included in rent or other payments,
OR
Dollars Cents

per year

31 n None, or included in rent, municipal taxes or other payments.
OR
Dollars Cents

per year

RENTERS, answer part (d); OWNERS, go to part (e).

(d) What is the monthly cash rent you pay for thi« dwelling?

33 D Rented without payment of cash rent i

OR k Go to the questions

Dollars Cents m concerning Person 1

T on page 6

00 per month

OWNERS, answer parts (e) through (i).

(e) What are your total regular monthly mortgage (or debt)
payments for this dwelling?

35 D None ► Go to part (g)
OR
Dollars Cents

per month

(I) Are your property taxes (municipal and school) included in the
amount shown in part (e)?

37 n Yes ► Go to part (h)

38 D No

(9) What are your estimated yearly property taxes (municipal and
school) for this dwelling?

39 D None

OR
Dollars Cents

per year

(h) If you were to sell this dwelling now, for how much would you
expect to sell it?

Dollars

Cents

(i) Is this dwelling part of a registered condominium?

42 n Yes

43 n No

Page 6

161-

NAME OF PERSON 1

Last name

Given name and initial

1 4. Where were you born? (Mark or specify one only, according to

present boundaries.)
IN CANADA

L£i] 01 D Nfid.

02 D P.E.I.

03 D N.S.

04 D N.B.

05 n Que.

06 D Ont.

07 n Man.

08 n Sask.

09 n Alta.

10 D B.C.

11 D Yukon

12 n N.W.T.

OUTSIDE CANADA

13 D United Kingdom

14 n Italy

15 D U.S.A.

16 CD West Germany

17 n East Germany

18 D Poland

Ottier (specify)

1 5. Of what country are you a citizen?
• Afar* more tttan one box. If applicable

20 D Canada, by birth

21 D Canada, by naturalization

22 D Same as country of birth (other than Canada)

23 D Other

If you are a citizen of Canada by birth, go to Question 1 7.

16. In what year did you first immigrate to Canada?

If exact year is not known, please enter
best estimate.

Year

1 7. To which ethnic or cultural group(s) do you or did your ancestors
■ belong? (See Guide)

fAark or specify as many as applicable

25 D French

26 □ English

27 D Irish

28 n Scottish

29 D German

30 D Italian

31 D Ukrainian

32 D Dutch (Netherlands)

33 D Chinese

34 D Jewish

35 D Polish

36 D Black

37 D Inuit

38 G North American Indian

39 D M6tis

Other ethnic or cultural group(s). For example, Portuguese,
Greek, Indian (India), Pakistani, Filipino, Japanese,
Vietnamese, (specify below)

Other (specify)

18. What language do you yourself speak at home now?
■ (If more than one language, which language do you speak
most often?) (See Guide)

43 D English

44 CH French

45 D Italian

46 CD Chinese

47 D German

Other (specify)

19. Can you speak English or French well enough to conduct a
• conversation? (See Guide)

Mark one box only

49 D English only

50 CD French only

51 CD Both English and French

52 D Neither English nor French

20. (a) Are you limited in the kind or amount of activity that you can

do because of a long-term physical condition, mental condition or
health problem: (See Guide)

At home?

53 n No, I am not limited

54 D Yes, I am limited

At school or at work?

55 G No. I am not limited

56 n Yes, I am limited

57 n Not applicable

In other activities, e.g.. transportation to or from work, leisure time
activities?

58 CD No, I am not limited

59 D Yes, I am limited

(b) Do you have any long-term disabilities or handicaps?

60 D No

61 D Yes

If you were born on or after June 3, 1 971 , mark here D and

do not answer Questions 21 to 32. . END HERE FOR THIS PERSON

If you were born before June 3. 1971. mark here Q and
continue with Questions 21 to 32.

21. (a) What is the highest grade (or year) of secondary (high) or
■ elementary school you ever attended? (See Guide)

□ Enter ttighest grade or year (1 to 13)
ofi ■ ■

f secondary or elementary school

63 D Never attended school or attended kindergarten only

(b) How many years of education have you ever completed at university?

64 n None

65 CD Less than 1 year (of completed courses)

□

Enter number of completed years at university

-162-

QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1 - CONTINUED

21.

[To]

(c) How many years of schooling have you ever completed at an
institution other than a university, secondary (high) or elementary
schoor Include years of schooling at community colleges, institutes
of technology, CEGEPs (general and professional), private trade
schools or private business colleges, diploma schools of nursing, etc.
(See Guide)

01 □ None

02 D Less than 1 year (of completed courses)

Enter number of completed years

22. What degrees, certificates or diplomas have you ever obtained?
~i" (See Guide)

Mark as many boxes as appiicable

04 n None

05 IZl Secondary (high) school graduation certificate

06 Q Trades certificate or diploma

07 n Other non-university certificate or diploma (obtained at

community college, CEGEP. institute of technology, etc.)

08 D University certificate or diploma below bachelor level

09 n Bachelor's degree(s) (e.g., B.A., B.Sc. B.A.Sc, LLB.)

10 D University certificate or diploma above bachelor level

11 D Master's degree(s) (e.g.. M.A., M.Sc, M.Ed.)

12 O Degree in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or

optometry (M.D., D.D.S., D.M.D., D.V.M., CD.)

13 n Earned doctorate (e.g., Ph.D., D.Sc, D.Ed.)

23. What was the major field of study of your highest degree, certificate
or diploma (excluding secondary or high school graduation
certificates)? (See Guide)

(For example, accounting, civil engineering, history, legal
secretary, welding.)

If you have no degree, certificate or diploma or have a second-
ary (high) school graduation certificate only, mark below.

14 D ► Go (o Question 24

24. Where did you live 5 years ago, that is. on June 1, 1981?
Mart one box only

NOTE: If your place of residence 5 years ago was a municipality
within a large urban area, be careful not to confuse suburban
municipalities with the largest city. For example, distinguish between
r>^ontr6al-Nord and tAontr6al, Scarborough and Toronto, West
Vancouver and Vancouver.

Go (o Quest/on 25

16 n This dwelling

17 D Different dwelling in this city, town,

village, township, municipality or
Indian reserve

18 D Outside Canada

19 n Different city, town, village, township, other municipality or

ndia

n res

erve in

Canada

(spec

ty below) — i

City,

town.

village

township.

other

municipality or Indian

reserve

County

Province or territory

25.

Page 7

(a) Last week, how many hours did you work (not including
housework, maintenance or repairs for your own home)?
Include as work:

• working without pay in a family farm or business (e.g..
assisting in seeding, doing accounts):

• working in your own business, farm or professional
practice, alone or in partnership:

• working for wages, salary, tips or commission.

21 Number of hours (to the nearest hour) ► Go to Question 27

22 D None ► Continue with Questions 25 (b) to 32

(b) Last week, were you on temporary lay-off or absent from
your job or business?

tvlark one box only

2} n No

24 CI Yes. on temporary lay-off from a job to which I expect to return

25 (Z) Yes, on vacation, ill, on strike or locked out. or absent

for other reasons

26 D No

27 D Yes

(d) Did you look for work during the past four weeks? For example,
did you contact a Canada Employment Centre, check with
employers, place or answer newspaper ads?

f^ark one box only

28 n No ► Go to Question 26

29 n Yes. looked for full-time work

30 n Yes, looked for part-time work (less than 30 hours per week)

(e) Could you have started work last week had a job been available?
fi^ark one box only

31 CD Yes, could have started work

32 D No, already had a job-

33 D No, temporary illness or disability

34 n No, personal or family responsibilities

35 D No, going to school

36 D No. other reasons

26. When did you last work, even for a few days (not including
~^ housework, maintenance or repairs for your own home)?
Mar* one box only

37 □ In 1986 W

,—, m Answer Questions 27 to 32

38 LI In 1985 f

39 D Before 1 985 k

P-i • Go (0 Question 32

40 U Never worked in lifetime W

27. NOTE: Questions 27 to 30 refer to your Job or business last week. If
you held no job last week, answer for your job of longest duration since
January 1 , 1985. If you held more than one job last week, answer for
the job at which you worked the most hours.

(a) For whom did you work?

Name of firm, government agency, etc.

Department, branch, division, section or plant
(b) What kind of business, industry or service was this?

Give full description. For example, wheat farm, trapping, road
maintenance, retail shoe store, secondary school, temporary
help agency, municipal police.

Page 8

163-

QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1 - CONCLUDED

28. At what address did you work? If no usual place of work, see Guide.

Mark one box only

(i) LJ Worked at fiome (includes living and working on tfie same farm)

I ^^ I (ii) D Worked outside Canada

(iii) O Worked at the address below (please specify) ■

31.

II street address is not known, give the building name,
shopping centre or street intersection, etc.

Number Street

// you worked in a suburban municipality within a large urban

area, specify that municipality, not the main city.

City, town, village, township, other municipality or Indian reserve

County

Province or territory

29. {a} What kind of work were you doing?

For example, accounting clerk, door-to-door salesperson,
civil engineer, secondary school teacher, chief electrician, food
processing labourer, fishing guide. (If in the Armed Forces, give
rank.)

(b) In this work, what were your most important activities or duties?

For example, verifying invoices, selling cosmetics, managing the
research department, teaching mathematics, supervising con-
struction electricians, cleaning vegetables, guiding fishing parlies.

30. (a) In this job were you mainly:

08 D working for wages, salary, tips or

commission?

09 LJ working without pay for your spouse or

another relative in a family farm or business?

10 D self-employed without paid help

(alone or in partnership)?

1 1 D self-employed with paid help

(alone or in partnership)?

• (b) If self-employed, was your farm or business incorporated?

12 □ No

13 □ Yes

Go to
Question 31

Continue
with Question
30 (b)

(a) In how many weeks did you work during 1 985 (not including
housework, maintenance or repairs for your own home)?
Include those weeks in which you:

• were on vacation or sick leave with pay;

• were self-employed or an unpaid worker in a family farm
or business:

• worked full time or part time.
14 D None ► Go to Question 32

□

Number of weeks

(b) During most of those weeks, did you work full time or part time?
Mark one box only

16 n Full time

17 n Part time

18 D In.

OFFICE USE ONLY

/32^ During the year ending December 31 , 1985, did you receive any
■ income or suffer any loss from the sources listed below?

- If yes, please mark the "Yes" box and enter the amount: in case
of a loss, also mark the "Loss" box.

- If no, please mark the "No" box and proceed to the next source.

- Do not include family allowances and child tax credits

- Please consult the Guide for details.

AfVIOUNT

(a) Total wages and salaries

including commissions,
bonuses, tips, etc.. before
any deductions

Dollars

Cents

19 D Yes^
:o n No

(b) Net non-farm self-employment

income (gross receipts minus
expenses) from unincorporated
business, professional practice,
etc.. on own account or in
partnership

income (gross receipts minus
expenses) from agricultural
operations on own account or
in partnership

(d) Old age security pension and
guaranteed Income supple-
ment from federal government
only (provincial income sup-
plements should be reported in

(g»

(e) Benefits from Canada or Quebec
Pension Plan

C Yes^

:.' C No

:4 n Yes*-

26 n No

27 n Yes^

□ No

:9 n Yes^

)o n No

(f) Benefits from Unemployment 31 D Yes*

Insurance (total benefits before ,, m .,

. . .. , .12 LJ No

tax deductions)

(g) Other income from govern-
ment sources including provin-
cial income supplements and
grants and social assistance,
e.g.. veterans' pensions,
workers' compensation, welfare jj Q] j^q
payments (do not include family
allowances and child tax
credits) (See Guide)

D Yes"

(h) Dividends and interest on

bonds, deposits and savings
certificates, and other invest-
ment income, e.g., net rents
from real estate, interest from
mortgages

(i) Retirement pensions, superan-
nuation and annuities

(j) Other money income, e.g.,
alimony, scholarships

(k) Total income from all of the
above sources

3.< n Yes ►

37 D No

38 D Yes*-

39 n No

40 D Yes*-

41 □ No

42 D Yes *•

44 D No

Loss

m Loss

36 D Loss

43 D Loss

END OF QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1
PERSON 2 — CONTINUE

164-

TELEPHONE ASSISTANCE SERVICE

If after reading the Guide you need further assistance, do not hesitate to call
our Telephone Assistance Service. It is available from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. from
Thursday, May 29 through Friday, June 6 (excluding Sunday).

If you live within the local calling area of one of the places listed below, dial
the number shown. In all other areas call the long-distance operator and ask
for ZENITH 0-1986 (no charge).

For TTD/TTY (Telecommunication Devices for the DeaffTeletype Machines only)
- users call: 1-800-267-5301 (no charge).

ST. JOHN'S (NFLD.) 772-2454

HALIFAX 426-1986

MONCTON 857-7986

MONTREAL 283-1986

OTTAWA 990-1495

TORONTO 973-1986

WINNIPEG 944-1986

EDMONTON 420-2150

VANCOUVER 666-6655

COMMENTS

-165

1986 Onsus Guide for Respondents Completing
Tlieir Census Form

Count Yourself In On Census Day, Tuesday. June 3, 1986.

This Guide will help you fill out your questionnaire. It should provide the answers to any
problems that may arise. If not, do not hesitate to call our Telephone Assistance Service.
The numbers to dial are listed on the last page of your questionnaire and long-distance
calls are free of charge. This Guide will also answer some questions you may have about
the census.

Why take a census?

A census is an inventory of a nation's people and their living condition. It is the only source
of information from which Canadians can draw a complete and reliable picture of their
community and their country. This picture taken on June 3, 1986 is produced by combin-
ing answers to various census questions as well as by comparing the change in various
characteristics of the population between censuses. While it is true that some information
could be obtained through other means, only the census provides Canadians with enough
information to relate age, sex and education to employment or income, for example. As
such the census provides a vast and invaluable store of knowledge about each Canadian
community. This knowledge is useful to all levels of government, business and associa-
tions which represent a diversity of interests.

Census data can be useful for your personal needs as well. With the information the cen-
sus provides, you can plan a business, or evaluate the needs of your community for day
care, school, recreational and other facilities.

How are the questions made up?

Statistics Canada listens to the needs and concerns of Canadians before deciding which
questions should be asked. Before the content of the 1986 questionnaire was decided, talks
were held with many different groups across the country. These talks have resulted in ques-
tions on aboriginal peoples, the handicapped and the work force, to note just a few.

This Guide provides some of the reasons why each question is asked.

Yes, but I feel this is an invasion of my privacy. . .

You may feel uncomfortable about answering a question. You may think, "This is no one's
business but my own". But, here's what happens. The information you provide is processed
in such a way that your personal characteristics are protected in the statistical data base.

Well then, why do I have to give my name?

Your name is required so that census workers can contact you in case basic information
is missing on your questionnaire.

How do I know you'll keep it all a secret?

Statistics Canada has upheld its guarantee of confidentiality ever since it began taking the
census. Its record is unblemished. Your answers are kept in the strictest confidence and
are used only to compile statistics.

Although you are required, by law, to provide the information requested in the census
questionnaire, you are also protected by that law.

Our message to you . . .

The 1986 Census will give you the chance to work for a better Canada. Please count yourself
in. It's your right.

Thank you for your co-operation.

166-

Question 1

Refer to the instructions for Question 1 on the questionnaire when considering whom
to (or not to) include as members of your household. If you have doubts as to whether
a person should be listed, enter the person's name and the reason for your uncertainty
in the space provided in Question 8(c).

If there are more than six persons in your household and you do not have a second
questionnaire, note this in the "Comments" section of your questionnaire, complete
the questionnaire for six persons in your household and return as instructed. A Cen-
sus Representative will contact you later.

Names are required to contact the household for missing information.

Question 2

To enable us to identify family groups within the household, it is necessary to select
a reference person (Person 1), and to state the relationship of each household member
to that person. For example, if John Smith lives with his father Thomas Smith, and
Thomas Smith has been entered as Person 1, John Smith would mark "Son or daughter
of Person 1".

There may be a member or members of your household whose relationship to Person 1
is not described in Question 2. In such cases, mark either "Other relative of Person 1"
or "Other non-relative", and also print the exact relationship to Person 1 in the
space provided.

"Other relative" includes persons such as uncles, aunts, cousins, grandfathers, grand-
mothers, and so on. "Other non-relative" refers to household members who are not
related to Person 1 by blood, marriage, adoption or common-law. Some examples are
employee's wife, employee's daughter, room-mate's son, landlord, and so on.

The term "common-law", as used in "Common-law partner of Person 1" or as may
be used to describe any other such partnership in the household (for example, "Lodger's
common-law partner") applies to any case of a couple living together in this tyjjc
of union.

Note that stepchildren, adopted children, and children of a common-law partner should
be considered as sons and daughters. Foster children, wards and guardianship children
who are not related to Person 1 by blood, marriage, adoption or common-law should
be listed as lodgers.

This question is needed to identify family and non-family groups and persons
living alone. Information on the numbers and characteristics of these groups is
essential for planning of social programs such as old age security and family
allowance. These data are also used in identifying future needs for housing and
community services from health and education to recreation and transportation.

Question 3

Information on age is essential in projecting future population trends and
in better understanding social and economic changes. It b a key element in
planning for a community's needs such as day care facilities, schools and senior
citizens' housing.

167-

Question 4

This question is vital in studying population trends. Data classified by sex are
needed to understand the changing social and economic roles of men and women.

Question 5

Mark "Now married" if you have a husband or wife who is now living, even if you
are temporarily living apart because one of you is employed away from home,
hospitalized, etc., but not if you are actually separated or have obtained a divorce.

Mark "Separated", if you are separated from your husband or wife due to causes
such as desertion or marriage breakdown, or because you no longer want to live
together, provided that no divorce has been obtained.

Mark "Divorced" if you have obtained a divorce and have not remarried.

Persons in a common-law type of relationship should mark one of the boxes
"separated", "divorced", "widowed" or "never married" according to the guidelines
provided above.

Marital patterns of the population can affect family taws and social programs
geared to such groups as single-parent families, the elderly living alone, etc.

Question 6

You should report the first language you learned in childhood, that is, before you went
to school. If you no longer understand that language, report the second language you
learned. If you are answering for someone else, report the first language that he/she
learned in childhood.

If you understand more than one language, report the one you learned first. If you
learned two languages at the same time, report the language you yourself spoke most
often at home. If you used the two languages equally often, report both. '

For a child who has not yet learned a language, report the language he/she will first
be learning at home. If he/she is learning two languages at the same time, report the
one in which he/she is spoken to most often. If the two languages are used equally
often, report both.

Persons who speak an Indian language (from India) should not report Indian but rather
Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi or some other language as applicable. Persons who speak an
Amerindian language (North American Indian) should report Cree, Ojibway or some
other Amerindian language as applicable.

Mother tongue data are used in programs which protect and promote rights and
privileges established by the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the
Official Languages Act.

Question 7

It is essential that everyone answer this question regardless of whether or not he/she
is an aboriginal person of North America. Whenever possible, the answer to this ques-
tion should be provided by the person to whom the information refers.

168-

Question 7 (concluded)

Anyone who feels he/she is an aboriginal person (for example, Inuit, Metis, treaty
or non-treaty status Indian) should respond to the categories beginning with "Yes. . . ",
as appropriate. Aboriginal children, even if adopted by non-aboriginal families, should
also have a "Yes. . ." response.

Any person who considers him/herself to be East Indian or Asian Indian or Asiatic
Indian, or who feels he/she has ethnic roots on the subcontinent of India, should mark
"No. . . " to this question. Any other person who considers him/herself not to be an
aboriginal person of North America should also mark "No. . .".

The purpose of this question is to obtain counts of Canada's aboriginal popula-
tion, its characteristics and its geographical distribution.

Question 8

Part (a): If more than one person is responsible for such payments, enter the name
of the person who usually pays the largest amount.

Part (b): If your household has more than six persons you will require more than one
questionnaire. Please see the guidelines for Question I (second paragraph) above. If
you are using more than one questionnaire, please answer this question on the first
questionnaire only.

Part (c): If you have difficulty determining if a person should be included on your
questionnaire, please refer to the WHOM TO INCLUDE item in the column adjacent
to Question 1 on the questionnaire and to the guidelines for Question 1 above.

Part (d): Every Canadian or landed immigrant should be enumerated as either a
permanent or temporary resident of the dwelling he/she occupied overnight between
June 2/3, 1986. Visitors, students or married workers with another usual home are
examples of temporary residents.

Mark either "None" or enter the number of temporary residents.

Part (a) is used to determine the person who can best answer the dwelling ques-
tions. Parts (b), (c) and (d) help to ensure that no one is left out who should
be counted.

Question 9

Mark "Owned" if the dwelling you occupy is owned or being bought by you and/or
a member of this household even if (a) it is situated on rented or leased land or (b)
it is part of a condominium (whether registered or unregistered). For census purposes,
a condominium is a multi-unit residential complex in which dwellings are owned in-
dividually while land is held in joint ownership with others.

Mark "Rented" in all other cases, even if the dwelling you occupy is (a) provided
without cash rent or at a reduced rent, such as a clergyman's residence, a superinten-
dent's dwelling in an apartment building, etc., or is (b) part of a co-operative. For
census purposes, a co-operative is jointly owned by all members who occupy their dwell-
ing units under a lease agreement.

This information is important both in assessing housing markets and in the
development of housing programs.

169-

Question 10

Information on the period of construction of Canada's housing supply is used
in renovation and energy conservation programs.

Question 11

Do not enter "half-rooms"; for example, instead of 1 ^h enter either 1 or 2, depending
on which best describes your dwelling.

Include as separate rooms partially divided rooms which you consider to be separate
because of fixed or movable partition(s) or because of their use (e.g., "L-shaped" living-
dining rooms).

Statistics comparing the number of rooms to the number of people living in
various types of dwellings provide important information on living conditions
throughout Canada.

Question 12

Part (a): A heat pump is a device which, in winter, extracts heat from exterior sources
such as air or water and transmits it to an interior distribution system (usually a fur-
nace) which circulates that heat through the dwelling. In summer, the heat pump extracts
heat from within the dwelling and transmits it to the exterior, thus cooling the dwell-
ing. (A heat pump should not be confused with an electrically driven fan or blower
which is found on forced hot air furnaces.)

If a heat pump or a combination (dual-fuel) furnace is part of a steam or hot water
heating system, mark "Steam or hot water furnace or boiler".

Part (b): Mark "Electricity only" if your dwelling is heated exclusively by electricity.
If the electricity is the main but not the only source of heat, mark "Electricity as the
main source. . .".

Note: If you use both commercial fuels/energy (e.g., oil, natural gas or electricity)
and energy retrieved from the environment, for example, by heat pumps or solar
panels, mark the category which identifies the commercial fuel used.

Information about household heating equipment and fuel is useful in planning
energy conservation and housing programs.

Instruction prior to Question 13

In Question 13, parts (a), (b) and (c), if your payments include both business and
residential expenses, enter your estimate for the residential portion only.

Question 13

Parts (a), (b) and (c): If you have occupied this dwelling for less than a year, estimate
and report the yearly amount based on your payments up to this date or on other
available information.

Condominium owners - If electricity or other service charges are included in the con-
dominium fee, mark "None".

Part (b): If uncertain of the total annual cost of fuel, multiply the amount consumed
(e.g., litres of oil, containers of propane gas, cords of wood, tons of coal) by the per
unit price.

Part (d): Include parking fees paid with the rent, if any.

-170-

Question 13 (concluded)

Part (e): Mortgage payments are sometimes made in other than monthly instalments
(e.g., once a year, twice a year or every three months). In this case, to obtain the average
monthly amount paid, add all payments made in the last 12 months and divide the
total by 12.

Part (f): If your regular monthly mortgage payments, shown in part (e), include
municipal property taxes, but exclude school taxes:
(i) check "No" in part (0; and

(ii) enter in part (g) the amount of annual school taxes paid by you directly to school
tax collectors.

Part (g): Include local improvement taxes with the property taxes, even if billed
separately.

Part (h): For single dwellings, state the value of the entire property, including the value
of the land it is on and of any other structure, such as a garage, which is on the prop-
erty. If your dwelling is located in a building which contains several dwellings, or a
combination of residential and business premises, all of which you or other members
of your household own, estimate and report a portion of the market value that applies
only to the dwelling in which you reside. Alternatively, you may estimate the value
of your dwelling by multiplying by 100 the amount of rent per month which you could
obtain for that one dwelling.

This question provides information on housing costs which can be combined with
information from other census questions to evaluate the economic situation of
Canadians.

Question 14

Persons born in parts of Canada which were part of the Northwest Territories at the
time of their birth, but which have since become provinces of Canada, should report
their place of birth according to present provincial boundaries. Persons born in the
province of Newfoundland and Labrador before that province joined Confederation
should mark "Nfld.". Persons born in the six counties of Northern Ireland should
mark "United Kingdom". Persons born in any of the other counties of Ireland should
print "Eire" in the space provided.

If you are not sure of the country of your birth because of boundary changes, print
the name of the nearest city or district in the space provided.

This information, when combined with information from other census questions,
can be used to review employment and immigration policies and programs, and
to plan education, health and other services.

Question 15

Mark "Canada, by birth", if you were:

(a) born in Canada

(except for persons of parents, one of whom was, at the time of their birth:
(i) in the service of a foreign government, or
(ii) an employee of a person in (i), or

(iii) in the service of an international organization to whom there is granted
diplomatic privileges,

AND neither parent was a Canadian citizen or permanent resident flanded immigrant));

-171-

Question 15 (concluded)

(b) born outside Canada of one or both Canadian parents, on or after February 15,
1977;

(c) born. outside Canada before February 15, 1977 of both Canadian parents, if you
did not lose your Canadian citizenship;

(d) born outside Canada of one Canadian parent, if your birth was registered as
Canadian with Canadian authorities, and if you did not lose this citizenship.

Persons providing a response of "Canada, by birth" will not have gone through the
immigration process, and thus should not have a response to the year of immigration
question.

Persons who are Canadian citizens by naturalization would normally have received
citizenship certificates from Canadian citizenship authorities.

If you have dual citizenship, mark the applicable boxes, e.g., Canada by birth or Canada
by naturalization and country of birth (other than Canada).

If you were born outside Canada and are not a Canadian citizen, mark "Same as coun-
try of birth (other than Canada)", if you still retain this citizenship; otherwise mark
"Other".

If you have lost your former citizenship and have not yet become a Canadian citizen,
or if you have no citizenship for any other reason, mark "Other".

This question serves several purposes. It identifies populations who may need
special minority language education programs. It also supports electoral planning
at all levels of government when combined with age information. Knowledge of
the extent of non-citizenship when combined with language information helps
those responsible for conducting citizenship preparation programs and court
facilities.

Question 16

Information on period of immigration is important for studies of immigration
trends.

Question 17

Ethnic or cultural group refers to the "roots" or ancestral origin of the population
and should not be confused with citizenship or nationality. Canadians belong to many
ethnic and cultural groups, such as Inuit, North American Indian, Metis, Irish, Scottish,
Ukrainian, Chinese, Japanese, East Indian (from the subcontinent of India), Dutch,
English, French, etc.

Note that in cases where you use language as a guide to your ethnic group, you should
report the specific ethnic group to which you belong, e.g., Haitian rather than French;
Austrian rather than German.

The ethnic origin question will provide information which is used extensively by
the many ethnic or cultural associations in Canada to study the size, location,
characteristics and other aspects of their respective groups.

Question 18

You should report the language you yourself speak most often at home. If you are
answering for someone else, report the language that he/she speaks most often.

If you speak two languages equally often, report both.

172-

Question 18 (concluded)

For a child who has not yet learned a language, report the language spoken most often
at home. If two languages are used equally often, report both.

If you are mute, report the language you use most often at home to make yourself
understood.

If you live alone, report the language in which you feel most comfortable.

Information on the languages Canadians speak at home, when used in combina-
tion with other language data, provides important insights on language retention.

Question 19

Do not report French or English learned at school unless you can conduct a conversa-
tion of some length on various topics in that language.

For a child who has not yet learned a language, report the language spoken most often
at home if it is either English or French. If the two languages are used equally often,
report "English and French". If neither language is used often, mark "Neither English
nor French".

If you are mute, report English, French or both provided you are able to make yourself
understood in one or both of these languages.

This question not only gives an estimate of the ability of Canadians to com-
municate in English and French, but also the number of people who speak neither
English nor French. The information is used by business and governments to
determine the potential demand for language education and translation services.

Question 20

This question asks you to indicate if you are limited, even to a minor degree, in your
activities at home, at work, at school or in other places because of a long-term physical
or mental condition or health problem.

A long-term physical condition, mental condition or health problem is one that has
lasted or is expected to last six or more months. This period of time is measured from
the time the condition or problem began.

Wherever possible, the answer to this question should be provided by the adult to whom
the information refers. The answer for persons less than 15 years of age should be
provided by a parent or guardian.

This question will provide new information on the numbers of mentally and
physically disabled Canadians as welt as those with chronic health problems that
result in some limitation in activity. Responses will also assist Statistics Canada
in designing surveys to provide the additional information needed in support of
the disabled.

-173-

Question 21

Part (a): Indicate the highest grade or year attended according to the province where
the education was obtained, and do not attempt to convert to the equivalent level of
the province of present residence (if the two are different). Conversion is only required
if the education was obtained outside of Canada. In this case an estimate of the
equivalent level of schooling should be made according to the education system of
the province in which you reside.

Note that the "Versification" year of the former classical colleges of Quebec should
be considered as equal to Grade 1 1 .

If you are studying to complete a regular school grade by private instruction, cor-
respondence or part-time (day or evening) attendance at class, report the grade or year
in which these courses would be included in the regular daytime program.

If you are attending a special education school, or an institution where the classes are
ungraded, estimate the grade or year level as closely as possible to the equivalent level
of the school system of the province.

If you are a student in secondary school taking classes at different levels, indicate the
level of the majority of your classes.

Part (b): In calculating years, indicate the number of academic years successfully com-
pleted regardless of the actual length of time it may have taken. If you attended a
university which used the semester system, consider two semesters with the normal
course load as equivalent to one academic year. If you received university training by
correspondence, or through part-time (day or evening) study, the accumulated credits
should be converted to the equivalent number of years in the regular full-time univer-
sity program.

If you received your university education in a classical college in Quebec, the follow-
ing guide may be useful: "Belles-Lettres" and "Rhetorique" should not be considered
university education (see Question 21(c); however, "Philo I" and "Philo 11" should
be considered as "1 year" and "2 years" of university education respectively.

If you received teacher training in a faculty of education associated or affiliated with
a university, you should indicate this training at the university level here; otherwise,
indicate that training in Question 21(c).

Part (c): Include schooling in all institutions other than university, secondary or elemen-
tary schools, whether or not they require a secondary (high) school certificate for
entrance, including non-university teachers' colleges, police schools, etc.

Do not include courses taken for leisure or recreation.

In calculating years, enter the number of academic years successfully completed,
regardless of the actual length of time it may have taken.

If you received other non-university training by correspondence, or through part-time
(day or evening) attendance, the accumulated credits should be converted to the
equivalent numbers of years in the regular full-time program.

CEGEP (general) or pre-university courses and CEGEP (professional) or career-
terminal technical-vocational courses are postsecondary programs in the province of
Quebec. The latter are similar to community college programs in other provinces.

The "Belles-Lettres" and "Rhetorique" levels of classical college in Quebec should
be considered as "1 year" and "2 years" of other non-university education respectively.

Information on the level of schooling is used to assess the need for continuing
education, and employment potential throughout Canada.

-174-

Question 22

Secondary (high) school graduation certificate: Marie this box if you graduated from
a high school where the certificate was classed as junior or senior matriculation, general
or technical-commercial.

Trades certificate or diploma: Marie this box if you received a certificate or diploma
obtained through apprenticeship (journeyman's) training and/or in-school training in
trades-level vocational and pre-vocational courses at community colleges, institutes
of technology and similar institutions where the minimum entrance requirement was
less than secondary (high) school, junior or senior matriculation, or equivalent.

Other non-university certificate or diploma: Mark this box if you obtained a certificate
or diploma (other than a trade certificate or diploma) granted by a community college
(both transfer and semi-professional career programs), CEGEP (both general and
professional), institute of technology, or any other non-degree-granting educational
institution.

If you obtained a teaching certificate awarded by a Provincial Department of Educa-
tion at an approved institution such as a normal school or a college of education, mark
this box. However, if you obtained your teacher's qualification in a faculty of educa-
tion associated with a university, mark bachelor's degree(s).

University certificate or diploma: If you have a diploma, certificate or licence, awarded
by a professional association (e.g., in accounting, banking, insurance) on the basis
of successful completion of courses conducted through or by a university, you should
indicate these as either:

(a) university certificate or diploma below bachelor level, if a bachelor degree is not
a normal prerequisite; or

(b) university certificate or diploma above bachelor level, if a bachelor degree is a
normal prerequisite.

This question, in conjunction with Question 23, provides more specific informa-
tion on the educational resources of our population. This information will deter-
mine whether these resources are sufficient to accommodate future requirements
in the areas of technology, science, engineering and social services.

Question 23

Be as specific as possible in indicating a subfield of specialization within a broader
discipline or area of training, especially in the case of graduate studies or other
advanced training.

If you have earned more than one highest degree, certificate or diploma (e.g., two
bachelor's degrees or two master's degrees), then indicate the major field of study for
the one that was most recently conferred.

If you have specialized in more than one major field of study in your degree, certificate,
or diploma, then indicate the one in which you experienced the greatest degree of
specialization (e.g., the field in which you received the most number of courses or
credits). ,

Knowledge of the qualifications of the labour force is critical to the planning
of basic education and retraining programs in the face of changing technological
and labour market needs.

175

Question 24

Give the information for your usual residence 5 years ago even if you were away tem-
porarily on June 1, 1981.

Mark only one of the four boxes.

If you marked "Different city, town, village, township, other municipality or Indian
reserve in Canada", be sure to enter the name of your locality of residence 5 years
ago, and the county (or regional municipality, regional district, etc.) and province or
territory in which it is located. If you lived in an area where the same name is used
for both a city, town or village, and a parish, township or other municipality, indicate
which is correct by specifying the type (e.g., St. Andrews town or St. Andrews parish;
Granby city or Granby municipality, Kingston city or Kingston township).

The internal migration information obtained from this question is needed to
prepare accurate estimates and projections of national and provincial popula-
tions. Population estimates are used as a basis for distributing funds between
the federal government and the provinces. Population projections are required
for planning by both government and business, for example, in determining future
needs for housing, education and social services.

Question 25

Part (a): Enter total number of hours of work in the following situations:

(i) Working without pay for your spouse or another relative on a family farm or
in a business

This means working without regular money wages for a spouse or a relative
who is a member of the same household, at tasks which contribute to the opera-
tion of a farm or business run by the relative (e.g., if you worked on book-
keeping for a farm or business owned by your spouse).

(ii) Working in your own farm, business or professional practice (i.e. self-employed
with or without paid help)

You should take into account fishing, trapping or hunting for profit or for
the maintenance of your community, with your own or rented equipment or
with equipment in which you have a share.

The hours you worked should include all time spent on preparing, maintaining
and administering the operation of a farm, business or professional practice.
For example, farmers should include hours spent maintaining farm fences,
buildings or machinery, as well as on cultivating, sowing or milking. Fishermen
should include time spent preparing and maintaining boats, nets, etc. If the
number of hours is not known, enter your best estimate.

(iii) Working for wages, salaries, tips or commission

Note: Refer to Question 30 in this Guide for complete definitions of these three
situations.

Part (b): Answer "Yes, on temporary lay-ofr* if you expect to return to the job from
which you were laid off regardless of how long ago the lay-off occurred.

Answer "Yes, on vacation, ill, on strike or locked out, or absent for other reasons"
if you had a job or business last week from which you were absent for the whole week,
with or without pay, because of vacation, illness, a strike or lock-out at your place
of work, or such other reasons as maternity leave, bad weather, fire, personal or family
responsibilities, etc. For paid workers, absence on training courses should be reported
only if you are receiving wages or salary from your employer.

176-

Question 25 (concluded)

Part (e): Mark "No, personal or family responsibilities" if you could not have started
work last week because of illness in your family, child care difficulties, jury duty, etc.

Mark "No, other reasons" only if you did not already have a job, were not temporarily
ill, did not have personal or family responsibilities, or were not going to school, i.e.
if you were no longer interested in working, on vacation, etc.

Geographically detailed employment and unemployment statistics, available only
from the census, enable all levels of government to direct economic development
efforts to those areas of the country most in need.

Question 26

While housework or other work around your own home and volunteer work are
important activities, they should not be included because this question is designed to
obtain information on work involved in the production of goods and services for the
economy.

This question complements Question 25, and serves to provide information on
the numbers and characteristics of other Canadians with recent employment
experience.

Question 27

If you are self-employed, enter in part (a) of the question, the name of the business
you operate. If your business does not have a name, enter your own name.

If your wages are paid by an agency which hires out your services, enter the name
of the agency.

If you work as an employee in a private household, enter the name of the family for
whom you work and write: "private household".

Give a complete description in part (b) of the question. See examples below:

Complete responses

Incomplete responses

(a) wheat farm

(b) motor vehicle parts manufacturing

(d) secondary school

(e) aluminum rolling, casting and
extruding

(0 municipal police department

(a) agriculture

(b) auto parts

(d) school

(e) aluminum

(0 police

This question provides information on the number of workers in each industry.
When compared with information from previous censuses, this information can
help identify contracting and expanding industries, for example. The employer's
name is essential for accurate coding of the industry.

-177-

Question 28

If you have marked "Worked at the address below", give as complete an address as
possible. If the full address is not known, enter as much information as you can. If
you worked in an area where the same name is used for both a city, town or village,
and a parish, township or other municipality, indicate which is correct by including
the type (e.g., St. Andrews town or St. Andrews parish; Granby city or Granby
municipality; Kingston city or Kingston township).

Away temporarily^

If a member of this household is away temporarily (e.g., on a work assignment, business
trip, training course, or holidays), then give his or her usual place of work.

Worked at home

If you worked in your home, or if your place of work was in the same building as
your place of residence, mark "Worked at home". For example, dressmakers, apart-
ment building superintendents, storekeepers with a store attached to their home or
persons with an office in their homes should mark "Worked at home".

No usual place of work

If you worked in a different location each day, or you travelled about during the day,
see the examples below:

(a) If you went regularly to a headquarters, depot, garage, shop, etc., before actually
starting work each day, then write in the address or name of the headquarters,
depot, etc.

(b) If you worked at least part of the time at a fixed address, then write in the address,
building name, etc., where you most often worked.

(c) If you went from your home to various work locations, then write in "No usual
place" in the space provided for the street address.

Knowledge about concentrations of employment in particular areas can help in
the planning of services such as parking, banking and shopping facilities. Local
transportation planners may use this information to determine public transit
needs.

Question 29

The description should be as precise as possible and you will probably need to use
two, three or more words in each part of the question. The description should avoid
using terms such as worker, employee, etc., in favour of specific descriptions of the
kind of work.

Use specific descriptions in both parts (a) and (b) of the question. In part (b) be sure
to indicate if your job involves supervision or management.

See examples below:

Complete responses

Incomplete responses

(a) maintaining electrical equipment

(b) repair and maintenance of electric
motors

(a) maintenance

(b) repair work

(a) typing, general office work

(b) typing and filing

(a) office work

(b) clerical

(a) inspecting electronic equipment

(b) supervising electronic equipment
inspection

(a) inspecting

(b) supervising

-178-

Question 29 (concluded)

Members of religious orders engaged in activities such as primary school teaching,
nursing, etc. should report these rather than religious activity.

This information, combined with similar information from previous censuses,
is essential for establishing future job market requirements and for preparing
people for future jobs.

Question 30

Part (a): Mark "working for wages, salary, tips or commission" if, in the job reported,
your were:

- working for wages and/or salaries;

- working for piece-rates;

- working for payment "in kind" (room, board or supplies) in non- family enter-
prises, e.g., as a member of a religious order;

- serving as a member of the Armed Forces;

- working on commission as a salesperson for only one company and did not main-
tain an office or staff;

- working an hour or more for pay in a job such as baby-sitting, cleaning, deliver-
ing circulars, etc.;

- working as a paid housekeeper or paid "nanny".

Mark "working without pay for your spouse or another relative in a family farm or
business", if, in the job reported, you worked without regular money wages for a spouse
or a relative who is a member of the same household, at tasks which contributed to
the operation of a farm or business which was run by the relative.

Volunteer work or housework or other work around your home are not considered
to be work without pay.

Mark "self-employed without paid help" or "self-employed with paid help" as

appropriate, and indicate whether your business or farm was incorporated if, in the
job reported, you were:

- operating a farm, business or professional practice, alone or in a partnership even
if no goods or services were sold or rendered;

- operating a farm, business or professional practice, even if it suffered a loss;

- operating a farm whether you own or rent the land;

- working on a free-lance basis or on contract to do a job, e.g., architects, private
duty nurses, dressmakers;

- providing meals and/or rooms and/or day care services in your own home for
boarders, roomers or neighbours' children;

- operating a direct distributorship selling and delivering products such as cosmetics,
newspapers, brushes, soap products, etc.;

- fishing, trapping or hunting for profit or for the maintenance of your com-
munity, with your own equipment or with equipment in which you had a share;

- working to set up a business, farm or professional practice.

The identification of the self-employed, employees, and unpaid family workers
indicates the distinct contribution of these kinds of workers to overall employ-
ment and economic development in Canada.

-179-

Question 31

(a) Count as a week any week in which you worked, even if you worked only a few
hours.

Enter 52 weeks if you were paid for the full year or if you operated a farm, business
or professional practice for the full year, even though you worked less than a full
year (for example, a school teacher paid on a 12-month basis).
Include weeks on paid vacation but exclude weeks on leave without pay.

(b) Part-time work is that work which is less than the normally scheduled weekly hours
of work performed by persons doing similar work.

This information is essential in evaluating trends in part-time employment as well
as determining how many people were continuously employed in 1985 as opposed
to being employed for only part of the year.

Question 32

Please note these important points

• Information on your census questionnaire is strictly confidential by law and no

individual, government department or agency outside of Statistics Canada has
access to it. The Statistics Act prohibits the disclosure by Statistics Canada of
any information that can be related to any identifiable individual person.

• Answer every part of this question whether you were working or not. Income
reported should be the total money income received during the calendar year 1985.
If you had no income from any of the listed sources, mark "No". In case of
a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".

• If you are not sure of an answer, consult the relevant documents, e.g., income
tax returns. Otherwise make your best estimate.

• If you received income from abroad, report it in Canadian dollars. However,
if you immigrated to Canada after January 1, 1985, do not report income received
before your arrival in Canada.

• Do not report either the family allowances received from the Federal and
Provincial Governments or the child tax credits. These allowances and credits
will be estimated for each family from the number of children shown on this
questionnaire.

• Also excluded from income are gambling gains and losses, lottery prizes, money
inherited during the year in a lump sum, capital gains or losses, receipts from
the sale of property, income tax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum set-
tlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, and refunds
of pension contributions.

Part (a): Total Wages and Salaries. Report total wages and salaries from all jobs before

deductions for income tax, pensions, hospital insurance, etc. (Do not report take-home

pay.)

Include military pay and allowances.

Include tips and cash bonuses received during 1985. Also include all types of casual
earnings whether or not T4 slips for income tax have been issued.

Commissions should also be included. However, salesmen who worked for more than
one company, or who maintained their own office or staff, should report in "non-
farm self-employment" part (b). Also persons baby-sitting in their own homes and
newspaper boys/girls should report in part (b).

180-

Question 32 (continued)

Do not include the value of taxable allowances and benefits provided by employers,
such as free lodging, free automobile use, bursaries, travelling expenses of spouse, con-
tributions towards medical insurance, etc.

If consulting T4 slips to answer this question, report income shown in Box C of T4
Federal Income Tax slips less the value of "taxable allowances and benefits" shown
in Boxes K to O.

Owners of an unincorporated business or farm should report all the income from that
business or farm as self-employment in part (b) or (c).

Part (b): Net Non-farm Self-employment Income. Report an amount if you owned
and operated a non-farm, unincorporated business or professional practice during 1985,
whether by yourself or in partnership. In case of a partnership, report only your share
of the net income. Receipts from incorporated businesses should be reported in "wages"
and/or "investment income".

Report net income (gross receipts minus expenses of operation such as wages, rents,
depreciation, etc.). Do not subtract personal deductions such as income tax and
pensions.

Persons baby-sitting in their own homes, operators of direct distributorships such as
selling and delivering cosmetics, newspapers, etc., and odd jobbers who obtained by
themselves contracts or agreements to do jobs should report their income in this part.

Artists, writers, music teachers, hairdressers, dressmakers, etc. should report their net
income from free-lance activities.

In case of a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".

Part (c): Net Farm Self-employment Income. Report an amount only if you operated
a farm in 1985 by yourself or in partnership. In case of a partnership, report only
your share of net income.

Report your net income (gross receipts from farm sales minus depreciation and cost
of operation). Cash advances should be included in gross receipts for the year in which
they are received. Include also government supplementary payments. Exclude the value
of income "in kind", such as agricultural products produced and consumed on the
farm.

Answer the question even if you employed a hired manager to run your farm and deduct
the manager's salary as expenses. If you rent out your farm, report the net rent in
"investment income", part (h). Similarly, income from incorporated farms should be
reported in "wages" and/or "investment income".

In case of a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".

Agricultural operations include production of field crops, vegetables, fruits, greenhouse
and nursery products and seeds, maple products, raising poultry and livestock, pro-
duction of animal products such as eggs, milk and wool, and fur farming and
beekeeping.

Part (d): Old Age Security Pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement. Report
payments to persons 65 years and over and to 60 to 64-year-old spouses/ widows of
Old Age Security Pension recipients (Spouse's Allowance) from federal government
only.

Provincial income supplements are to be reported in part (g). Retirement pensions of
civil servants, RCMP and military personnel are to be reported in part (i). Old age,
retirement and war pensions and other similar payments received from foreign govern-
ments in 1985 should be reported in (j)-

-181-

Question 32 (continued)

Part (e): Benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan. Report benefits received under
the Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, e.g., retirement pensions, survivors' benefits,
disability pensions.

Please do not report your contributions to the Plan but the benefits from it.

Do not include lump-sum death benefits.

Retirement pensions of civil servants, RCMP and military personnel are to be reported
in part (i).

Part (f): Benefits from Unemployment Insurance. Report total unemployment insurance
benefits, before income tax deductions. Include benefits for sickness, maternity, fishing,
work sharing, retraining and retirement received under the Federal Unemployment
Insurance program.

Part (g): Other Income from Government Sources Including Provincial Income
Supplements and Grants and Social Assistance. Report payments received from pro-
vincial or municipal programs by persons in need, including mothers with dependent
children, persons temporarily or permanently unable to work, elderly individuals, the
blind and the disabled. Include cash benefits covering basic needs (e.g., food, fuel,
shelter, clothing) plus cash benefits for special needs.

Include provincial income supplements, i.e. provincial payments to seniors to supple-
ment Old Age Security and Guaranteed Income Supplement.

Include provincial payments to seniors to help offset accommodation costs.

Include here all other transfer payments such as for training under the National Training
Program (NTP), veterans' pensions, war veterans' allowance, pensions to widows and
dependants of veterans, workers' compensation, etc.

Include, if applicable, provincial tax credits and allowances such as "Nova Scotia Tax
Credits", "New Brunswick Tax Credits", "Quebec Real Estate Tax Refund",
"Allowances for Children Under Age 6", "Ontario Tax Credits", "Manitoba Tax
Credits", "Alberta Royalty Tax Credits", "Alberta Tax Credits", "British Columbia
Tax Credits" and "Yukon Territory Tax Credits" as claimed on your income tax return.

Do not include family allowances and federal child tax credits.

Retirement pensions to career military personnel, civil servants, etc., are to be reported
in part (i).

Part (h): Dividends and Interest on Bonds, Deposits and Savings Certificates, and Other
Investment Income. Report actual amount of dividends received, not the taxable amount
for dividends received from Canadian corporate stocks.

Also report here dividends received from foreign stocks.

Report interest from deposits in banks, trust companies, co-operatives, credit unions,
caisses populaires, etc., as well as interest on savings certificates, bonds and debentures.

Also report here net rents from real estate (including farm land), mortgage and loan
interest received, regular income from an estate or trust fund, and interest from
insurance policies.

Also include investment income received from abroad.

If this total is a loss, write the amount and also mark "Loss".

-182-

Question 32 (concluded)

Part (i): Retirement Pensions, Superannuation and Annuities. Report income received
as the result of having been a member of a pension plan of one or more employers;
payments received from all annuities, including payments from a matured registered
retirement savings plan (RRSP) in the form of a life annuity, a fixed term annuity,
a registered retirement income fund or an income-averaging annuity contract; pen-
sions paid to widows or other relatives of deceased pensioners; pensions of retired civil
servants. Armed Forces personnel and RCMP officers; annuity payments received from
Canadian Government Annuities Fund, an insurance company, etc.

Do not include lump-sum death benefits, lump-sum benefits and withdrawals from
a pension plan or RRSP or refunds of overcontributions. Severance pay and retire-
ment allowances and pensions from outside Canada should be entered in Question 32(j).

Part (j): Other Money Income. Include here all other regular cash income not covered
in the questions above.

Examples are:

- alimony;

- child support;

- periodic support from persons not in the household;

- net income from roomers and boarders;

- income from abroad (e.g., pensions) except dividends and interest which should go
into (h);

- non-refundable scholarships and bursaries;

- severance pay;

- royalties;

- strike pay.

Do not include:

- family allowances and federal child tax credits;

- cash refunds of pension fund contributions;

- lump-sum death benefits or any other one time lump-sum payment.

Income provides important information on the economic well-being of Canadians
and is essential in measuring the welfare of the elderly, single parents, ethnic
minorities and the community as a whole. Various government income support
programs are based on these data. Income data are also used extensively by
businesses in marketing products, locating retail outlets and selecting which new
consumer goods to produce.

-183-

Statistics
Canada

Statistique
Canada

APPENDIX C. 1981 CENSUS QUESTIONNAIRE AND GUIDE

1981 Census of Canada

Please complete your questionnaire on
Wednesday, June 3, 1981

Prov.

FED No.

EA No.

Hhld. No.

Doc.
type

No. of persons

Quest. No.

1 D S/IVl 3 D TR

2 D UD 4 D FR

Aux francophones:

Si ce questionnaire anglais vous a ^te remis par erreur et si vous
desirez un questionnaire franpais, veuillez appeler le Service
auxiliaire telephonique. Les num^ros a composer figurent sur
la couverture arriere. On vous remettra un questionnaire dans
la langue de votre choix.

Legal requirement

The census of Canada is taken under the authority of the
Statistics Act, which requires everyone to provide the infor-
mation requested.

Confidential when completed

The information you will give will be kept confidential and
used only for the production of statistics. No one will see the
answers you give except for persons sworn to secrecy under
the Statistics Act. These persons are subject to prosecution and
legal penalties if they disclose personal census information.

NOTE:

The guide should provide the answers to any problems that may
arise. If not, don't hesitate to call our Telephone Assistance
Service. The numbers to call are listed on the back cover of
this questionnaire and all calls are free of charge.

Please complete address or exact location:

Street and No. or lot and concession

City, town, village, municipality

Province or territory
Telephone number:

Postal code

To Temporary Residents

If all members of this household are Temporary Residents
(i.e., persons staying here temporarily who have a usual
home elsewhere in Canada), enter the total number of

temporary residents in this box

and do not complete this questionnaire. Follow the
return instructions indicated on the envelope which
contained this questionnaire.

To Foreign Residents

If all members of this household are Foreign Residents

(see below), mark this box

and do not complete this questionnaire. Follow the return
instructions indicated on the envelope which contained this
questionnaire.

Foreign Residents

(any person in the following categories):

• government representatives of another country attached
to the legation, embassy or other diplomatic body of that
country in Canada, and their families;

• members of the Armed Forces of another country, and
their families;

• students from another country attending school in Canada,
and their families;

• workers from another country in Canada on Employment
Visas, and their families; and

• residents of another country visiting in Canada temporarily.

TBS - BI0220I

184-

A message to all Canadians ....

Every five years Canada takes a census — a national stock-taking
of its people and their housing. From the information it provides,
we, as a nation, are better equipped to meet the many challenges
facing us at every level, national, regional and local.

The answers you give, when compiled into statistics, are used in
determining economic and social policies, planning industrial
development, and estimating needs for schools, roads and many
other public services.

Population figures are used to determine electoral district bound-
aries, and to calculate per capita grants to provinces and munici-
palities. For every person who does not initially respond, addi-
tional funds must be spent on follow-up procedures. The failure
to count yourself in could result in the loss of revenue to your
own community.

The Statistics Act, under which the census is carried out, not only
defines your obligation to co-operate, but ensures that the
information you provide will be kept confidential and used only
for the purposes of that Act.

Your co-operation is essential. Please do your part by completing
this questionnaire promptly, as of June 3, 1981, in accordance
with the instructions provided.

Thank you for your co-operation.

Census statistics tell us that:

• In 1976 the population of Canada was 22,992,604, an increase
of almost one and a half million since 1971.

• Between 1971 and 1976 the percentage of married women who
were in the labour force increased from 37% to 44%.

• Between 1971 and 1976 the under 30 population decreased to
53.8% of the total from 55.5% .

• Between 1971 and 1976 the number of children in Canada
under 10 years old decreased by 450,000. At the same time,
Canadians 50 years of age and over increased by 618,000.

• In 1976, 1,205,000 Canadians were living alone, an increase of
almost 400,000 since 1971. More than one third (429,000)
were 65 years of age and over.

How to Fill Out This Questionnaire

Please mark [S all your answers clearly
with a dark pencil or pen.

Answer the questions on pages 2 through 5. Then, starting with
page 6, fill three pages for each F>erson in your household, using
the same order as you used in Question 1. For example, informa-
tion for Person 2 will be entered on pages 9, 10, 11; Information
for Person 3 on pages 12, 13 and 14, etc.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR QUESTION 1

ORDER OF LISTING OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS

To ensure that all persons in the same family group are listed to-
gether, the following order should be used when entering the
names of all members of the household in Question 1 :

(a) Person 1;

Choose one of the following as Person 1:

— either the husband or the wife in any married couple living
here

— either partner in a common-law relationship

— the parent, where one parent only lives with his or her
never-married son(s) or daughter(s) of any age.

If none of the above applies, choose any adult member of
this household.

(b) husband or wife (or common-law partner) of Person 1;

(d) other children of Person 1, and their families;

(e) other relatives of Person 1 (whether related by blood, marriage,
adoption or common-law), and their families;

(f) persons not related to Person 1, and their families.

WHOM TO INCLUDE

To make certain that every resident of Canada is counted in the
census (and that no one is counted more than once), the following
guidelines should be used when deciding who should be included
on this questionnaire.

Include

• all persons who usually live here, even if they are temporarily
away (such as on business or at school);

• any persons staying or visiting here who have no other usual
home;

• persons who usually live here but are now in an institution (such
as a hospital, correctional institution), if they have been there
for less than six months;

• unmarried persons who have a home elsewhere but stay in this
dwelling most of the week while working;

• infants born on or before June 2, 1981;

• deceased persons who were alive at midnight between June 2
and June 3, 1981.

Do not Include

• persons who are now in an institution and have been there for
the past six months or longer;

• infants born on or after June 3, 1981;

• persons permanently away in the Armed Forces;

• post-secondary students who are financially independent and
who live elsewhere;

• unmarried sons or daughters who live elsewhere most of the
week while working, even if they return home on the weekends;

• foreign residents (see front cover).

HOUSEHOLDS WITH MORE THAN SIX PERSONS

If there are more than six persons in this household, enter the first
six on one questionnaire and continue with the seventh person on
a second questionnaire, starting in the row marked "Person 2".

If you need additional questionnaires, see the instructions for
Question 1 in the Guide.

Page 2

-185-

V NAME

Using the instructions
the left, print below th
of all persons usually
here as of Wednesday,
1981.

given on

e names

living

June 3,

Person 1

|oi|

Last name

Given name and initial

Person 2

1 02

Last name

Given name

and ini

tial

Person 3

|03j

Last name

Given name

and ini

tial

Person 4

1 '^ 1

Last name

Given name

and ini

tial

Person 5

1 °^ 1

Last name

Given name

and initial

Person 6

Last name

Giveii name

and in

tial

2. RELATIONSHIP TO PERSON 1

For each person in this household, mirk Kl one box only to describe his or her relationship to Person 1 .

II you mark the box "Other relative" or "Other non-relative", print in the relationship to Person 1.
Some examples of the "Other" relationships are:

grandmother room-mate's daughter
uncle employee's husband
For further examples and special cases, see Guide.

01 Kl Person 1

02 □ Husband or wife of Person 1 09 □ Brother-in-law or sister-in- 12 □ Lodger

03 D Common-law partner of ''" °* ''^"°" ^ 1 3 D Lodger's husband or wife

''""°" ' "> Q Grandchild of Person 1 ,^ [-] ^_^g^^.^ ^„„ ^^ ^^^^^^^

04 □ Son or daughter of Person 1 1 1 □ Nephew or niece of Person 1 1 5 P] Room-mate

05 □ Father or mother of Person 1 □ Other relative of Person 1 16 □ Employee

06 D Brother or sister of Person 1 "P^in' be'ow) ^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^.^^

07 m] Son-in-law or daughter-in-law (print below)

of Person 1

08 n Father-in-law or mother-in-
law of Person 1 n :

09 □ Brother-in-law or sister-in- 12 □ Lodger

law of Person 1 , 3 [-) dodger's husband or wife

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,^ q ^_^g,,., ,o„ „ daughter

04 □ Son or daughter of Person 1 1 1 □ Nephew or niece of Person 1 1 5 □ Room-mate

05 □ Father or mother of Person 1 □ Other relative of Person 1 16 [H Employee

06 D Brother or sister 0. Person , 'P^'- below) ^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^

07 LJ Son-in-law or daughter-in-law (print below)

of Person 1

08 d] Father-in-law or mother-in-

law of Person 1 n :

09 □ Brother-in-law or sister-in- 12 □ Lodger

law of Person 1 , 3 [-] ^_^^^.^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^

10 D Grandchild of Person 1 ,^ ^ dodger', son or daughter

04 D Son or daughter of Person 1 1 1 □ Nephew or niece of Person 1 ^ j |--] Roon,^a,e

05 □ Father or mother of (%rson 1 □ Other relative of Person 1 , ^ n c_,„i„ »-

06 D Brother or sister of Person 1 -P-' -'°«. ^ ^-^I.^,,,,

07 □ Son-in-law or daughter-in-law (print below)

of Person 1

08 n Father-in-law or mother-in-

law of Person 1 ' ' ■

09 CD Brother-in-law or sister-in- 12 [U Lodger

law of Person 1 , 3 q ^^g^,.^ ^^^t„„^ „, ^1,^

1 0 D Grandchild of Person 1 , ^ [-| dodger's son or daughter

04 □ Son or daughter of Person 1 1 1 □ Nephew or niece of Person 1 1 5 □ Room-mate

05 □ Father or mother of Perion 1 □ Other relative of Person 1 ^^ r-\ Employee

06 D Brother or sister of Person 1 <P^int below, ^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^

07 LJ Son-in-law or daughter-in-law (print below)

of Person 1

08 im Father-in-law or mother-in-

law of Person 1 ' ' :

09 n Bro

law

10 DCra

04 CD Son or daughter of Person 1 1 1 CD Nep

05 O Father or mother of f^rson 1 Q Oth

06 □ Brother or sister of Person 1 'P'

07 EH Son-in-law or daughter-in-law

of Person 1

ther-in-law or sister-in- 12 CD Lodger

°* ''"'°" ^ 1 3 D Lodger's husband or wife
ndchild of Person 1 ,^ q ^^^^^^.^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^

>hew or niece of Person 1 , 5 (-] f^^^^^^^^

er relative of Person, „ g ^.p.oyee

CD Other non-relative
(print below)

08 LJ Father-in-law or mother-in-
law of Person 1 17:

-186-

PagsS

3. DATE OF BIRTH

Print day, month and year. Example:
If you were born on the 10th of
February, 1945, you would enter

flpj

If exact date is not known, enter
best estimate.

Day

Month

Year

Day

Month Year

Day

Month Year

Day

Month

Year

Day

■«m

Month Year

Day

[n GXD

Month Year

SEX

DMale

n Female

DMale

n Female

DMale

D Female

DMale

1 1 Female

DMale

D Female

DMale

1 1 Female

MARITAL STATUS

What it your marital
itatui?

(See Guide for further
information.)

Mark one box only

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

D Separated

D Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

D Separated

D Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

1 1 Separated

1 1 Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

1 1 Separated

1 1 Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

1 1 Separated

D Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

1 1 Now married

(excluding separated)

D Separated

1 1 Divorced

D Widowed

1 1 Never married
(single)

6. What li the language you firit
~ iMTiMd in childhood and ftill
understand?

Mark one-box only

57 n English

58 D French

59 D German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

■-

57 D English

58 D French

59 D German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

57 D English

58 D French

59 D German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

57 D English

58 D French

59 D German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

57 D English

58 D French

59 D German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

57 D English

58 D French

59 D'German

60 D Italian

61 D Ukrainian

Other (specify)

OFFICE

USE

ONLY

D M

Page 4

-187-

7. Enter the name of the person (or one of the persons) who lives here

, and is responsible for paying the rent, or mortgage, or taxes, or elec-

I 1 tricitv, etc., for this dwelling.

I 07 I

"Eor

Last name Given name and initial

This person should answer the following questions about this dwelling.

NOTE: If no one living here makes any such payments, mark
here LJ and answer the dwelling questions yourself.

8. How many persons usually live here (according to the WHOM TO
INCLUDE item in the INSTRUCTIONS FOR QUESTION 1)?

02 Number of persons

Did you leave anyone out of Question 1 because you were not sure
whether he or she should be listed? For example, a student, a lodger
who also has another home, a new baby still in hospital, or a former
occupant of this household who has become a patient in a hospital
or sanatorium within the past six months.

D Yes;

Dno

II "Yes", print the name of each person left out and the reason.

Name

Reason

Name

■J

Reason

// you require more space, please use the Comments section on the
back cover.

10. How many persons who have a usual home elsewhere in Canada are
staying or visiting here temporarily (as of Census Day, June 31?

I I None

Number of persons

Is this dwelling;

Mark one box only

0.1 □ owned or being bought by you or a member of this household?
04 IZJ rented (even if no cash rent is paid)?

12. Is this dwelling a:

Mark one box only

OS LJiingI* houM — a tingle dwell-
ing not attached to any other r"'^" ■■'
building and surrounded on .4n ^ M ^
all sides by open space?

06 CD «wni-d«tach«d or douUt

houw — one of two dwellings
attached side by side but not
anached to any other build-
ing and surrounded on all
other sides by open space?

07 CUdupUx - one of two dwell-
ings, one above the other,
not attached to any other
building and surrounded on
all sides by open space?

ailHlHfcaU^JallDloil

08 LJ row houn — one of three or
more dwellings joined side
side but not having any other
dwellings either above or
below?

09 EH apartment in a building that
hat f iva or mora itorayi — for

example, a dwelling unit in a
highrise apartment building?

1 0 en apartment in a building that
hat Ian than fiva ttorayt —

for example, a dwelling unit
in a triplex, quadruplex or a
dwelling unit in a non-resi-
dential building or in a house
that has Ijeen converted?

CZI houn attached to a non-resi-
dential building - a single
dwelling attached at ground
level to another building
(such as a store, etc.) but
separated from it by a com-
mon wall running from
ground to roof?

1 2 LJ mobile home (designed and
constructed to be transported
on its own chassis and capable
of being moved on short
notice)?

■i.-iSC^^^

.w..F^^i:^^p:^^!£la.

I 3 Cn other movaiila dwelling (such

as a tent, travel trailer, rail- ,- •,
road car or houseboat)? c-J ^\\

^^1:^^ I." 11'^.

14 n Trans.

15 I : \ Coll.

16 DRef.

17 nwiss.

OFFICE USE ONLY
18

JIC -A
JIC-B

188-

Page 5

13.

^.m]

When was this dwelling or the building containing this dwelling origi-
nally built? (To the best of your knowledge, mark the period in which
the building was completed, not the time of any later remodelling,
additions or conversions.)

Mark one box only

01 D 1920 or before 05 D 1971 1975

02 n 1921 -1945 C6 01976- 1979

03 D 1946-1960 07 D 1980

04 D 1961 - 1970 08 D 1901

14.

How long have you lived in this dwelling?
Mark one box only

09 Lj Less than one year

10 n One to two years

1 1 D Three to five years

12 LJ Six to ten years

I 3 LJ More than ten years

15. How many rooms are there in this dwelling? {Include kitchen, bed-
rooms, finished rooms in attic or basement, etc. Do not count bath-
rooms, halls, vestibules and rooms used solely for business purposes.)

Number of rooms

16 Number of con-plete bathrooms

17 Number of half bathrooms

23 lH Oil or kerosene

24 LJ Piped gas, e.g., natural

gas

25 LU Bottled gas, e.g ,

propane

26 CH Electricity

27 DWood

28 LDCoal or coke

29 CD Other fuel

(b) Which fuel is used most for water heating in this dwelling?

30 L_] Oil or kerosem;

31 n Piped gas, e.g.. natural

gas

32 L3 Bottled gas, e.g.,

propane

33 n Electricity

34 LDwood

35 LJ Coal or coke

36 □ Other fuel

19. Is this dwelling in need of any repairs? (Do not include desirable
■ remodelling or additions.)

37 LJ No, only regular maintenance is needed (painting, furnace

cleaning, etc.)

38 LJ Yes, minor repairs are needed (missing or loose floor tiles,

bricks or shingles, defective steps, railing or siding, etc.)

39 LJ Yes, major repairs are needed (defective plumbing or electrical

wiring, structural repairs to walls, floors or ceilings, etc.)

16. How many bathrooms are there within this dwelling?
(See Guide for further information.)
I 5 □ None
OR

17. What is the main type of fieating equipment for this dwelling?
■

Mark one box only

1 8 LJ Steam or hot water furnace

19 LJ Forced hot air furnace

20 LJ Installed electric heating system

2 1 LJ Heating stove, cocking stove, space heater
22 LJ Other (fireplace, etc.)

18. (a) Which fuel is used rriost for heating this dwelling?

Answer Questions 20 to 22 for only the dwelling that you now occupy,
even if you own or rent more than one dwelling. If exact amount is not
known, please enter your best estimate.

NOTE: If you are a farm operator living on the farm you operate,
mark here

40 LJ and go to page 6.

20. For this dwelling, whnt ure tfit,' yearly piiy merits (last 12 months) for ;

■

fa) electricity?

41 LJ None, or included in rent or other payments,

OR
Dollars Cents

42 \ ^^\ ^^^^ "^^^^

(b) oil, gas, coal, wood or other fuels?

43 l_\ None, or included in rent or other payments,

OR
Dollars Cents

44 M^*^ ^^^ '^^^^

4 5 LJ None, or included in rent, municipal taxes or other payments,
OR
Dollars Cents

46 0^ PS"" yf^S""

21.. For RENTERS only: What is the monthly cash rent you pay for

■ this dwelling?

47 LJ Rented without payment of cash rem
OR
Dollars Cents

4K 00 I per nionth

)

Co to page 6

22. For OWNERS only:

■

(a) What are your total regular monthly mortgage (or debt) pay-
ments for this dwelling?

49 O None ^ Go to Question 22(c)

OR
Dollars Cents

50 00 per month

(b) Are your property taxes (municipal and school) included in the
amount shown in Question 22(3)?

5 I D Yes ► Go to Question 22(d)

52 Dno

53 □ None

OR
Dollars Cents

54 \^^ \ P^^ y^^"^

(d) If you were to sell this dwelling now, for how much would you
expect to sell it?

Dollars Cents

55 I [oo]

(e) Is this dwelling part of a registered condominium?

56 D Yes

57 Dno

Page 6

NAME OF PERSON I

-189-

Last name

Given nafne and initial

i '.'•

ere were you born? (Mark according to present boundaries.! j

IN CANADA

OUTSIDE CANADA

i ;uy

Mark one box only

0 1

D Nfld.

nil United Kingdom

Dp.e.i.

□ Italy

0.?

Dn.s.

Du.S.A

Dn.b.

LI West Germany

LI Que.

L) Eas; Germany

DOnt.

LlPoiand

DWan.

- - ~ ■

OH
09
10

DSask.
DAIta.
D B.C.

Other (specify!

• • 1

] 1

D Yukon

Dn.w.t.

24.

Of what country are

you a citizen

Mark as many boxes

as apply

n Canada, by bi

rth ► Co tc

Ouestion 26 ]

2 1

1 1 Canada, by naturalization

k _

22
2.1

n Same as country of birth (other than Canada! ^ Q° "r 25
D Other r

25.

what year did you

first immigrate to

Canada?

Print year below

If exact year is not k

nown, pleafe

enter best estimate.

1 : : :
" Year '

26.

To which ethnic or cultural group

did V

ou or your ancestors belong

■

first coming to this continent?

(See Guide for further inform, ition. I

1 1 French

Native Peoples

D English

,17 □ Inuit

D Irish

.18 [ j Status or registered Indian

L] Scottish

.19 1 1 Non-status Indian

[ ] German

40 □ Metis

.10

n Italian

.11

1 ! Ukrainian

.12

1 1 Dutch (Netherlands!

...1

n Polish

Li Jewish

.15

□ Chinese

.16

1 ;J i

Other (specify!

27. What is your religion?

Mark one box only

1 1 Roman Catholic

49 LIUkrainian Catholic

□ United Church

50 □ Pentecostal

4.1

1 1 Anglican

5 1 1 ^ Jehovah's Witnesses

1 1 Presbyterian

52 LI Mennonite

1 1 Lutheran

53 1 1 Salvation Army

1 1 Baptist

54 n islam

□ Greek Orthodox

□ Jewish

55 1 1 No religion

4«

Other (specify!

28. What language do you yourself speak at home now?
■ (If more than one language, which language do you speak most often?)

Mark one box only

^1 D English

SH \Z\ French

S^) 1 J German

hO n Italian
6 1 I ) Ukrainian

-i::,]^ n

32.

33.

Other (specify)

29. Can you speak English or \ (ench well enough to conduct a conver-
■ SGlion?

(See Guide for further information.)

Mark one box only

^^^ \_\ English only

64 I ] French only

^^ iZJ Both English and French

66 LJ Neither English nor French

30. Were you born before June 3, 1966?

Dno ► END HERE FOR THIS PERSON
LJ Yes W Continue with Questions 31 to 46

31. Whatisthehighest grade or year of secondary (high) or elementary
" school you ever attended?

(See Guide for further information.)

67 L_l No schooling or kindergarten only
OR

y j j Highest grade or year (1 to 13) of secondary

I J or eleiTientary school

How many years of education have you ever completed at university?

6*> [_] None

70 Lj Less than 1 year (of completed courses)

71 !

Number of conipleted years

How many years of schooling have you ever completed at an
institution other than a university, secondary (high) or elementary
school? Include years of schooling at community colleges, insti-
tutes of technology, CEGEPs (general and professional), private
trade schools or private business colleges, diploma schools of
nursing, etc.

(See Guide for further information.)

7 2 □ None

7.1 LJ Less than 1 year (of completed courses)

_] ^^

mber of completed years

34. What degrees, certificates or diplomas have you ever obtained?
■ (See Guide for further information.)
Mark as many boxes as apply

75 CD None

76 LJ Secondary (high) school graduation certificate

77 LJ Trades certificate or diploma

78 LJ Other non-university certificate or diploma (obtained at

community college, CEGEP, institute of technology, etc.)

79 (U University certificate or diploma below bachelor level

80 D Bachelor's degree(s) (e.g., B.A., B.Sc, B.A.Sc, LL.B.)
8 1 LJ University certificate or diploma above bachelor level

82 LD Master's degree{s) (e.g., M.A., M.Sc, M.Ed.)

83 I I Degree in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or

optometry (M.D., D.D.S., D.M.D., D.V.M., O.D.)

84 □ Earned doctorate (e.g., Ph.D., D.Sc, D.Ed.)

-190-

QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1 - CONTINUED

35. Have you attended a school, college or university at any time since
last September? (Include attendance at elementary or secondary
schools, business or trade schools, community colleges, institutes

of technology, CEGEPs, etc.)

J.9J Mark one box only

01 Dno

02 n Yes, full-time

03 CU Yes, part-time, day or evening

36.

Where did you live 5 years ago on June 1 , 1976?
Mark one box only

NOTE: If your place of residence 5 years ago was a municipality
within a large urban area, be careful not to confuse suburban munic-
ipalities with the largest city. For example, distinguish between
Montreal-Nord and Montreal, Scarborough and Toronto. West
Vancouver and Vancouver.

04 n This dwelling

05 CH Different dwelling in this city, town, |

village, borough, or municipality

06 D Outside Canada

07 n Different city, town, village, borough, or municipality in

Canada {specify below) -y

Co to Question 37

City, town, village, borough, or municipality

County

Province or territory

37. For WOMEN who are married or have ever been married: How many
• children were ever born to you? (Count all children including those
who may have died since birth or who may now be living elsewhere.
However do not include stillbirths.)

09 DNone OR

I Number of children

38.

For ALL PERSONS who are married or have ever been married:

What were the month and year of your first marriage?

If exact month or year are not known, enter best estimate.
I.l"^ 1 l'^'^

Month

Year

39. (a) Last week, how many hours did you work (not including house-
work or other work around your home)?

Include:

• working for wages, salary, tips or commission,

• working in your own business, farm or professional practice,

• working without pay in a family farm or business.

1 2 n None ► Continue with Questions 39lbl to 46
OR

1.1

Hours (to the nearest hour) ^ Go to Question 41

(b) Last week, were you on temporary lay-off or absent from your
job or business?

Mark one box only

14 Dno

1 5 Cj Yes, on temporary lay-off

16 IZ] Yes, on vacation, ill, on strike or locked out, or absent for

other reasons

17 Dno

1 8 D Yes

Page 7

■ (d) Did you look for work during the past four weeks? For example,

did you contact a Canada Employment Centre, check with
employers, place or answer newspaper ads?

Mark one box only

1 9 CD No ^ Go fo Question 40

20 dl Yes, looked for full-time work

2 1 □ Yes, looked for part-time work (less than 30 hours per week)

■ (e) Was there any reason why you could not start work last week?

Mark one box only
22 CH No, could have started work
2 3 CH Yes, already had a job

24 n Yes, temporary illness or disability

25 Q Yes, personal or family responsibilities

26 n Yes, going to school
2 7 n Yes, other reasons

40. When did you last work, even for a few days (not including house-
~ work or other work around your home)?

Mark one box only

28 Din 1981 ^ ^ o ■ ,,, ^c
, , ^ Answer Questions 41 to 46

29 Uln 1980 r

30 D Before 1980 k _ ^ . ..

^ Go to Question 46

31 CD Never worked in lifetime r

41. NOTE: Questions 41 to 44 refer to your job or business last week.
If none, answer for your job of longest duration since January 1,
1980. If you held more than one job last week, answer for the job
at which you worked the most hours.

(a) For whom did you work?

Name of firm, government agency, etc.

Department, branch, division, section or plant

(b) What kind of business, industry or service was this?

L_:..____.._:.-_ -T

Give full description. For example, paper box manufacturing,
road construction, retail shoe store, secondary school, dairy farm.

- I'TT]

42. At what address did you work? If no usual place of work, see Guide.
Mark one box only

i.^ n Worked at home (includes living and working on the same farm)

34 [3 Worked outside Canada

15 CD Worked at address below (please specify! ^

L__„.::::: :

Number Street

If street address is not known, give the building name, shop-
ping centre or street intersection, etc.

l: ::::::::_:."]

City, town, village, borough, township or other mimicipalily
Important: // you worked in a suburban municipality within a
large urban area, specify that municipality, not the main city.

County Province or territory

-ii::it:.r...ii"i]:! -n -i:[.Li:i:i

Page 8

-191-

QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1 - CONCLUDED

43. (a) What kind of work were you doing?

r::

"."]

For example, accounting clerk, safes representative, civil engineer,
secondary school teacher, chief electrician, metal worke:

(b) In this work, what were your most important activities or duties?

For example, verifying invoices, selling electrical tools, managing
the research department, teaching mathematics, supervising

~~\ construction electricians, operating lathe (If in the Armed

21_l Forces give rank.)

45.

(a) In this job were you mainly:

02 LJ working for wages, salary, tips or

commission?

03 [_] working without pay for a 'elative

in a family farm or business?

04 Q setf-employed without paid help?

05 LJ self-employed with paid nelp?

Go to Question 45

Continue with
Question 44(b)

(b) If self-employed, was your farm or business incorporated?

06 □ No

07 D Yes

(a) In how many weeks did you work during 1980 (not including
housework or other wotk, around your home)?

Include those vi/eeks in which you:

• worked full-time or part-time:

• were on vacation or sick leave with pay:

• were self-employed.

08 CH None ► Go to Question 46
OR

Weeks

(b) During most of those weeks, did you work full-time or part-time?
l^ark one box only

1 1

i-uil
Part

tinne
time

CONTINUE

WITH

QUESTION

1
46 1

OFFICE USE ONLY

12 Din.

During the year ending December 31, 1980, did you receive any income
or suffer any loss from the sources listed below?

•— If yes, please check the "Yes" box and enter the amount; in case of
a loss, also check the "Loss" box.

— If no, please check the "No" box and proceed to the next source.

— Do not include family allowances.

— Please consult the Guide for details.

AMOUNT
Dollars Cents

la) Total wages and salaries /nc/i/c/- ., i — i „„ ►

ing commissions, bonuses, tips, — '

etc., before any deductions 14 CU No

.J J

(b) Net non-farm self-employment
income (gross receipts minus
expenses) from unincorporated
business, professional practice.
etc., on own account or in
partnership

I Net farm self-employment
income (gross receipts minus
expenses) from agricultural
operations on own account
or in partnership

S D Yes^

17 D No

18 D Yes^l
20 n No

_i-._J

16 □ Loss

D Lo

19 I I Loss

(d)Old age security pension and
guaranteed income supplement

from federal government only,
and benefits from Canada or
Quebec Pension Plan (Provincial
income supplements should be
reported in (f))

2 1 D Yes^L.
22 D No

2.1 D Yes^L
(e) Benefits from Unemployment

Insurance 24 D No

(f| Other income from government
sources including provincial
income supplements and social
assistance, e.g., veterans' pen-
sions, workers' compensation,
welfare payments (Do not
include family allowances)

D Yes^l.

D No .:

(g) Dividends and interest on 6oncys, 27 ["] Yes^l
deposits and savings certificates. "

and other investment income, .

e.g.. net rents from real estate,' 29 Q No
interest from mortgages ■ . ^ .

{h) Retirement pensions, superan:

nuation and annuities and -^t' I I Yes^l

other money income, e.g.,
alimony, scholarships (Do not
include family allowances)

2K □ Loss

]:...:j

.11

n No

* Questions 23 to 46 have been asked
to each person listed on page 2 of
this questionnaire.

32 n Yes^l.
(il Total income from all of tt)e

above sources (Do not include

family allowances) .14 Q] No

.13 D Loss

END OF QUESTIONS FOR PERSON 1
PERSON 2 -CONTINUE

_J I

Form 9B: 1981 Census Guide

-192-

14^

StalislJcs Slalistique
Canada Canada

1981 Census

Guide

Count Yourself In On Census Day,
Wednesday, June 3, 1981.

The Census of Canada will provide a vast
inventory of information to help meet today's
challenges and plan for the future.

Some uses of census data are:

• to determine the size and number of Federal Electoral Districts

• to provide a basis lor calculating provincial grants to municipalities

• to plan social service programmes

• to plan local community services

• to plan locations of industrial plants.

Your personal information is kept strictly confidential by law and
used only for the production of statistics.

All census w/orkers are sworn to secrecy under the Statistics Act and are
subject to legal penalties should they divulge any personal information.

We ask for your name

• to check that every person in your household is included.

You are required by law to provide the intormation requested.

Question 1

Refer to the instructions for Question 1 on the questionnaire when considering
whom to (or not to) include as members of your household. If you have doubts
as to whether a person should be listed, enter the person's name and the
reason in the space provided in Question 9.

If there are more than six persons in your household and you do not have a
second questionnaire, note this in the "Comments" section of your
questionnaire, complete the questionnaire for six persons in your household
and return as instructed. A Census Representative will conlaci you later with
an additional questionnaire

Question 2

To enable us to identify family groups within the household, it is necessary to
select a reference person (Person 1 ), and to slate the relationship of each
household member to that person. For example, if John Smith lives with his
father Thomas Smith, and Thomas Smith has been entered as Person 1 , John
Smith would mark 'Son or daughter of Person I".

There may be a member or members of your household whose relationship to
Person 1 is not described in Question 2, In such cases, mark either "Qther
relative of Person r or "Other non-relative", and also print the exact
relationship to Person 1 in ihe space provided

-193-

"Olhef relative" includes persons such as uncles, aunts, cousins, grand-
lathers, grandmothers, and so on. "Other non-relative" refers to household
members who are nol related to Person 1 by blood, marriage, adoption or
common-law. Some examples are employees wile, employees daughter,
room-mates' son. landlord, and so on.

The term "common-law", as used in 'Common-law partner ol Person 1 " or as
may be used to describe any other suc'i partnership in the household (lor
example. "Lodger's common-law partner '), should be interpreted as applying
to any case of a couple living together n this type of union.

Note that stepchildren, adopted children, and children ol a common-law
partner should be considered as sons .ind daughters. Foster children, wards
and guardianship children who are not .-elated to Person 1 by blood, marriage,
adoption or common-law should be listed as lodgers.

Question 5

Mark "Now married" if you have a husband or wife who is now living, even if
you are temporarily living apart because one ol you is employed away from
home, hospitalized, etc.. but not il yoi are actually separated or have obtained
a divorce.

For census purposes, couples living in a common-law type ol arrangement are
considered as "Now married", reg^rdless of their legal marital status.

Mark "Separated " il you are separated from your husband or wife due to
causes such as desertion or marrif,ge breakdown, or because you no longer
want to live together, provided tha' no divorce has been obtained,

Mark "Divorced " il you have obtained a divorce and have not remarried.

Question 6

You must still understand the language you report in this question. For infants,
report the FIRST language they are or will be learning.

Question 8

II your household has more than six persons you will require more than one
questionnaire Please see the guideline for Question 1 above.

If you are using more than one questionnaire, please answer this question on
the first questionnaire only.

Question 9

II you have difficulty delerminirg if a person should be included on your
questionnaire, please reler to the WHOM TO INCLUDE item on the
questionnaire in the column adjacent to Question 1.

Question 11

Special cases

Mark "Owned " if the dwelling yDu occupy is owned or being bought by you
and/or a member of this houset"Old even if (a) it is situated on rented or leased
land or (b) il is part ol a condominium (whether registered or unregistered) For
census purposes, a condominium is a multi-unit residential complex in which
dwellings are owned individua ly while land is held in joint ownership with
others.

Mark "Rented" in all other cases even if the dwelling you occupy is (a)
provided without cash rent or at a reduced rent, such as a clergyman's
residence, a superintendent's dwelling in an apartment building, etc.. or is (b)
part ol a co-operative For census purposes, in a co-operative -.11 members
jointly own the co-operative and occupy their dwelling units under a lease
agreement.

Question 12

Single and semi-detached house

H you live in what is referred to as a "linked home " (a single house which is not
attached to any other dwelling above ground, but is attached below ground),
mark "Single house".

Duplex and apartment

Two dwellings, one above the other, attached to other dwellings are to be

considered as apartments and not as duplexes.

Apartment

Do not count as storeys, floors that are used solely for parking, storage or
laundry and recreation facilities.

If you are in doubt concerning the number of storeys in an apartment building.
mark 'Apartment in a building that has live or more storeys" i( there Is at ieast
one passenger elevator in the building. If there is no passenger elevator in
the building, mark "Apartment in a building that has less than five storeys".

Question 14

Except lor less than one year, report only full years, lor example, report 2'/?
years by marking the box "One to two years .

Question 15

Do not enter "hall-rooms': lor example, instead ol IV? enter either 1 or 2.
depending on which best describes your dwelling

Include as separate rooms partially divided rooms which you consider to be
separate because of a fixed or movable partition or because ol their use (e.g..
"L-shaped' living-dining rooms)

Question 16

A complete bathroom has at least a flush toilet, a wash-basin and a bathtub or

shower.

A halt bathroom has a flush toilet and wash-basin.

Mark "None" il your dwelling does not contain a room with at least a flush toilet
and a wash-basin

Question 17

If you use portable plug-in electrical heating coils as your mam type ol heating
equipment, mark "Heating stove, cooking stove, space heater ".

Instruction prior to Question 20

In Questions 20. 21 and 22. if your payments include both business and
residential expenses, enter your estimate lor the residential portion only.

194-

Quesllon 20

If you have occupied this dwelling lor less than a year, estimate the yearly
amount based on your payments up to this date or on other available
information.

Condominium owners — If electricity or other service charges are included
in the condominium lee, mark "None",

Question 21

Include parking lees paid with the rent, il any.

Question 22(a)

IVIongage payments are sometimes made in other than monthly instalments
(e,g., once, twice a year or every three months, etc). In this case add all
payments made in that year and divide the total by 1 2, to obtain the average
monthly amount paid.

Question 22(c)

Include local improvement taxes with the property taxes, even il billed
separately.

Question 22(cl)

Stale the value ol the entire dwelling, including the value ol the land it is on and
ol any other structure such as a garage which is on the property. II you occupy
a dwelling within a multi-dwelling building which you own, do not give the
value ol the entire building. In this case, you may estimate the value of your
dwelling by multiplying by 1 00 the amount of rent per month which you could
obtain for that one dwelling.

Question 23

Persons born in parts of Canada which were part of the Northwest Territories
at the time ol their birth, but which have since become provinces ol Canada,
should report their place ol birth according to present provincial boundaries.
Persons born in the province of Newloundland and Labrador belore that
province joined Confederation should mark "Nlld. ". Persons born in the six
counties of Northern Ireland should mark "United Kingdom". Persons born in
any of the other counties of Ireland should prim "Eire" in the space provided.

If you are not sure of the country of your birth because of boundary changes,
print the name of the nearest city or district in the space provided.

Question 24

Report whether you are a Canadian citizen by birth or by naturalization.

If you were born outside Canada ol Canadian citizens and were registered as a
Canadian citizen, mark "Canada by birth".

If you were born outside Canada and are not a Canadian citizen, mark "Same
as country of birth (other than Canada)" if your citizenship is that ol your
country of birth: otherwise mark "Other". If you have dual citizenship, mark the
applicable boxes.

If you have lost your former citizenship and have not yet become a Canadian
citizen, or if you have no citizenship lor any other reason, you should mark
"Other".

Question 25

Report the year when you lirst immigrated to Canada.

Question 26

Ethnic or cultural group relers to the "roots" ol the population, and'should not
be contused with citizenship or nationality. Canadians belong to many ethnic
or cultural groups — English, French, Irish, Scottish, Ukrainian, Native Indian,
Chinese, Japanese. Dutch, etc.

If applicable in your case, a guide to your ethnic origin may be the language
which you or your ancestors used on first coming to this continent, e.g., Dutch,
Japanese. Note, however, that in caseswhere a language is used by more
than one ethnic group, you should report the specific ethnic group, e.g..
Austrian rather than German.

For Native Peoples, the phrase "on first coming lo this continent" should be
ignored.

Metis are descendants of people of mixed Indian and European ancestry who
formed a distinct socio-cultural entity in the 1 9th century. The M6lis have gone
on 10 absorb the mixed offspring ol Native Indian people and groups from all
over the world.

Question 27

Report a specific denomination, if possible, even il you are not an active
member of this denomination. For infants and young children, report the
religion in which they are being brought up.

Question 28

If you yourself speak two or more languages at home, report the one which, in
your opinion, you use most frequently. II you live alone, report the language
which you use most frequently in your daily routine.

If you are deaf, report the oral or written language which you use, and write
"deaf" in the space provided.

Question 29

Cjo not report a language studied at school unless you can conduct a
conversation ol some length on various topics in the language.

Question 31

Indicate the highest level of education attended according to the province
where the education was obtained, and do not attempt lo convert lo the
equivalent level of the province ol present residence (il the two are dilferenl).
Conversion is only required if the education was obtained outside ol Canada.
In this case an estimate of the equivalent level of schooling should be made
according to the education system ol the province in which you reside The
following guide may be helplul:

-195-

Province

Highest grade

of secondary

school In province

Newfoundland, Quebec

Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island,

New Brunswick, Manitoba. Saskatchewan,

Alberta, British Columbia, Yukon,

Northwest Territories

Ontario

12
13

Note that the "Versilication" year of the former classical colleges of Quebec
should be considered as equal to Grade 1 1 .

If you are studying to complete a regular school grade by private instruction,
correspondence or part-lime (day or evening) attendance at class, report the
grade or year in which these courses would be included in the regular daytime
programme.

If you are attending a school tor the retarded, or an institution where the
classes are ungraded, estimate the grade or year level as closely as possible
to the equivalent level of the school system of the province.

II you are a student in secondary school taking classes at dillerenl levels,
indicate the level ol the majority of your classes.

Question 32

In calculating years, indicate the number of academic years successfully
compleled regardless of the actual length of time it may have taken. II you
attended a university which used the semester system, consider two
semesters with the normal course load as equivalent to one academic year. If
you received university training by correspondence, or through part-time (day
or evening) study, the accumulated credits should be converted to the
equivalent number ol years in the regular full-time university programme.

If you received your university education in a classical college in Quebec, the
following guide may be useful: "Belles-Lettres" should be considered as 1
year; "Rhetorique" as 2 years: "Philo I" as 3 years, and "Philo 11" as 4 years.

If you received teacher training in a laculty ol education associated or
alliliated with a university, you should indicate this training at the university
level here; otherwise, indicate that training in Question 33.

Question 33

Include schooling in all institutions other than university, secondary or
elementary schools, whether or not they require a secondary (high) school
certilicate lor entrance, including non-university teachers' colleges, police
schools, etc.

Do not include courses taken for leisure or recreation.

In calculating years, enter the number ol academic years successfully
completed, regardless of the actual length ol lime it may have taken.

II you received other non-university training by correspondence, or through
part-time (day or evening) attendance, the accumulated credits should be
converted to the equivalent numbers of years in the regular lull-time
programme.

CEGEP (general) or pre-university courses and CEGEP (professional) or
career-terminal technical-vocational courses are post-secondary pro-
grammes in the province ol Quebec. The latter are similar to community
college programmes in other provinces.

Question 34

Secondary (high) school graduation certificate: Mark this box if you
graduated from a high school where the certilicate was classed as a junior or
senior matriculation, general, or technical-commercial.

Trades certificate or diploma: Mark this box if you received a certificate or
diploma obtained through apprenticeship (journeyman's) training and/or in-
school training in trades-level vocational and pre-vocational courses at
community colleges, institutes ol technology and similar institutions where the
minimum entrance requirement was less than secondary (high) school, junior
or senior matriculation, or equivalent.

Other non-university certificate or diploma: Mark this box it you obtained a
certilicate or diploma (other than a trade certilicate or diploma) granted by a
community college (both transler and semi-prolessional career programmes),
CEGEP (both general and professional), institute of technology, or any other
non-degree-granling educational institution.

II you obtained a teaching certificate awarded by a Provincial Department of
Education at an approved institution such as a normal school or a college ol
education, mark this box. However, it you obtained your teacher's qualification
in a laculty ol education associated with a university, mark bachelor's
degree(s).

University certificate or diploma: If you have a diploma, certilicate or
licence, awarded by a professional association (e.g.. in accounting, banking,
insurance) on the basis of successful completion ol courses conducted
through or by a university, you should indicate these as either:

(a) university certificate or diploma below bachelor level, it a bachelor degree
IS not a normal prerequisite; or

(b) university certilicate or diploma above bachelor level, il a bachelor degree
IS a normal prerequisite.

Question 35

Do not include attendance at courses that were taken for leisure or recreation.
Report all other attendance at educational institutions, including seminaries,
schools ol nursing, private business schools, technical institutes or colleges,
public or private trade schools or vocational schools and schools for the blind
or deal which provide a general education,

"Yes. lull-time" should be marked il you were taking 75% or more ol the normal
course load in the grade or year in which you were registered. Consider any
short-term course of six weeks or less taken during the day as part-time
attendance. II you attended both lull-time and part-time since last September
then mark only "Yes, lull-time ".

-196-

Questlon 36

Give the information lor your usual residence 5 years ago even it you were
away temporarily on June 1 , 1 976.

Mark only one of ttie tour boxes.

It you marked "Ditterent city, town, village, borougti, or municipality in
Canada", be sure to enter ttie name of your locality of residence 5 years ago,
and the county (or regional municipality, regional district, etc.) and province or
territory in which it is located. If the same name is used for both a city or town
and a parish, township or other municipality in the county of your residence 5
years ago, indicate which is correct by specifying the type (e.g., St. Andrews
town or St. Andrews parish: Granby city or Granby municipality, Kingston
city or Kingston township).

Question 37

For this question, only children actually born to you should be reported. Do not
include your stepchildren, foster children, or children you have adopted.

For the purposes of this question, women living in a common-law type of
arrangement should consider themselves as married.

Question 38

Generally, the question on date of marriage refers to legal marriages. For
statistical purposes, an exception is made in the case of a person who is
currently living in a common-law relationship and has never been legally
married. In this case, the respondent should enter the month and year in which
the current common-law relationship was established. Persons who never
married legally but lived in a common-law relationship that no longer exists,
should not make any entry to this question.

Question 39

If you are a homemaker, student or retired person, answer all parts of this
question even if you feel they do not apply. Some homemakers, students and
retired persons may have worked part- or full-time last week or looked for parl-
or full-time jobs, etc. If not engaged in any of the labour market activities
covered by parts (a) to (e), you need only answer each part with a "None" or
"No" as applicable.
(a) Count all hours worked under one or more of the lollowing conditions;

(1) Work lor wages, salary, tips or commission, including:

■ work at piece-rates;

- work lor payment "in kind" (room, board or supplies):

- service as a member of a religious order;

- active duty in the Armed Forces;

- casual work for pay such as baby-sitting, cleaning, delivering circulars,
etc.

(ii) Work in your own farm, business or professional practice, including;

- work done to earn a profit even if the business suffered a loss;

- time spent on the operation of the farm, business or professional practice
even if no goods or services were sold or rendered;

- fishing, trapping or hunting for profit:

- free-lance work, dressmaking for profit, etc.:

- work done to set up a business, tarm or professional practice:

- work done to provide rooms and/or meals for roomers or boarders;

- work done as a direct distributor selling and delivering cosmetics,
newspapers, etc.

Hours worked should include time spent on all tasks of preparation,
maintenance and administration involved in the operation of a farm,
business or professional practice.

For example, farmers should include hours spent on the maintenance of

farm fences, buildings or machinery and on bookkeeping, etc., as well as

on cultivating, sowing or milking. If the number of hours is not known, enter

your best estimate.

(ill) Work without pay in a family business or farm run by a relative who

lives in this household.

Do not include hours worked without pay as a volunteer worker.

(b) Answer "Yes. on temporary lay-off" if your lay-off has lasted 26 weeks or
less and if you expect to return to the job from which you were laid off.
Answer "Yes, on vacation, ill, on strike or locked out, or absent for other
reasons" if you had a job or business last week from which you were
absent for the whole week, with or without pay, because of vacation,
illness, a strike or lock-out at your place of work,or such other reasons as
maternity leave, bad weather, lire, personal or family responsibilities, etc.
Absence on training courses should be reported only it you are receiving
wages or salary from your employer.

Question 41

If you are self-employed, enter the name of the business you operate. If your
business does not have a name, enter your own name.

If your wages are paid by an agency which hires out your services, enter the
name of the agency.

Question 42

If you have marked "Worked at address below", give as complete an address
as possible. If the full address is not known, enter as much inlormation as you
can. If you worked in an area where the same name is used for both a city, town
or village, and a parish, township or other municipality, indicate which is
correct by including the type (e.g., St. Andrews town or St. Andrews parish:
Granby city or Granby municipality: Kingston city or Kingston township).

Away temporarily

If a member of this household is away temporarily (e.g., on a work assignment,
business trip, training course, or holidays), then give his or her usual place of
work.

Worked at home

If you worked in your home, or if your place of work was in the same building as
your place of residence, mark "Worked at home". Some examples are
dressmaker, apartment building superintendent, storekeeper with a store
attached to your home or a person with an office attached to your home.

No usual place of work

If you worked in a different location each day. or you travelled about during the
day. see the examples below:

-197-

(a) It you went regularly to a tieadnuarlers, depot, garage, stiop, etc., before
actually starting work each day. then write in the address or name of the
headquarters, depot, etc.

(b) If you worked at least part of the time at a fixed address, then write in the
address, building name, etc.. where you most often worked.

(c) It you went from your home to various work locations, then write in "No
usual place" in the space provided for the street address.

Question 43

This two-part question is asked to ensure that there is enough information to
place people who do similar kinds ol work in the same occupational group.

Use specific descriptions in both parts (a) and (b) of the question. In part (b) be
sure to indicate if your job involves supervision or management. See examples
below:

Complete response

Incomplete response

(a) Ivlaintaining electrical
equipment

(b) Repair and maintenance
of electric motors

(a) Typing, general office
work

(b) Typing and filing

(a) Inspecting electronic
equipment

(b) Supervising electronic
equipment inspection

(a) Maintenance

(b) Repair work

(a) Office work

(b) Clerical

(a) Inspecting

(b) Supervising

Question 44

(vlark "working for wages, salary, tips or commission" if in the job reported you
were engaged lor wages and salaries, or:

- you worked for piece-rates:

- you worked for payment "in kind" in non-family enterprises, e.g.. as a
member of a religious order;

- you worked on commission as a salesman lor only one company and did not
maintain an office or staff:

- you worked for various private households at such jobs as baby-sitting,
cleaning, etc.

li^ark "working without pay for a relative in a family farm or business" if you
worked without regular money wages lor a relative who is a member of the
same household, at tasks which contributed to the operation of a farm or
business owned and operated by the relative.

Mark "self-employed without paid help" or "self-employed with paid help" as
appropriate, and indicate whether your business or farm was incorporated if
you:

- operated a business or professional practice, alone or in a partnership:

- operated a farm whether you own or rent the land:

- worked on a free-lance basis or contract to do a job. e.g.. architects, private
duty nurses, etc:

- provided meals and/or rooms and/or day care services in your own home
lor boarders, roomers or neighbours' children:

- operated a direct distributorship selling and delivering products such as
cosmetics, newspapers, brushes, soap products, etc.:

- fished with your own equipment or with equipment in which you had a share.

Question 45

Count as a week any week in which you worked, even it you worked for only a
few hours.

Enter 52 weeks if you were paid for a full year, even though you worked less
than a full year (for example, a school teacher paid on a 12-monlh basis).

Question 46

Please note these important points

• Information on your census questionnaire is strictly confidential by law

and no individual, government department or agency outside of Statistics
Canada has access to it. The Statistics Act prohibits the disclosure by
Statistics Canada of any information that can be related to any identifiable
individual person.

• Answer every pan of this question whether you were working or not. Income
reported should be the total money income received during the calendar
year 1 980. If you had no income from any of the listed sources, mark "No". In
case of a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".

• If you are not sure of an answer, consult the relevant documents, e.g..
income lax returns. Otherwise make your best estimate.

• If you received income from abroad, report it in Canadian dollars. However, if
you immigrated to Canada alter January 1. 1980. do not report income
received before your arrival in Canada.

• Do not report either the family allowances received from the Federal and
Provincial Governments or the child tax credits. The family allowances will
be estimated for each family from the number of children shown on this
questionnaire.

• Also excluded Irom income are: gambling gains and losses, money inherited
during the year in a lump sum. capital gains or losses, receipts from the sale
ol property, income lax refunds, loan payments received, lump-sum
settlements of insurance policies, rebates received on property taxes, and
refunds of pension contributions.

(a) Total Wages and Salaries

Report total wages and salaries Irom all jobs before deductions lor income
tax. pensions, hospital insurance, etc. (Do not give take-home pay.)
Include military pay and allowances

Include tips and bonuses received during 1980. Also include all types of
casual earnings whether or not T4 slips for income tax have been issued.
Commissions should also be included. However, salesmen who worked
for more than one company, or vyho maintained their own office or stalf.
should report m "non-larm sell-employment", part (b) Also, persons baby-
sitting in their own homes and newspaper boys/girls should report in part
(b).

Do not include the value ol taxable allowances and benefits provided by
the employers, such as free lodging, free automobile use. bursaries,
travelling expenses of spouse, etc

-198-

Owners of an unincorporated business or farm should report ail tfie
income from that business or farm as self-employment in part (b) or (c).

(b) Net Non-farm Self-employment Income

Give an amount if you owned and operated a non-farm, unincorporated
business or professional practice during 1980. whether by yourself or in
partnership. In case of a partnership, report only your share of the net
income. Receipts from incorporated businesses should be reported in
"wages" and/or "investment income".

Report net income (gross receipts minus expenses of operation such as
wages, rents, depreciation, etc.). Do not subtract personal deductions
such as income tax and pensions.

Persons baby-sitting in their own homes, operators of direct distributor-
ships such as selling and delivering cosmetics, newspapers, etc.. and odd
jobbers who obtained by themselves contracts or agreements to do jobs
should report their income in this part.
In case of a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".

Give an amount only if you operated a farm in 1980 by yourself or in
partnership. In case of partnership, report only your share of net income.
Give your net income (gross receipts from farm sales minus depreciation
and costs of operation). Cash advances should be included in gross
receipts for the year in which they are received. Include also government
supplementary payments but exclude the value of income "in kind".
Answer the question even if you employed a hired manager to run your
farm and deduct the manager's salary as expenses. If you rent out your
farm, report your rent receipts in "investment income", part (g). Similarly,
income from incorporated farms should be reported in "wages" and/or
"investment income".

In case of a loss, report the amount and also mark "Loss".
Agricultural operations include production of field crops, vegetables,
fruits, greenhouse and nursery products and seeds, maple products,
raising poultry and livestock, production ot animal products such as eggs,
milk and wool, and fur farming and beekeeping.

(d) Old Age Security Pension and Guaranteed Income Supplement and
Benefits from Canada or Quebec Pension Plan

Report payments to persons 65 years and over and to 60 to 64-year-old

spouses or widows of Old Age Security Pension recipients (Spouses

Allowance) from federal government only.

Also report benefits received under the Canada or Quebec Pension

Plans, e.g.. retirement pensions, survivors' benefits, disability pensions.

Please do not report your contributions to the Plan but the benefits from it.

Do not include lump-sum benefits.

Provincial income supplements are to be reported in part (f). Retirement

pensions of civil servants. RCMP and military personnel are to be reported

in part (h)

(e) Benefits from Unemployment Insurance

Report total unemployment insurance benefits, before income tax
deductions. Include benefits lor sickness, maternity, retraining and
retirement received under the Federal Unemployment Insurance scheme.

(f) Other Income from Government Sources Including Provincial
Income Supplements and Social Assistance

Report payments received from provincial and municipal governments by
persons in need, such as assistance to needy mothers, to the blind, as well
as other cash payments to persons in need.
Include provincial income supplements.

Include here all other transfer payments such as Canada Manpower
training and mobility allowances, veterans' pensions, workers' compensa-
tion, etc.

Do not include family allowances and child tax credits.
Retirement pensions to career military personnel, civil servants, etc., are to
be reported in part (h).

(g) Dividends, Interest from Bonds and Deposits, and Other Investment
Income

Report actual amount of dividends received, not the taxable amount for

dividends received from Canadian and foreign corporate stocks.

Report interest from deposits in banks, trust companies, co-operatives.

credit unions, caisses populaires. etc.. as well as bond and debenture

interest.

Also include interest received from abroad.

Also report here net rents from real estate (including farm land), mortgage

and loan interest received, regular income from an estate or trust fund, and

interest from insurance policies.

If this total is a loss, write the amount and also mark "Loss ".

(h) Retirement Pensions, Superannuation and Annuities, and Other
K/loney Income

Report here any income you received as a result of previous employment

of yourself or a deceased relative.

Include pensions to retired RCIvlP. career military or Civil Service

employees, and all annuities regardless of who purchased them.

Also include here all other regular income not covered in the questions

above.

Examples are:

- alimony;

- child support:

- periodic support from persons not in the household:

- net income from roomers and boarders:

- income from abroad (e.g.. pensions) except dividends and interest which
should go into (g):

- non-refundable scholarships and bursaries
Do not include;

- family allowances and child tax credits:

- cash refunds of pension fund contributions;

- lump-sum death benefits or any other one lime lump-sum payment.

-199-

ANNEXE D. 1986 CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE - QUESTIONNAIRE

Stalislics Canada Slalislique Canada

OFFICE USE

CENSUS REPRESENTATIVE USE

Farm Operator's Residence

PROV.
001

FED No.
002

EA No.
003

Hhld. No.
004

Agr. Quest. No.
005

Head Office Use

F=arm Headquarters

PROV.

FED No

EA No

007

008

009

Francophones:

FORM 6

1986 Census of
Agriculture

Si vous d6sirez un questionnaire en frangais, demandez d la t6l6phoniste de composef ZENITH
0-1986; vous serez alors mis en communicattan, sans frais, avec le bureau r6giona] le plus pr6a

H you wish to complete a French questionnaire, call the long distance operator and ask for
ZENITH 0-1986 and you will be connected to the nearest Regional Office, without charge

CONFIDENTIAL when completed

Only persons sworn to secrecy under the Statistics Act will have access to your completed
questionnaire Infomiation derived from this questionnaire will be treated in accordance with
the confidentiality provisions of the Act. Persons who have been sworn to secrecy under
the Act are subject to prosecution if they violate these provisions.

Legal Requirement

The information sought in this questionnaire is collected under the authority of the Statistics
Act. Everyone is required to provide this information.

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Complete this questionnaire if you operate a farm, ranch or other agricultural
holding {feedlots, greenhouses, nurseries, institutiorial farms, mushroom houses
and fur farms) with sales of agricultural products during the past 12 months
of $250 or more.

2. Agricultural products include any of the following:

• livestock and poultry

• dairy products and
eggs

• field crops

• fruits and vegetables

• mushrooms, greenhouse and
nursery products, and sod

• fur bearing animals

• honey and beeswax

• maple products

3. Use your records, if possible. Otherwise, enter your best estimate

4. In cases where records are not kept on a calendar year basis, expenses, sales,
etc. should be reported for the last complete fiscal year.

5. Do not report fractions except where space has been provided.

6. Complete only one questionnaire for each partnership operation.

7. If you require additional questionnaires or assistance in completing this ques-
tionnaire, call the long distance operator and ask for ZENITH 0-1986 and you
will be connected to the nearest Regional Office without charge

I - OPERATOR. JUNE 3, 1986

• The operator is the person responsible for the day-to-day decisions made in the operation of the holding.

• If the holding is operated as a partnership, enter the name and address of one of the partners. (Report other partner(s) in Question 4.)

• Please be sure only one agricultural questionnaire is completed per holding.

1. Name and mailing address of the operator (Owner, tenant or hired manager)

DIG

014

015

016

Family or last name (print)

Usual first name and initials (print)

I_L

I I M

P. O. Box No., R.R. No., or name of road or street

I I

Name of post office

Area Code

Telephone Number

Farm name (if applicable)

OFFICE USE

021

017 1

Doc No

Ota 1 019

f^rs. No

1
Day

020 1

Month

1 1 1

312

Year

-200-

II - RESIDENCE, JUNE 3, 1986

2. How many months did you (the operator) live on this holding during the past 1 2 months?

(a) 9-12 months

(b) 5-8 months

(d) Did not live on this holding .

(Mark an "X"' in the appropriate box.)

022

3. Did you operate this holding as of June 3, 1985 (one year ago)?

YES

023

III - TYPE OF ORGANIZATION. JUNE 3, 1986

4. Which of the following best describes this holding?

(a) INDIVIDUAL OR FAMILY HOLDING (Do not include partnerships and corporations)

(Mark an "X" in the appropriate box.)

PARTNERSHIP:

(b) with a written agreement

Enter other partner(s) name(s) in the spaces provided below. (Use comments section if more space is required)

024

025

PARTNER

111111111111111111111111

026

PARTNER

M 1 II M 1 1 M 1 M 1 1 1 1 II 1 M 1

027

PARTNER

1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 II

028

PARTNER

1 1 1 1 1 M 1 M 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CORPORATION (A LEGALLY CONSTITUTED COMPANY):

(d) with the majority of the shares owned by you and your family

(e) with the majority of the shares owned by other person(s) or business

Enter corporation name in the space provided betow.

024

029 CORPORATION NAME

OTHER TYPES OF ORGANIZATION:

(f) Institution {e.g. Research Station, university farm, prison farm, etc.) . . . .

(g) Community Pasture, co-operative grazing association or grazing reserve .

(ti) Other (e.g. Hutterite Colony, Trust or Estate, etc.) Specify .

024

If you have indicated more than one box to describe your organization, please explain In the comments section below.

5-4500-104.1

-201-

THE LAND AREA FIGURES IN THIS QUESTIONNAIRE WILL BE REPORTED IN: (nnark one box only)

i
I

i
1

1
i

ACRES

030

CONVERSION FACTORS IF REQUIRED

1 acre = O.dO hectares
1 acre =1.18 arpents

1 hectare = 2.5 acres
1 hectare =2.9 arpents

1 arpeni = 0.86 acres
1 arpent = 0.34 hectares

HECTARES

031

ARPENTS

032

(QUEBEC ONLY)

IV - LOCATION: AREA OWNED, RENTED OR LEASED, JUNE 3, 1986

Location

Include all the land you operate including cropland, grazing and pasture land, summertallow. woodlcnd and wasteland

• List each lot. section or part separately.

Include all land operated, whether owned, rented or leased from others.
Do not include land you rent or lease to others.

• List on the top line the parcel of land on which the headquarters (main buildings or main gate) is located.

• If more space is required, please add a separate list or continue in the comments section.

AREA AND DESCRIPTION OF LAND YOU OPERATE

Quarter and
Section or
Lot Number

Township

Range

Concession

Meridian
(Western
Provinces

only)

Owned

1 „„„^ ' Rented or

Governments ; q;:^;^
1

AREA

Mark an "X' 'm :'--e apprcprir^tc p,--;i^p''

or arpentsi

603
Headquarters

504

505

D 1
1

□

1 I

□

D i

D
1

□

^'' 1

□

WHAT IS THE TOTAL AREA OF ALL LAND YOU OPERATE? (This is the total area of land recorded in Question 6 1

033

8. AREA OWNED (Do not include land you rent or lease to others

034

9. (al AREA LEASED from aovernments (Include license, sermit and leased

lands, etc.)

035

(b) AREA RENTED OR LEASED from sources other than governments
basis!

Include land operated by you on a cash or share rent

036

5-4500-104.'

-202-

V - AREA OF FIELD CROPS

• Report the total area of the various crops seeded or to be seeded for harvest in 1986, even if they were sown or planted in an earlier year.

GRAINS

10. Hard red spring wheat

11. Durum wheat

12. Utility wheat

13. Soft white spring wheat

14. Other semi-dwarf spring wheats (e.g. HY320)

Specify

15. Winter wheat (remaining for harvest in 1986) ....

1 6. Oats for grain (Report oats to be cut for green feed,
hay or silage in Questior} 25)

1 7. Barley for grain (Report barley to be cut for green feed,
hay or silage in Question 26)

18. Mixed grains for grain

(two or more grains sown together) . .'

1 9. Corn for grain (Report corn for silage in Question 23.
Report sweet corn In Question 69)

20. Fall rye (remaining for harvest in i 986)

21. Spring rye

22. Buckwheat

HAY AND FODDER CROPS

23. Corn for silage

24. All tame hay cut or to be cut for hay or silage ...

25. Oats cut or to be cut for green feed, hay or silage

26. Barley cut or to be cut for green feed, hay or silage

Area

27. Other fodder crops cut or to be cut for green feed, hay
or silage (e.g. sudan, sorghum, etc.)

Specify ,

28. TOTAL area of grains, hay and fodder crops

{Total of Questions 1 0 to 27)

050

OILSEEDS

29. Canola (Rapeseed) .

30. Flaxseed

31. Soybeans

32. Sunflowers

OTHER CROPS

33. Potatoes grown for sale

34. Mustard seed

35. White beans

36. Fababeans for beans (Report silage in Question 2 7) .

37. Other dry beans (e.g. yellow eye, kidney, etc.)

38. Dry field peas (Report canning peas in Question 75) .

39. Tobacco

40. Lentils

41. Sugar beets for sugar

42. Millet for grain

43. Triticale

44. Canary seed (grown for bird seed)

45. Root crops for feed

46. Safflower

47. Caraway seed

48. Forage seed (to be harvested in 1 986 for seed) , , ,

49. Other field crops (e.g. coriander, peanuts, etc)

Specify —

50. TOTAL area of oilseeds and other crops

(Total of Questions 29 to 49)

TREE FRUITS

• Do not Include trees that are abandoned.

• Report the area to the nearest tenth (e.g. 5 */,o)

VI - FRUITS, VEGETABLES, SOD AND NURSERY PRODUCTS

YES I ^'° I I ' I Answer Questions 52 to 97
NO

51. Do you grow any tree fruits, cultivated berries, grapes, vegetables,
sod or nursery products for sale?

078

Skip to Question 98

52. Apple

53. Pear

54. Plum and prune ,

55. Cherry (sweet) .

56. Cherry (sour) , ,

57. Peach

58. Apricot

59. Other tree fruits (e.g., filbert nuts, nectarines, etc.)

Specify —

Number of trees on June 3, 1986 |

Bearing

Non-bearing

079

080

082

083

085

086

088

089

091

092

094

095

097

098

100

101

60. TOTAL area of tree fruits

5-4500-104.1

Area
on June 3, 1986

/io

-203-

VI - FRUITS, VEGETABLES, SOD AND NURSERY PRODUCTS (Concluded)
CULTIVATED BERRIES AND GRAPES (grown for sale)
• Report the area to the nearest tenth {e.g. 5 */o)
61. Strawberries

62. Raspberries

63. Grapes

64. Blueberries (cultivated high and low bush)

65. Cranberries

66. Other cultivated berries (e.g., saskatoons, loganberries, currants, etc.)

Specify

67. TOTAL area of cultivated berries and grapes

Total area

under cultivation

in 1986

/io

/lO

/io

Area harvested or

to be harvested

in 1966

/io

VEGETABLES (grown for sale)

• Do not Include greenhouse products. These should be reported in Question 106.

• Report the area to the nearest tenth (e.g. */io)

Asparagus harvested or
to be harvested in 1 986

117

68. Asparagus

69. Corn, sweet

70. Tomatoes

71. Cucumbers

72. Cabbage

73. Beans (yellow (wax) or green) .

74. Carrots

75. Green peas (Report dry field peas in
Question 38)

76. Beets

77. Cauliflower

78. Onions (dry)

79. Peppers

60. Rutabagas (turnips)
81. Lettuce

Total area under
cultivation in 1 986

/lO

82. Broccoli

83. Squash

84. Zucchini

85. Pumpkins

66. Green onions (shallots) .

87. Radishes

88. Brussels sprouts

89. Rhubarb

90. Parsnips

91. Celery

92. Spinach

93. Cantaloupes and melons .

94. Other 'vegetables

Specify

95. TOTAL area of vegetables under cultivation

(Total of Questions 68 to 94)

Total area under
cultivation in 1986

SOD AND NURSERY PRODUCTS (grown for sale)
• Include total area under cultivation.

96. Sod grown for sale

97. Nursery products (Include area of cut flowers, bulbs, shrubs, trees, vines, ornamentals, etc. grown out of doors)

VII - SUMMARY OF LAND IN 1986

LAND IN CROPS

98. TOTAL of the areas reported In Questions 28, 50, 60, 67, 95, 96 and 97
OTHER LAND

99. Summertallow (Land from which no crop will be harvested in 1986, but which instead will be cultivated, worked or sprayed to
control weeds or conserve moisture. Do not include idle land which has not been worked or sprayed for more than one year.)

100. Improved land for pasture or grazing (improved by seeding, draining, irrigating, fertilizing, or brush or weed control. Do not In-
clude areas to be cut (or hay, silage or seed)

101. Other improved land (farm buildings, barnyards, lanes, home gardens, greenhouses, mushroom houses, improved idle land, etc.)

102. Unimproved land for pasture, grazing or hay (Include native pas'ure. native hay, rangcland. grazable bush, etc.)

103. Woodland (woodlots. Christmas tree lots, sugar bush, tree wind-breaks)

104. All other unimproved land (Include bogs, marshes, wasteland and all other non-productive areas)

105. TOTAL land area {Jo\a\ of Questions 98 to 104) (This total must equal the total area of the holding or operation reported in
Question 7.)

5-4500-104.1

-204-

106. Are you growing any greenhouse products or mushrooms lor sale?

107. Are you reporting in square feet or square metres?

Please mark an "X" in the appropriate box

VIII - GREENHOUSES AND MUSHROOM HOUSES, JUNE 3, 1986

fYES
NO

Square feet
Square metres

YES

156

Answer Questions 1 07 to 109
Skip to Question 1 1 0

157

Greenhouses

108. Area on June 3. 1986 under glass, plastic or other protection for each of the following:
(a) Flowers (e.g. cut flowers, bedding and potted plants, etc.)

(b) Vegetables {e.g. cucumbers, tomatoes, etc.)

(d) Other (e.g. tree seedlings) Specify

Mushroom Houses

109. TOTAL growing area for mushrooms on June 3, 1986

181

IX - POULTRY

• Include all poultry on this holding, regardless of ownership.

• Include production for use at home.

• Do not Include poultry owned by you but kept on a holding operated by someone else.

PART 1 - POULTRY NUMBERS

110. Are there any poultry on this holding?

HENS AND CHICKENS

111. Pullets and pullet chicks, under 20 weeks, intended for laying . . . ,

112. Hens and pullets, 20 weeks and over, kept for laying

113. All other chickens (roosters, chicks, roasters, broilers, fryers, etc.) .

1 YES

163

1 NO

163

Answer Questions 111 to 1 1 7
Skip to Question 1 1 8

114. TOTAL chickens (Total number reported above) .

115. How many of the hens and pullets, 20 weeks and over (Question 1 12) produce fertilized eggs for a hatchery?
{i.e. hatchery supply flock)

OTHER POULTRY

116. Turkeys (all ages)

117. Other poultry (e.g. geese, ducks, pheasants, guinea fowl, etc.) Specify _

Number
June 3, 1966

164

166

PART 2 - POULTRY PRODUCTION

118. Were there any turkeys, chickens, or chicken eggs
produced on this holding in 1 985?

YES

171

Answer Questions 1 1 9 to 121
Skip to Question 122

119. TOTAL chicken egg production during 1985

120. TOTAL chicken production during 1985 {Include roosters, roasters, broilers, fryers, and spent hens)

121. TOTAL turkey production during 1985

Total Production
during 1985

(include all market-
ings and home use)

172 Dozens of eggs

1 73 Number of birds

1 74 Number of birds

COMMENTS

5-4500-104.1

-205-

X - LIVESTOCK, JUNE 3, 1986
Include all animals on this holding, regardless of ownership.

• Include any animals owned by you but pastured on a community pasture, grazing co-op or public land.

• Do not Include animais owned by you but kept on a tarm. ranch or teedlot operated by someone else.

PART 1 - CATTLE AND CALVES

122. Are there any cattle or calves on this hoiding?

YES
NO

175

Answer Questions 123 to 129
Skip to Question 1 30

123. Bulls, 1 year and over

124. Cows (include heifers whicti have calved):

I (a) mainly for dairy purposes

(b) mainly for beef purposes

1(a) raised foi dairy herd replacement . ,
(b) raised for beet herd replacement . ,
(c) raised for slaughter or as feeders .

126. Steers, 1 year and over

127. Calves, under 1 year

128. TOTAL cattle and calves (Total number reported above)

129. Of the cattle and calves reported above how many are purebred registered animals?

PART 2 - PIGS

130. Are there any pigs on this holding?

186

Answer Questions 131 to 135
Skip to Question 1 36

131. Boars, 6 months and over

132. Sows for breeding and bred gilts

1(a) Under 45 lbs (20 kg) (include suckling pigs)
(b) 45 to 130 lbs (20 to 60 kg)
(c) Over 130 lbs (60 kg)

134. TOTAL pigs (Total number reported above)

135. Of the pigs reported above how many are purebred registered animals? .

PART 3 - SHEEP AND LAMBS

136. Are there any sheep or lambs on this holding?

YES

194

Answer Questions 137 to 141
Skip to Question 142

1 37. Rams, 1 year and over

138. Ewes and wethers, 1 year and over

1 39. Lambs, under 1 year

140. TOTAL sheep and lambs (Total number reported above)

141. Of the sheep and lambs reported above how many are purebred registered animals?

PART 4 - OTHER LIVESTOCK

142. Are there any other livestock on this holding?

143. Horses and ponies (all ages)

144. Goats

145. Rabbits

146. ivlink

147. Fox

148. Colonies of bees

149. Other livestock (e.g. chinchillas, donkeys, etc.) Specify .

YES
NO

200

Answer Questions 143 to 149
Skip to Question 1 50

201

202

5-4500-104.1

-206-

150. Was any commercial fertilizer applied on the land you operated in 1 985?

XI - COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER USE, 1985

YES
NO

208

Answer Questions 151 to 152
Skip to Question 1 53

• Include only commercial fertilizers.

• Do not Include manure or lime.

• Report the area only once, no matter how many applications were made.

151. TOTAL area fertilized in 1985 (Include areas under crops, hay, pasture, etc.) .

Area Fertilized

152. How many metric tonnes of the following forms or types of fertilizer were applied on this land in 1985?

(a) Dry granular (bagged and bulk)

(b) Pressurized liquid or gas (including anhydrous ammonia)

(d) Suspensions (a fluid requiring agitation)

Tonnes
(2200 lbs = 1
metric tonne)

212

214

XII - SPRAYING AND DUSTING, 1985

153. Was any chemical spray or dust applied to the land you operated in 1985?

• Include herbicides, insecticides and fungicides.

• Include all areas sprayed or dusted, whether cropland, pasture or summerfallow, etc.

• Do not Include seed treatments.

154. Land or crop area sprayed or dusted in 1985.

(a) for control of weeds and brush (Report the area only once, no matter how many applications were made.)

Answer Question 1 54
Skip to Question 155

(b) for control of insects and disease (Report the area only once, no matter how many applications were made.)

XIII - IRRIGATION, 1985

155. In 1985, was any of the land you operate irrigated by any controlled means?

• Do not Include ditches and equipment used exclusively for drainage.

• Report the area only once, no matter how many applications were made.

YES

217

Answer Questions 1 56 to 1 57
Skip to Question 1 58

156. In 1965. how much land was irrigated
using the following systems?

(a) Flood

(b) Hand Move

(d) Pivot

(e) Volume Gun or Giant Gun

(f) All other means (e.g. solid sets, etc.)

Specify ,

(g) TOTAL area Irrigated

Area Irrigated

157. Indicate the sources of your irrigation water:

(a) Irrigation District or Works

(b) River. Stream or Creek

(d) Groundwater (wells or springs)

(e) Other

Specify

225

226

227

228

229

XIV - SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE (TILE)

158. Is there a subsurface drainage system on the land you operate?

• Include systematic, random and spot systems regardless of
when installed

159. How much land is drained by a subsurface drainage system?

5-4500-104.1

230

Answer Question 1 59
Skip to Question 160

Area Under
Drainage

-207-

XV - FARM VEHICLES, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, JUNE 3, 1986

• Report only vehicles, machinery and equipment used in the (arm business.

• Report all vehicles, machinery and equipment on the land you operated on June 3, 1986, regardless of ownership.

• It equipment is owned on a share basis, report it only if it is located on this holding.

• Do not Include equipment no longer used in the (arm business.

• "Present market value" is the amount this machine or piece o( equipment would bring at ar

auction sale in your district.

Two Wheel
Drive

Four Wheel
Drive

Total Present

Total Number

(dollars only)

232

233

234

160. Tractors: (a) Under 20 p.t.o. hp. (15 kw) (including garden traclorsl

235

236

237

(b| 20-49 p.t.o. hp. 115-37 kw) , . .

238

239

240

|c) 50-99 p.t.o. hp. (38-74 kw|

241

242

243

(d) 100-149 p.t.o. hp. (75-1 1 1 kw|

244

245

246

(e| 150-224 p.t.o. hp. (112-167 kw)

247

248

249

(() Over 224 p.t.o. hp. (167 kw)

161. Farm Trucks (include only trucks used in the farm business):

Total Number

250

251

(a) Pick-ups and vans

252

253

(b) Other single axle

254

255

256

257

162. Cars and station wagons

258

259

163. Grain combines: (a) Sel(-propelIed

260

261

(b) Pull type

262

263

164. Swathers (report mower-conditioners in Question 166): (a) Sel(-propelled

264

265

(b) Pull type ... ...

266

267

165. Balers (report field stack makers in Question 1 70): (a) making bales less than 200 lbs (90 kg)

268

269

(b) making bales 200 lbs (90 kg) or more

270

271

272

273

274

275

168. Grain dryers

276

277

169. Potato harvesters

278

170. All other farm machinery and equipment

(Tillage and planting machinery; tractor attachments; mowers; spraying equipment; threshers; specialized harvesters; wagons; shop
tools: hand tools; irrigation equipment; field stack makers; grain, forage and manure handling machinery; dairy equipment; packaging
and handling machinery; etc.)

279

171. TOTAL value of all farm vehicles, machinery and equipment (Total of values reported in Questions 160 to 170)

(yes

280

1 72. Do you have a computer on your farm holding used principally in managing your farm business? {

1 NO

280

XVI - MARKET VALUE OF LAND AND BUILDINGS, JUNE 3, 1986

• Include the value of the farm dwellings and the value of any land or buildings rented or leased from the government or others.

• Do not Include the value of any land, buildings or farm dwellings rented or leased to others.

(dollars only)

281

1 73. What is your estimate of the present market value of the land and buildings you operate?

5-4500-104.1

-208-

XVII - FARM BUSINESS EXPENSES. 1985 (calendar year)

• The following questions deal with farm operating expenses during 1985, whether already paid or to be paid by you or others.

• Your account books or your completed income tax form, if available, would be useful in completing this section.

• In cases where records are not kept on a calendar year basis, expenses should be reported for the last complete fiscal year.
> Do not Include costs of products purchased for resale.

174. Rent or leasing expenses for agricultural land and buildings rented or leased from governments
and others;

(a) Cash basis (Include community pasture and grazing fees)

(b) Share rent or rent-in-kind (estimated dollar value)

175. Cash wages for hired farm labour (Includw family wages, and contributions made on behalf of all employees for C.P.P.. O.P.P..
Unemployment Insurance and Worker's Compensation; do not Include wages paid for housework. Report custom work and contract
work in Question 181):

(a) Cash wages paid to family members

(b) Cash wages paid to non-family members

176. Interest paid on farm loans, mortgages and credit from suppliers (Do not report payment of principal or amount of debt outstanding)

177. Machinery expenses (farm business share) for operating cars, trucks and farm machinery:

(a) Fuel, oil and lubricants before rebates are received (Report fuel for heating and crop drying in Question 183)

(b) Repairs, maintenance, license, registration and insurance (include parts and labour costs)

178. Crop expenses:

(a) Fertilizer and lime purchases (Include custom spreading costs if included in the purchase price)

(b) Chemicals to control all types of weeds, plants, insects, rodents, etc. (Include herbicides, insecticides, fungicides and other
pesticides)

(c) Seed and seedling purchases (Include seed treatment and cleaning costs it included in the purchase price; do not Include the
value of homegrown seed and seed bought for resale)

179. Livestock expenses:

(a) Feed and supplement purchases (Include hay or straw purchased for feed; do not include the value of homegrown feed)

(b) Livestock and poultry purchases

(0) Veterinary services, medicines and artificial insemination ,

1 80. Small containers, twine and wire (Include baskets, sacks, bags, egg cartons, flower pots, baler and binder twine, baling wire, etc.)

181. Custom work, contract work and machine rental (Include combining, trucking, grain drying, feedlot cleaning, etc.; do not include
capital expenses where benefits are spread over many years such as land clearing)

182. Electricity (include farm business share of house expenses; do not include installation costs)

183. Fuel for heating and crop drying (Include farm business share of house expenses; do not include fuel expenses for operating motor
vehicles and farm machinery; do not Include installation costs)

1 84. All other farm business operating expenses (Include repairs and maintenance to farm buildings and fences, taxes, telephone, irriga-
tion levies, crop and property insurance, legal and accounting fees, etc.; do not include depreciation or capital cost allowance.)

Amount
(dollars only)

282

285

289

294

Specify _

185. TOTAL (arm business operating expenses (Total of Questions 174 to 184}

186. Have any of the above livestock expense items reported in Question 179 been supplied and paid for by a
company or co-operative with which you have a production contract?

YES

301

5-4500-104.1

-209-

187. Did you employ hired agricultural labour in 1985?

XVIII - HIRED AGRICULTURAL LABOUR, 1985
YES

302

Answer Question 1 86
Skip to Question 1 69

• Include only persons 1 5 years of age and over.

• Do not Include housework or custom work and other non-agricultural work.

• Calculate and record the total number of weeks of labour during 1965. For example 5 people hired for one week are reported
as 5 weeks of labour.

188. TOTAL weeks of paid labour during 1985:

(a) hired on a year round basis

(b) hired on a seasonal or temporary basis

Total weeks

189. Did you harvest any forest products for sale or tap
any maple trees?

XIX - FOREST PRODUCTS AND MAPLE TAPPINGS
YES

305

Answer Questions 190 to 191
Skip to Question 192

190. Value of forest products sold in 1965. (Include Christmas trees, fuelwood, pulpwood. logs,
fence posts, pilings, etc. Do not Include maple products)

191. Number of taps made on maple trees in the spring of 1966 .

Value
(dollars only)

XX - VALUE OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SOLD DURING 1985

In cases where records are not kept on a calendar year basis, sales should be reported for the last complete fiscal year.

Include:

• sales of all agricultural products (See page 1 . Instruction 2).

• the value of the landlord's share of products sold (share rent).

• any Canadian Wheat Board payments received during 1985 regardless of the crop year to which they apply.

• cash advances for stored crops, patronage dividends, crop insurance, stabilization and deficiency payments.

• any Marketing Board and/or Agency payments received during 1985.

• direct sales — roadside stands, farmers' markets, pick your own, etc.

• income from custom work and machine hire.

Do not Include:

• sales of capital items (e.g. land, buildings or machinery).

• sales of products received from land rented or leased to others.

• value of forest products sold.

• products bought for resale.

192. TOTAL (gross) value of agricultural products sold from this operation during 1985

Value
(dollars only)

XXI - OFF-FARM WORK DURING 1985

193. Did you work off this holding in 1985?

• Convert part days to full days on the basis of an 8 hour day.
For example: 2 days of 4 hours is equal to 1 day

194. How many days did you (the operator) work off this holding at:
(a) paid agricultural work?

YES

309

1 NO

309

Answer Question 1 94

(b) paid non-agricultural work?

Days

COMMENTS

5-4500-104.1

-210-

REASONS WHY QUESTIONS ARE ASKED

The Census of Agriculture is conducted once every five years
and to be successful requires the participation of all farm operators.

Surveys and administrative records do provide some information
regarding Canadian agriculture but it is the Census of Agriculture
that provides statistical information on all farms on a consistent
basis across Canada.

The following material explains the reasons for asking specific
questions. However, it should be noted that each question in
conjunction with others enables one to ascertain the importance
and well-being of Canadian agriculture in relation to the total
economy and to evaluate the impact of agricultural policies and
programs.

An individual farmer's completed questionnaire is not made
available to anyone except persons sworn to secrecy under the
Statistics Act; however, the information provided will be com-
bined with that of other farms and will be published.

Section I, Question 1 - Operator

Correct names and addresses are required to ensure that all
farms are included and to avoid duplication.

Section II, Question 2 - Residence

This question identifies whether the farm operator lives on the
holding. Data are used in conjunction with Census of Population
data to enable social and economic comparison between rural
farm, rural non-farm and urban populations.

Section II, Question 3 - Operation of Holding One Year Ago

This is principally an office-use question used to explain figures
reported by new farm operators in response to questions that
refer to the previous year.

Section III, Question 4 - Type of Organization

This information is used to categorize Canadian farms according
to their business organization (e.g. individual farm, corporation).
It is needed by departments of agriculture, farm organizations
and others for analysis of the structure of the farming industry
in Canada (e.g. is the number of corporate farms increasing?).
Corporate names and names of partners are used to identify and
correct situations where duplicate questionnaires are received
for the same holding.

Section III, Question 5 - Land Area Units (acres, hectares, arpents)

This question gives the respondent a choice in the unit of land
measure to be used in completing the questionnaire.

Section IV, Questions 6 to 9 - Location: Area Owned, Rented
or Leased

These are principally office-use questions used to ensure com-
plete farmland coverage by the Census and the con'ect identifica-
tion of the farm headquarters. The spilt between "leased from
governments" and "rented or leased from sources other than
governments" ensures that all lands rented or leased are included.

Sections V and VI, Questions 10 to 97 - Area of Field Crops
and Horticuiturai Products

Information on crop areas provides estimates of the total area
of the various crops for Canada, the provinces and sub-provincial
areas once every five years. The Census data provide the basis
for making annual estimates of crop production. This informa-
tion is essential for estimating agricultural production available
for both the domestic and international markets and is used by
organizations that are involved in marketing.

The Census is the key source for accurate estimates of infrequently
occurring crops such as millet and triticale. The distinctions bet-
ween "tjearing" versus "non-bearing" trees and "area under cultiva-
tion" versus "area harvested or to be harvested" for berries, grapes
and asparagus are required to forecast future production.

Section Vli, Questions 98 to 105 - Summary of Land

The various breakdowns (e.g. improved land, unimproved land)
provide an indication of land utilization. This information is im-
portant for government departments and farm organizations in
comparing trends in land use patterns across Canada and over
time.

Section Vlli, Questions 106 to 109 - Greenhouses and
Mushroom Houses

Production area estimates for greenhouse products and
mushrooms are used by the public sector and by farm associa-
tions to monitor changes in capacity and supply.

Sections IX and X, Questions 1 1 0 to 1 49 - Poultry and Livestock

Questions on the number, type and age of livestock and poultry
provide essential information for estimating inventories, produc-
tion and future supplies of animals and animal products for domestic
consumption and export. The Census provides the basic building
block from which annual estimates are made. The information is
vital for international negotiations on trade and for the efficient
operation of the domestic market. This information is often used
directly by farmers to make production and marketing decisions
and in the form of market analysis and agricultural outlooks pro-
vided by government departments, private fimis and the farm
media. Age and weight breakdowns are used to distinguish bet-
ween present and future production.

Questions 129, 135 and 141 (purebred registered animals) are
included in the Census because of the importance of the export
market for high quality Canadian livestock.
The question on the number of horses, goats, rabbits and other
specialty livestock on farms provides specialty livestock producers
with basic information about their sector.

Sections XI to XIV, Questions 1 SO to 1 59 - Fertilizer, Spraying
and Dusting, Irrigation and Subsurface Drainage (Tile)

This information is used to measure the impact of these practices
on agricultural production.

Section XV, Questions 160 to 171 - Farm Vehicles, Machinery
and Equipment

The present market value of machinery enables policy analysts,
farm organizations, universities, and others to study trends in farm
capital requirements and return on investment. The type and
number of farm machines is used to study mechanization trends
(e.g. the change from two wheel drive to four wheel drive trac-
tors). Machinery companies use the information to plan the loca-
tion of service centres, while government departments study fuel
use and calculate farm energy requirements to ensure adequate
future supplies.

Section XV, Question 172 - Computers

This question will be used to determine if business computers are
becoming important in farm management. Farm computerization
could have a bearing in the future on the method of delivering in-
formation and extension services to farmers.

Section XVI, Question 1 73 - Market Value of Land and Buildings

The value of farm land and buildings provides a means of monitor-
ing changes in values and is used to study the capital costs of
farm operations.

Section XVil, Questions 1 74 to 185 - Farm Business Expenses

Expenditure questions are used to monitor trends in farm operating
costs. The data, together with information on farm incomes, pro-
vide measures of the economic well-being of the farm sector and
serve as a basis for formulating and evaluating stabilization
programs.

Section XVII, Question 186
tract Firms

■ Livestock Expenses Paid by Con-

This is principally an office-use question used to explain cases
where livestock are reported on the questionnaire but no cor-
responding livestock expenses are reported.

Section XVIil, Questions 187 and 188 - Hired Agricultural Labour

Data on hired latMur are used by agricultural and manpower resear-
chers and administrators for estimating and evaluating labour
requirements and for planning training programs.

Section XIX, Questions 1 89 to 1 91 - Forest Products and Maple
Tappings

These questkins measure the value of forest products and numljer
of maple tappings in Canada Data are used, primarily by provincial
departments, as a tjasis for making annual estimates of productton.

Section XX, Question 192 - Value of Agricultural Products Sold

This question provides a means of grouping farms of similar
economic size for publication purposes (e.g. all farms with sales
under $10,000, $10,000 to $25,000, etc.).
This information also allows government departments, farm
organizations, universities and other researchers to study the
distribution of farm income in Canada by geographic area (eg. pro-
vince, municipality or county).

Section XXI, Questions 193 and 194 - Off-Farm Work

This question makes it possible to identify the number of part-time
and full-time farmers and to measure the impact on agricultural
production.

-211-
APPENDIX E. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES FROM THE 1986 CENSUS

The 1986 Output Program consisted of two parts,
census products and census services. A product is
defined as a publication, a machine-readable table
and profile, a map or a computerized file which is
predetermined and can be made available to a
client without delay. A service, on the other hand,
permits the client to obtain, on request only, a
product specially designed to meet the client's
needs (within the constraints of confidentiality). A
brief account of these products and services and the
pricing policy follows. A detailed account can be
found in the 1986 Census Products and
Services, Final Edition (Catalogue No. 99-103E).
Further information and acquisition is possible at
the STC Regional Reference Centres or the
appropriate User Services, STC, Ottawa.

1. Census Products

1.1 Publications

Results of the 1986 Census of Population
began appearing in printed format in
August 1987. The approximately 100
publications were divided into four main
groups, which were, in turn, divided into
nine series, illustrated in the chart
below. With the exception of analytical
publications that were the responsibility
of the Research and Analysis Project, all
publications were produced by the
Output Project. The content of the
individual texts was written by the
respective subject-matter specialists.

It should be noted that the majority of
the covers of census publications are
colour coded to identify the themes
central to the presentation: orange for
population and dwelling counts, red for
population and dwelling characteristics,
yellow for profiles, blue-green for
geographic products, and blue for
reference products. Publications
containing 2B data were colour coded a
lighter shade than their 2A counterpart.

Series

Groups

Population and
dwelling counts
publications

Population and
dwelling character-
istics

Population
Place Name
Reference Lists

The Nation
Dimensions
Profiles

Analytical publi-
cations

General and geo-
graphic

reference publica-
tions

Metropolitan
Atlas
Focus on
Canada

Reference
(General)
Reference:
Geographic

POPULATION AND DWELLING COUNTS
PUBLICATIONS

The Population and Dwelling Counts publications
provide basic 1986 counts for all standard
geographic areas. Measures of change since 1981
are frequently given as well.

A total of 20 publications are available in two
series: Population and Place Name Reference
Lists.

A, Population

These 17 publications provide
final, unrounded population and
dwelling counts. Five publications
(one for each type of selected
standard geographic area) provide
counts for Canada. The remaining
12 publications, one per province or
territory, list counts by various
standard geographic levels within
the province or territory.

B. Place Name Reference Lists

These three publications
alphabetically list place names in
provinces and territories. Census
level (CD, CSD, UP, etc.) is given
along with counts, the Standard
Geographic Classification code,
longitude, latitude and information
on relevant census maps.

POPULATION AND DWELLING CHARAC-
TERISTICS PUBLICATIONS

These publications present a wide range of census
data by variable, selected topics and standard
geographic areas.

-212-

The Nation Series (19 publications) presents data
for most census variables. These cross-tabulations
illustrate the analytical potential of the census.
Some tables include comparisons with previous
census data.

Dimensions publications (seven in total) focus on
subjects that many census clients have expressed
interest in. The presentation varies from a
suiamary of data to detailed breakdowns and cross-
tabulations. Geographic levels also vary: some
tables show national data, others examine census
metropolitan areas.

The Profiles (107 volumes) look at a range of
variables in limited detail for standard geographic
areas. Percentages and rates are given, but not
cross-tabulations. Variables covered include:

demography

mobility

ethno-cultural

characteristics

language

schooling

• labour force charac-
teristics

• income

• families

• households

• dwellings

Separate profiles are published for 100% data and
the 20% sample data.

ANALYTICAL PUBLICATIONS

The Metropolitan Atlas Series and the Focus on
Canada Series present analysis of census data in
two forms: thematic maps and analytical texts.

A, Metropolitan Atlas

These 12 publications cover
Canada's major census
metropolitan areas and combine
maps, graphs and text to present
1986 Census data in a concise
format. Key demographic,
housing, social and economic
information emphasizes important
characteristics of metropolitan
areas. Maps summarize pin-point
areas of concentration, facilitate
comparisons and reveal changing
patterns.

B. Focus on Canada

The Focus on Canada Series
consists of 16 descriptive studies
that cover manv of the broad

census subjects - demography,
schooling, ethno-cultural and
labour force characteristics income
and housing. Data from the 1986
Census and, where possible, from
past censuses are presented in
simple tables and charts.

GENERAL AND GEOGRAPHIC
REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS

These publications help data users understand
census concepts, products and services.

A. Reference (General)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

1986 Census Dictionary

Defines all major census
variables and terms,
including the geographic
terms, and discusses
historical comparability of
census data.

1986 Census Products and
Services - Preliminary
Edition

Gives full details of products
and services from the 100%
data base and an outline of
products and services from
the 20% sample data base,
along with price and
ordering information.

1986 Census Products and
Services - Final Edition

Gives full details of products
and services from the 100%
data base and the 20%
sample data base, along with
price and ordering
information. This version
replaces the Preliminary
Edition,

1986 Census
Paper Series

Reference

These papers provide
detailed background
information on census-
related topics. They will
be of interest to major data
users and to intermediaries
such as librarians, Statistics
Canada's regional reference

-213

centres, user advisory staff,
and universities. The
following list of topics will be
expanded gradually as needs
are identified:

• CMAs/CAs: A 1986-1981
Comparison

• 1986 Census Geography:
A Historical Comparison

(v) 1986Census Handbook

The 1986 Census Handbook
draws together census
information from many
sources and is a convenient
"first stop" for both new and
experienced data users.
Readers will find here a brief
history of census-taking, a
question-by-question outline
of the 1986 Census, an
explanation of how the
variables derived from the
census questions can be
used, and an introduction to
the geography of the census.
Included is information
about how the latest census
differs from its predecessors,
and about what new
products and services are
available.

B. Geographic Reference

The following 13 publications
make it easier to use census data.
They are reference tools rather
than data sources.

(iii) Equivalent Enumeration
Areas, 1986 and 1981

This publication shows
geographically equivalent
enumeration areas for 1981
and 1986 by FED.

1.2 Machine-readable Tables and

Profiles

There are two types of machine-readable
products: Basic Summary Tables and
Profiles.

A. Basic Summary Tables

The basic summary tables are 43
cross-classifications of two and
three variables for small
geographic areas. The content of
the tables reflects the most
frequent needs of small area data
users, as identified through
consultation and analysis of
demand for 1981 Census products.
The tables are available upon
request on magnetic tape, in
printed form or on diskette.

(i) Maps

Two publications, national
in scope, contain reference
maps for CDs, CSDs, CMAs
and CAs. These maps are
also available unbound and
are included in data
publications where appro-
priate.

(ii) Enumeration Area Refer-
ence Lists

This series of 10 publications
links EAs to higher census
geographic levels.

Basic summary tables are produced
for:

enumeration areas (EAs) and
federal electoral districts
(FEDs);

census subdivisions (CSDs) and
census divisions (CDs);
census tracts (CTs), census
metropolitan areas (CMAs),
tracted census agglomerations
(CAs) and provincial census
tracts (PCTs).

-214-

B. Profiles

Profiles provide indicators that can
easily be compared across
geographic areas or subpopu-
lations. Data on the major
categories of the census are
presented as counts, rates and
averages. Profiles are particularly
suited for basic data analysis such
as comparisons and mapping. Two
profile series are available, one for
100% data and one for 20% sample
data. The data presented on
magnetic tape are the same as that
found in published profiles.
Diskettes are also available.

Machine-readable profiles are
available for the following
standard areas:

• CDsandCSDs • FEDs

• CMAsandCAs • EAs

• census-tracted centres (CTs and
component subdivisions).

1.4 Computerized Geographic Files

These files allow users to manipulate
geographic data with computer systems
both in batch and interactively. Eight
files are available:

A. Geography Tape File

This file assigns to each
enumeration area (the basic unit of
census data collection) all higher
geographic levels by codes and
names. It includes all standard
geographic codes, and also locates
each enumeration area centroid
according to Universal Transverse
Mercator (UTM) co-ordinates and
Lambert co-ordinates, as well as by
latitude and longitude. Final 1986
population counts and occupied
private dwelling counts for all
enumeration areas are also
presented.

B. Place Name Master File

1.3 Maps

These maps permit users to relate
statistical data to corresponding
geographic areas. They are presented in
two main series:

A. Published Maps

Small-scale reference maps of the
different kinds of geostatistical
areas - excluding enumeration
areas - are included in certain
publications.

B. Individual Reference Map
Sheets

Eight series of larger reference
maps (called the "086" series) are
available at various levels of detail
on ozalid paper, intermediate film
and ozapaque film for all
geostatistical areas of the 1986
Census.

This file lists census divisions,
census subdivisions and all
unincorporated places for which
1986 population was reported.
Information includes Standard
Geographical Classification codes,
census codes, type of place, location
in latitude and longitude, census
map number and population. For
unincorporated places, a
breakdown of population by
enumeration area is also given.

C. Postal Code Geographic
Conversion File

Postal codes in Canada are linked
to the census geographic hierarchy,
including Universal Transverse
Mercator (UTM) co-ordinates and
latitude/longitude co-ordinates.

Information is normally supplied
on tape, but for smaller areas, files
can be supplied on diskette or
paper copy.

-215-

D. Area Master File

The Area Master File (AMF)
contains representations of all city
streets and other features (such as
railroad tracks, rivers and
municipal boundaries) in machine-
readable form. The AMF
geographically references every
street, address range, block-face
and centroid co-ordinate in the
coverage area. AMF is available
mainly for urban centres with a
population of 50,000 or more.

E. Attribute File

The Attribute File consists of lists
of various geographic areas and
their Standard Geographical
Classification code, the 1981
population adjusted to 1986
boundaries and the 1986 final
population, the 1986 land area and
the National Topographic System
(NTS) map number.

F. Block-face Data Linkage File

The Block-face Data Linkage File
(BFDLF) relates each block-face to
the Standard Geographical
Classification and also provides
population and dwelling counts.

G. Boundary File

This file consists of basic area
identification and lists of co-
ordinates to create a polygon
representing the particular
geographic area. It is available for
selected geographic areas such as
census metropolitan areas, census
agglomerations, provincial census
tracts and urban areas.

H. Cartographic Boundary File
(CARTLIB)

CARTLIBs are digital cartographic
libraries of the boundaries of
various geostatistical areas, e.g.,
federal electoral district, census
division, census consolidated
subdivision, census subdivision,
census tract. They are stored on
magnetic tape and, with
appropriate software, can be used
to map data. Custom CARTLIB
products are available for these
and other coverages such as
forward sortation areas, in formats
suitable for several different
mapping programs.

1986 Census Services

Data users' needs have grown more
complex in recent years. STC has
offered a greater range of census
services. This section covers the services
ofTered to data users, including:

Custom Data Products Service;
Geography Information Services;
Geocartographics Services.

• 216-

2. 1. Custom Data Products Service

A large number of users are now
undertaking detailed analysis of census
results on machine-readable media.
This has resulted in the development of
a greater range of census products and
services. For example, users can
choose to specify their exact data
requirement as "custom" tabulations.
Or they may choose from a selection of
"semi-custom" products designed to
meet their needs as closely as possible,
while keeping cost and delivery time
down.

(ii) Profiles

Data are presented as
counts, rates and averages
which can easily be
compared across geographic
areas or population groups.

Profiles can be produced on
paper or magnetic tape from
the 100% data base or the
20% sample base for
geocoded areas and
aggregations of the standard
census areas.

Semi-custom Products

The semi-custom products have
been developed to meet the needs of
users who require basic data
tabulations for specialized
geographic areas or output media.

There are two main components of
the Semi-custom Service: cross-
tabulations and profiles.

(i) Cross-tabulations

These cross-tabulations of
two or three census variables
can be produced for
geographic areas defined by
the user. They reflect
demand for 1981 Census
data and ongoing
consultation with users.
They cover all of the Basic
Summary Cross-tabulations,
any published tables
suitable for small geographic
areas, plus other tables
specially designed for the
cross-tabulation service.
The list of available
tabulations will continue to
evolve as new data needs
and issues are identified.
Tabulations are available on
computer print-outs,
specially formatted print
output, magnetic tape and
microfiche.

B. Custom Products

A custom product is any tabulation
of census microdata not available
through other products or services.
Custom products can be produced
from the 1971, 1976, 1981 and 1986
Census microdata bases.

Statistics Canada consultants help
individual clients determine
content, geography and output
medium, which can be computer
print-out, specially formatted
print-out, magnetic tape or
microfiche. Custom products can
be produced for geocoded areas as
well as for all the census
geographic areas previously listed.

2.2 Geography Information Services

The Geography Division of Statistics
Canada offers a variety of services as
listed below.

A. Geocoding

The Geographically Referenced
Data Storage and Retrieval System
(GRDSR), or Geocoding System, is
used to code and store census data.

-217-

Geographic co-ordinates (centroids)
are assigned to the population
centre of every enumeration area
(EA) in Canada and each block-face
in most large urban areas. Data for
that EA or block-face will be
included or excluded depending on
whether the centroid is inside or
outside the area of interest to the
user.

B. Special Population Compi-
lations

Population compilations may be
produced based on the current
census and from previous censuses.
Population counts are based on
compilations from census collection
documents.

C. Special Analysis/User
Consultation and Systems
Development

Users can obtain assistance in
defining custom geographic
products and systems or in making
better use of existing products and
services.

D. Map Library

The Geography Division's Map
Library contains all maps used by
census collection personnel
(Census Representatives) from the
1971 Census onward. Division
personnel can reproduce these
maps at the same size, as
enlargements or reductions.

E. Customized Street Index File

A cross-referenced street index file
of address ranges for user-defined
areas can be produced from the
Area Master File.

F. Node Maps/AMF Street
Network

These maps, available for all areas
covered by the AMF, show street
patterns in detail, including
names, as well as other features
such as railroad tracks, rivers,
municipal boundaries and all nodes
(where streets and other features
intersect).

2.3 Geocartographics Services

The Geocartographics Sub-Division of
Statistics Canada offers a variety of
services as listed below.

A. Customized Maps and Atlases

Customized maps and atlases
(statistical or reference) for
national, regional, provincial and
urban areas can be produced for
regions defined by standard census
geography, postal codes, or client-
supplied specifications, on paper,
mylar, film, transparency or slide.

B. Customized Cartographic Files

A range of cartographic files for
standard and non-standard census
geography in user-specified co-
ordinate systems and formats
suitable for use with various
mapping systems (including
SAS/GRAPH, ATLAS, GIMMS
and ARC/INFO) are available.
Included among others are
provinces, federal electoral
districts, census divisions, census
subdivisions, census tracts and
forward sortation areas. Data are
available on tape or diskette.

C. Cartographic Consultation and
Training

Consultation and training are
available on automated mapping
packages, geographic information
systems, geographic data bases,
and microcomputer-based

statistical mapping. Standard
training courses are available on
geographic information systems,
census cartography, the GIMMS
mapping package, and the TELL-
A-GRAF graphics package.

-219-

APPENDIX F. ACCESS THROUGH REGIONAL REFERENCE CENTRES

Statistics Canada's regional reference centres provide a full range of census products and services. Each
reference centre is equipped with a library and a sales counter where users can consult or purchase census
publications, microcomputer diskettes, microfiche, maps and more. Each centre has facilities to retrieve
information from Statistics Canada's computerized data retrieval systems - CANSIM and TELICHART. A
telephone inquiry service is also available with toll-free numbers for regional clients outside local calling
areas. Many other services - from seminars to consultations - are offered.

NEWFOUNDLAND AND LABRADOR

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

3rd Floor, Viking Building

Crosbie Road

St. John's, Newfoundland A1B3P2

Local calls: 709-772-4073

Toll-free service: 1-800-563-4255

MARITIME PROVINCES

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

North American Life Centre

1770 Market Street

Halifax, Nova Scotia B3J 3M3

Local calls: 902-426-5331

Toll-free service: 1-800-565-7192

QUEBEC

Advisory Services
Statistics Canada
Guy Favreau Complex
200 Rene Levesque Blvd. W.
Suite 412, East Tower
Montreal, Quebec H2Z 1X4
Local calls: 514-283-5725
Toll-free service: 1-800-361-2831

NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION

Statistical Reference Centre (NCR)

Statistics Canada

Lobby, R.H. Coats Building

Tunney's Pasture

Ottawa, Ontario K1A0T6

Local calls: 613-951-8116

If outside the local calling area, please dial the

toll-free number for your province.

ONTARIO

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

10th Floor, Arthur Meighen Building

25 St. Clair Avenue East

Toronto, Ontario M4T 1M4

Local calls: 416-973-6586

Toll-free service: 1-800-268-1151

NIPISSING REGION

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

Civic Administration Centre

225 Holditch Street

Sturgeon Falls, Ontario POH 2G0

Local calls: 705-753-3200

If outside the local calling area, please dial the toll-
free number given above for Ontario residents.

MANITOBA

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

6th Floor, General Post Office Building

266 Graham Avenue

Winnipeg, Manitoba R3C 0K4

Local calls: 204-983-4020

Toll-free service: 1-800-542-3404

SASKATCHEWAN

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

9th Floor, Avord Tower

2002 Victoria Avenue

Regina, Saskatchewan S4P 0R7

Local calls: 306-780-5405

Toll-free service: 1-800-667-7164

ALBERTA AND NORTHWEST TERRITORIES

Advisory Services
Statistics Canada
8th Floor, Park Square
10001 Bellamy Hill
Edmonton, Alberta T5J 3B6
Local calls: 403-495-3027
Toll-free service: 1-800-282-3907
N.W.T. call collect: 403-495-3028

SOUTHERN ALBERTA (CALGARY)

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

Box 2390, Station M

Room 245

220 Fourth Avenue South East

Calgary, Alberta T2P3C1

Local calls: 403-292-6717

Toll-free service: 1-800-472-9708

BRITISH COLUMBIA AND YUKON

Advisory Services

Statistics Canada

3rd Floor, Federal Building

Sinclair Centre, Suite 440F

757 West Hastings Street

Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3C9

Local calls: 604-666-3691

Toll-free service:

(except Atlin, B.C.) 1-800-663-1551

Yukon and Atlin, B.C.: Zenith 08913

■ 221-

APPENDIX G. DEPOSITORY LIBRARIES ADDRESSES

Users who want to consult Statistics Canada publications may do so at any of the 53 libraries across Canada
and in other countries that carry all Statistics Canada publications. The following is a list of Full Depository
Libraries, which automatically receive all federal government publications free of charge.

Memorial University of Nfld.

St. John's, NF

A1B3Y1

Planning Library
Charlottetown, PE
C1A7N8

Acadia University
Wolfville, NS
BOP 1X0

Assemblee Nationale du Quebec
Serv. des doc. off. canadiens
Edifice Pamphile - Lemay
Quebec, Qc
GIA 1A5

Bibliotheque municipale de Montreal
Succursale centrale
1210, rue Sherbrooke Est
Montreal, Qc
H2L1L9

Dalhousie University
Killam Memorial Library
Studley Campus
Halifax, NS
B3H 4H8

Legislative Library of New Brunswick

Legislation Building

Box 6000

Fredericton, NB

E3B5H1

Mount Allison University
Government Documents
Ralph Pickard Bell Library
Sackville, NB
E0A3C0

Universite de Moncton
Bibliotheque Champlain
Publications gouvernementales
Moncton, NB
E1A3E9

Centrale des bibliotheques
1685, rue Fleury Est
Montreal, Qc
H2C ITl

Concordia University
Library Acquisitions Serials
1455 de Maisonneuve Blvd. W.
Montreal, Qc
H3G1M8

McGill University Library
Gov't Doc. Dept.
3459 McTavish St.
Montreal, Qc
H3A1Y1

Universite de Montreal
Bibliotheque des sciences humaines

et sociales
C.P. 6202, Succursale A
Montreal, Qc
H3C 3T2

University of New Brunswick
Harriet Irving Library
Government Documents Dept.
Box 7500
Fredericton, NB
E3B5H5

Universite de Sherbrooke
Bibliotheque generale
Publications gouvernementales
2500, boul. Universite
Sherbrooke, Qc
J1K2R1

Universite du Quebec a Montreal
Bibliotheque centrale
C.P. 8889, Succursale A
Montreal, Qc
H3C 3P3

Ontario Legislative Library
Gov't Publications Section
Tech. Services & Systems
180 Bloor St. W., 5th Floor
Toronto, ON
M5S1A5

-222-

Universite Laval
SVC Documents officiels
Cite Universitaire
Ste-Foy, Qc
G1K7P4

Hamilton Public Library
55 York Boulevard
Hamilton, ON
L8R3K1

Lakehead University
Chancellor Paterson Library
Government Documents
Oliver Road
Thunder Bay, ON
P7B5E1

Laurentian University Library
Public Documents Dept.
Sudbury, ON
P3E 2C6

Library of Parliament
Official Publ. Section
Ottawa, ON
K1A0A9

McMaster University
Documents Dept. Library
Mills Memorial Library
Hamilton, ON
L8S 4L6

Metro Toronto Library Board
Order Gov't Documents
789 Yonge Street
Toronto, ON
M4W 2G8

National Library of Canada
Publications Section
395 Wellington St.
Ottawa, ON
K1A0N4

Windsor Public Library
Government Documents Section
850 Ouellette Avenue
Windsor, ON
N9A 4M9

Queen's University
Documents Library
MacKintosh Corry Hall
Kingston, ON
K7L 3N6

Statistics Canada Library Services

RH Coats Bldg., 2-0

Tunney's Pasture,

Ottawa, ON

K1A0T6

Thunder Bay Public Library
Brodie Resource Centre
Reference Department
216 S. Brodie Street South
Thunder Bay, ON
P7E 1C2

University of Guelph
Documentation & Media Res. Ctr.
Guelph, ON
N1G2W1

University of Ottawa
Morisset Library
65 Hastey St.
Ottawa, ON
K1N9A5

University of Toronto
Serials Dept.
Toronto, ON
M5S 1A5

University of Waterloo
Dana Porter Arts Library
Government Publications
Waterloo, ON
N2L 3G1

University of Western Ontario
D.B. Weldon Library
Government Publications
London, ON
N6A 3K7

University of Calgary
Library Gov't Pubs.
2500 University Dr. N.W.
Calgary, AB
T2N 1N4

-223-

York University
Admin. Studies Bldg.
Document Services
Downsview, ON
M3J 2R6

B.C. Prov. Sec. & Gov't Svcs. Min.
Legislative Library
Parliament Buildings
Victoria, BC
V8V 1X4

Manitoba Legislative Library
Government Documents Division
200 Vaughan St.
Winnipeg, MB
R3C OPS

University of Manitoba
Elizabeth Dafoe Library
Government Pub. Section
Winnipeg, MB
R3T 2N2

Legislative Library
Legislative Bldg., Room 234
Regina, SK
S4S0B3

University of Saskatchewan Library
Gov't Pubs. Sect.
Saskatoon, SK
S7N OWO

Alberta Legislature Library
Documents Section
Legislature Bldg., Room 216
Edmonton, AB
T5K 2B6

Edmonton Public Library
Acquisitions Division
7 Sir W. Churchill Sq.
Edmonton, AB
T5J 2V4

University of Alberta
Library Gov't Publications
Edmonton, AB
T6G2J8

Simon Eraser University Library
Acquisitions Div. Serials
Burnaby, BC
V5A 1S6

University of British Columbia
Main Library
1956 Main Mall
Vancouver, BC
V6T 1Y3

University of Victoria
Serials Division
McPherson Library
P.O. Box 1800
Victoria, BC
V8W3H5

Vancouver Public Library
Government Document Acq.
750 Burrard Street
Vancouver, BC
V6Z 1X5

Northwest Territories

Government Library

LaingBldg., 1st Floor

Box 1320

X1A2L9

-225-
APPENDIX H. CONFIDENTIALITY AND RANDOM ROUNDING

The data shown in publications have been
subjected to a confidentiality procedure known as
"random rounding" to prevent the possibility of
associating small figures with any identifiable
individual. Under this method, all figures
including totals are randomly rounded (either up
or down) to a multiple of "5". This technique
provides strong protection against direct, residual
or negative disclosures without adding significant
error to the census data. However, since totals are
independently rounded, they do not necessarily
equal the sum of individual rounded figures in
distributions. Also, minor differences can be
expected for corresponding totals and cell values in
various census tabulations. Similarly,
percentages, which are calculated on rounded
figures, do not necessarily add to 100. Percentage
distributions and rates for the most part are based
on rounded data, while percentage changes and
averages are based on unrounded data.

Of concern to some users is that small cell counts
may suffer a significant distortion as a result of
random rounding. This distortion is the protection
against disclosure and individual data cells
containing these small numbers may lose their
precision as a result. Since the rounding is of a
random nature, however, when data cells are re-
aggregated by the user, the rounding errors tend to
cancel out. Distortions may be further reduced by
building in the appropriate subtotals into
tabulations. Also available is the option of
requesting custom tabulations from the census
microdata bases. With custom products, random
rounding occurs after data cells have been
aggregated thus minimizing any distortion.

areas with a total population of less than 250.
Suppressed data are, however, included in the
appropriate higher aggregate subtotals and totals.
This technique is being implemented for all
products involving subprovincial data (i.e. Profile
series, basic summary data products, semi-custom
and custom data products) collected on a 100% or
20% sample basis.

Note: For data collected on a 20% sample basis,
area suppression is based on the non-
institutional population rather than the
total population since sample data were not
collected for the institutional population.

With cell suppression, the minimum acceptable
value for a cell is specified. All cell values below
the designated cut-off are deleted and replaced by
the symbol (XXX). However, the suppressed data
are included in the appropriate higher aggregate
subtotals and totals. For 1986 data products, two
different methods of cell suppression are being
implemented. For publications in "The Nation"
and "Dimensions" series involving income,
detailed occupation or detailed industry, the
distribution is being suppressed where less than
250 persons or units are involved. In semi-custom
and custom tabulations of variables collected on a
sample basis, all cells with a value of "5" (after
random rounding) are being suppressed.

In addition to random rounding, procedures such
as area and cell suppression have been adopted
to further protect the confidentiality of individual
responses.

With area suppression, all characteristic data for
the geographic area are deleted and replaced with
the symbol (XXX). The extent to which data are
suppressed depends upon whether the area is a
standard geographic area, i.e. aggregated from
enumeration areas (federal electoral districts,
census divisions, census subdivisions, census
tracts, etc.) or a non-standard area specified by the
user for a custom tabulation. Data are deleted if
the population is less than 40 persons for standard
areas and less than 100 persons for non-standard
areas. For tables involving income distributions,
the suppression of data is extended to geographic

-227-

APPENDIXI. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AMF

Area Master File

AR
ARFOM

Agricultural Region

Assistant Regional Field Operations

Manager

EDDD

E&I
EIC

EMR

Enumeration Area

Electronic. Data Dissemination

Division

Edit and Imputation

Employment and Immigration

Canada

Energy, Mines and Resources

BFDLF Block-face Data Linkage File

BOR Borough

FED

PCS

FRC

City

Census Agglomeration

CAM

Census Area Manager

GRDSR

CARTLIB

The Digital Cartographic Libraries of
the Boundaries and Related Features
of Various Geostatistical Area used
by computer mapping programs

Census Commissioner

CCD

Census Commissioner District

CCS

Census Consolidated Subdivision

CCSIS

Community College Student

HAM

Information System

Census Division

HOP

CDM

Census District Manager

HWC

CGMF

Census Geographic Master File

CHDS

Canadian Health and Disability
Survey

County (Municipality)

CMA

Census Metropolitan Area

CMHC

Canada Mortgage and Housing

(RCT) ICS

Corporation

COM

Community

INAC

Census Representative

CSD

Census Subdivision

Census Tract

LGD

LOT

Federal Electoral District
Financial Organization Structure
Finance Responsibility Centre

Geographically Referenced Data
Storage and Retrieval System or
Geocoding System

Hamlet

Household

Head Office Processing

Health and Welfare Canada

Inventory Control Supervisor

Improvement District

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada

Local Government District
Township and Royalty

DA Data Assimilation

DDE Direct Data Entry

DM District Municipality

DS (form) Disability Survey Sample form

M "Marginal" or "seasonal" dwelling

MD Municipal District

MIS Management Information System

MOSST Ministry of State for Science and

Technology

MYOP Multi-year Operational Plan or Long-

term Planning

-228-

NFS
NH

NTS

National Farm Survey

Northern Hamlet

National Topographic System

number

Northern Village

map

Original Entry

Special Area

SAS

Statistical Analysis System

SCM

Subdivision of County Municipality

S-E

Indian Settlement

SET

Settlement

SPIDER

. System for Processing Instructions

from Directly Entered Requirements

SRD

Subdivision of Regional District

Secretary of State

STC

Statistics Canada

STM

Sub- task Managers

SUN

Subdivision of Unorganized

Summer Village

PAR Parish

PCA Primary Census Agglomeration

PCMA Primary Census Metropolitan Area

PCP Public Communications Program

PCT Provincial Census Tract

PMS Project Management Structure

PP Person

Prov Province

PSA Public Service Announcement

PUMF Public Use Microdata File

PUST Public Use Sample Tape

Town

TARELA

TAbulation REquest LAnguage

TAS

Telephone Assistance Service

Type of Dwelling

TDD/TTY

Telecommunication Devices for

Deaf/Teletype machines

Task Managers

Township

the

QAL Query Area Library

QC Quality Control

QCT Quality Control Technician

UA Urban.Area

UD Unoccupied Dwelling

UNO Unorganized

UP Unincorporated Place

USIS University Student Information

System

UTM Universal Transverse Mercator

Indian Reserve

RAPID

Relational Access Processor for

Village Cri

RCO
RCT

Integrated Data Base
Regional Census Office
Revenue Canada Taxation

VK
VL

Village Naskapi

Village

Village Nordique

Regional Director

Visitation Record

RFOM
RIE
RM
RRC

Regional Field Operations Manager
Regional Industrial Expansion
Rural Municipality
Reverse Record Check

ROP

Regional Office

Regional Office Processing

Resort Village

-229-

INDEX

This index is alphabetized following the letter-by-letter principles,
asterisk is used to indicate figures.

The abbreviations are listed first. An

Aboriginal

- data publications 143

- data quality 36-37,141-143

- peoples 36

- peoples program 117,141

- products and services 143

- status 82

Advertising, paid 120

Agricultural products 102

Agriculture Land Referral Form 105

Agriculture-population linkage data base 112

Analytical products 90

Area iMaster Files 89

Automated mapping 46

Automated tabulation retrieval system 79

Availability of data products and services

- Census of Agriculture 113-114

- Census of Population 211-217

Bilingual questionnaire 11,37,40

BNAAct 125

Braille 40,53

Budget 138-140*

CANEDIT 76*, 78

CARTLIB. See Cartographic Boundary File

Cabinet approval 17

Canada Gazette 125

Canadian Health and Disability Survey .... 36

Canvasser enumeration method 45,52,102

Cartographic Boundary File 89

1986 Census

- bilingual questionnaire 11,37,40

- budget 138-140*

- cancellation 10,20-21,33

- confidentiality of information 11

- content options 23

- cost 139,140*

- cost-saving methods 10

- errors in population and occupied

private dwelling counts 130-137*

- first, national decennial 125

- geographic hierarchy 129*

- geography 126-137

- geostatistical areas by province and

territory 128*

- languages available 42*, 53

- linkage to Census of Agriculture 9, 12*, 110-111

- products and services 87-97

- purpose and scope 9

- questionnaire, envelopes and guides ... 39*

- quinquennial 10

- reinstatement 10,33

- related legislation 125

- responsibility chart 19*

- revenue generated 20,87,97,120,123,139

- specifications book 46

- summary of census questions 13-15*

- uses of 9-10

1991 Census 18

Census budget

- cost 139,140*

- cost-recovery 20,87,88,97

- process 138

- revenue generation 139

- Treasury Board submission 138-139

Census management team 17

Census marketing project

- data releases 122

- promotion of products and services 121-122

- scope and objectives 120-121

Census of Agriculture

- budget : 20

- collection of data 101-105

- content and questionnaire

development 99-101

- data validation 108-109

- derived variables and farm

product typing 109-110

- donor imputations 108

- edit and imputation 107-108

- forms 106

- Head Office Processing system 105-107

- linkage to Census of Population 9, 12*, 110-111

- outputs 111-114

- questionnaire 101

- referrals 107

1981 Census Questionnaire and Guide 183-198
1986 Census Questionnaire and Guide 155-182
Certification of data

- Census of Agriculture 108-109

- defined 81

- verification strategies 81-82

Coder bias study 84

Coding 64,74

Collection 45-57

Collection/field staff 46-49

Collection mapping program 45-46

Collective dwelling record 34

Confidentiality 11,225

Content determination

- Census of Agriculture 99-101

- internal evaluation 25-26

- milestones 24*

- modules recommended 26-27*,30*-32

- user input 16,17,18,23,25,28-29*

-230-

Content errors 84

Content testing - Census of Agriculture 100-101

Cost of the 1986 Census 138-140*

Cost-recovery , . 20,87-88,97

Coverage errors 82-83

Custom products 90,112

DaUy 123

Data access system. See STATPAK

Data analysis 73

Data assimilation

- co-ordination and administration 59-60

- Direct Data Entry 65-69*

- Head Office processing 69-74*

- Regional Office processing 60-65*

Data base. See also Retrieval data base

Data base management system 78,94-95

Data collection

- aboriginal 141-143

- Census of Agriculture 101-105

- Census of Population 45-57*

- geography 126

- special cases 103-105

Data dissemination for output 96-97

Data entry 59-60,73,75

Data publication proposals 88-89

Data quality

- coverage 114

- errors, types, sources 81

- issues, aboriginal data 142-143

- measurement studies 82-85

- publication information 85

- response errors 114

Depository libraries 97,221-223

Derived variables 109-110

Designated bilingual areas 49

Direct Data Entry

- development 67

- production 68-69

- security requirements 65

- specifications 65,67

1986 Direct data entry process

flow diagram 66*

Disabilities 36

Discussion paper; plans for the

1986 Census 26,30-33*

Diskettes 90,112

Drop-ofE'mail-back. See Self-enumeration

method
Drop-ofi7pick-up. See Self-enumeration

method
Dwelling, type of. See Structural type of

dwelling

EDDD/CANSIM 97

Edit and imputation

- Census of Agriculture 107-108

- development 75-77*

- planning 75

- production 77-78

- scope and objective 75

- work chart 76*

Edit Sample Study 84

Enumeration methods 45,51-52,102,103

Errors. See also Edit and imputation

- aboriginal data 142-143

- Census of Agriculture 114

- correction follow-up 53

- geography 127,130-137*

- identification, field edit 53

- types and sources 81

Farm product typing 110

Federal Student/Youth

Employment Program 10,20,47,56,63

Field. See also Collection

- material management 49-52*

- quality control 54-55

Financial Organization Structure 18

Focal points 97

Focus for the Future 122

Form lA. See Collective dwelling record

Form 2A. See Short questionnaire

Form 2B. See Long questionnaire

Form 2C. See Overseas questionnaire

Form 3. See Individual Census Questionnaire

Form 6. See Census of agriculture

questionnaire
Form 6D. See Agriculture Land Referral Form
Form development 40

Gazette 26,101

Geography

- areas by province and territory 128*

- boundaries 126-127

- errors 127,130-137*

- hierarchy 129*

- products and services 127

- reference products 89

Geostatistical areas 126,127,128*

Guides, questionnaires,

envelopes 39*

-231-

Head Office activities - chronology 50*

Head Office flow chart 70*

Head Office processing

- Census of Agriculture 105-107

- Census of Population 69-72*

Health and Activity Limitation Survey 36

Hearing impaired 52

Heating fuel/energy

questionnaire options 27*

Historically linked data

base - Census of Agriculture 113

National Farm Survey 105

Native peoples. See Aboriginal peoples

Northern Census 117,118

Imputation 75-79*, 108

Individual Census Questionnaire 34,74

Key verification 68-69

Languages available 42*, 53

Legislation related to the census 125

Linkage - Agriculture and

Population censuses 12*, 110-111, 117

Logistics. See Field material management

Long questionnaire 33-34

Magnetic tape 112

Mail-back enumeration method 102

Major field of study 35

Management Information System 55-56

Mapping 45-46

Marketing products and services 120-123

Mass media 118-119

Microfiche 89-90,113-114

Microfilm 73

Mid-decade census. See 1986 Census-quinquennial

Migration 25

Milestones of content determination 24*

Milestones of questionnaire development 38*

Modules. See also Discussion Paper- Plans

for the 1986 Census 26-33*,71,93

Official Languages Act 37

Operator of an agricultural holding 102

Output - Census of Agriculture

- agriculture-population linkage

data base 112

- availability of products and services 113-114

- custom products ;. . . . 112

- diskettes 112

- historically linked data base 113

- magnetic tape 112

- microfiche 113-114

- publications 111-112,113

- summary tabulations 111,113-114

Output - Census of Population

- analytical products 90

- availability of products and services 211-217

- cost recovery 20,87,88,97

- custom products 90

- data base management system 94-95

- data dissemination • • • • 96-97

- data publications 88-89

- diskettes 90

- general planning assumptions 87

- microfiche 89-90

- objectives 87

- product determination 87-92

- production 95-96

- public use microdata file 90

- public use sample tape 90

- reference products 89

- 1986 retrieval data base 92-93

- revenue generated .... 20,87,97,120,123,139

- semi-custom products 90

- specifications 94

- systems development 93-94

- tapes 89-90

Overcoverage studies 83,84

Overseas questionnaire 34,74

Overview of federal needs for

1986 Census data 23,25-26

Personal interview. See Canvasser
enumeration method

Pick-up enumeration method 102

Place of work 25,91

Planning 1986 Census

- assumptions 17,18

- background 17

-232-

- cost-saving methods 20

- documentation 20

- reinstatement 20

- responsibility chart 19*

- staff 18,19*

- stages 18

- user consultation 17

Pricing policy 92

Product determination 87-92

Products and services. See also Output

- aboriginal 143

- Census of Agriculture 111-114

- Census of Population 211-217

- geography 127

- marketing 120-123

Project Management Structure 18

Provincial and territorial focal

points 97

Public Communications Program. See also
Publicity

- advertising 120

- budget 115

- scope and objectives 115

- sponsorship 116-117

- staffing 115

- program content 115-120

Public Service Announcements 119

Public Use Microdata File 90

Public Use Sample Tape 90

Publications

- Census of Agriculture 111-114

- Census of Population 211-212

- comparison to 1981 88-89

Publicity and public relations

- Census Marketing Project 120-123

- Public Communications Program .. 115-120
Publicity Materials 119-120

Random rounding 225

RAPID 76*,78,94

Reference products 89

Refusals

- aboriginal data 142-143

- Census of Agriculture 103

- Census of Population 54

Regional Office activities

chronology 50*

1986 Regional Office flow chart 61*

Regional Office

- addresses 219

- collection 45-57*

- processing 59-66*

- public communication 115-123

- Reverse Record Check 83

Regional reference centres 96,219

Relational data base. See RAPID

Response error

- aboriginal data 142-143

- Census of Agriculture 114

- Census of Population 84

Response rate

- aboriginal data 142-143

- Census of Agriculture 114

- Census of Population 84-85

Response rate study 84

Retrieval data base 78,92-93

Revenue Canada Taxation 18,59-60

Revenue generated 20,87,97,120,123,139

Reverse Record Check 56,64,83,84,

142-143

Quality control field data collection 54-55

Quality Control Technician (QCT)

operation 54-55,57*

Query Area Library 92,95

Questionnaire

- 1981 Census 183-198

- 1986 Census 11,32-34,155-182

- 198S Census of agriculture 199-210

- changes 11,23,34-37,147-153

- development 37-41*

- guides & envelopes 39*

- languages available 42*, 53

- milestones 38*

- overview 23-43

- planning 37,40-41

- production and evaluation 41-42

- products 39*

- questions 13-15*

Quinquennial census 125

Sample bias study 85

Sample variance study 85

Sampling errors 84-85

Schooling - major field of study 35

Secondary distributors 90,97

Self-enumeration method 45,51-52

Semi-custom products 90

Services during data collection 52-53

Short questionnaire 33

Software 76*,78

Specifications 46,62,65,67,71,77, 91,94

SPIDER 76*,78

Statistics Act 11,46,54,65,115,125

STATPAK 76*,87,93,95

STC policy 20

Structural type of dwelling 35,91

Student/Youth Employment Program. See

Federal Student/Youth Employment Program
Summary tabulations

- Census of Agriculture 111,113-114

- Census of Population 211

-233-

TDD/TTY (telecommunications devices for

the deaf/teletype machines). See

Hearing impaired

Tapes 89-90

Telephone Assistance Service 48,52

TELICHART 96

Temporary residents study 83

2A/2B consistency check 85

Undercoverage. See also Reverse Record Check

- Census of Agriculture 114

User Advisory Services 20,219

User consultation

- Census of Agriculture 99

- content determination .. . 9,10,11,17,23,25-26

- products 87-88,89,90

- selected list of data users 28-29*

Uses of census data 9-10

Vacancy check 82

Visitation Record 64,73

Weighting 75,76*,79

statistics Canada Library
Btbliottiique StatisUque Canada

ill

1010035717

THE

NE\^S
BEHIND
THE
NUMBERS

The 1986 Census Data Base collected
the numbers on Canadians - but
w^hat do they mean to you? The
FOCUS ON CANADA Series analyses
the issues that emerged from the
Census results, in everyday language.

FOCUS ON CANADA looks at the
issues affecting Canada's seniors and
its youth, its ethnic and aboriginal
communities; its regions in the far
north and the industrial south.

And there's much more to keep you
informed - and enlightened. Each
publication is bilingual, and costs
$10. Order the full set of 16 for a
comprehensive reference tool for
home, school or office.

To order, write to Publications Sales, Statistics Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, KIA 0T6. For faster service,

using Visa or MasterCard, call toll-free.

Please make cheques, or money orders payable to the Receiver General for Canada/Publications.

Contact a Regional Reference Centre near you for further information.

1-800-267-6677 Call ToU-Free

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "General review of the 1986 Census."

See other formats